CURRICULUM FACULTY OF ARTS & SOCIAL
SCIENCES
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
CURRICULUM OF HISTORY & PAK STUDIES
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 2nd Semester Credit Hours =138
Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours
ENG-102 English-II 03
PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 03
COMP-102 Basic Computer -II 01
HPS-151 Research Methodology 03
HPS-152 History of Ancient Civilizations 03
HPS-153 History of Pakistan (1947-2008 A.D ) 03
HPS-154 History of Islamic Art & Architecture 03
Total 19
B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 3rdSemester Credit Hours =138
Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours
ENG-201 English-III 03
URD-101 Urdu(Functional ) 03
COMS-201 Communication skills 01
HPS-201 History of Umayyad and Abbasids (661-1258 A.D) 03
HPS-202 Muslim Rule in South Asia (711-1526 A.D) 03
HPS-203 History of Modern Muslim world (1919-1945) 03
HPS-204 History of Religious thoughts in Islam 03
Total 19
SYLLABUS OF B.S. HISTORY & PAKISTAN.STUDIES B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 1st Semester Credit Hours =138
Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours
ENG-101 English-I (Functional) 03
ISL-101 Islamic studies 03
COMP-101 Basic Computer -I 01
HPS-101 Introduction to History 03
HPS-102 Pre-Prophetic Period & Pious Caliphate(517-661 A.D) 03
HPS-103 History of Freedom Movement (1857-1947 A.D ) 03
HPS-104 History of Saffavids (1501-1786 ) 03
Total 19
B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 4th Semester Credit Hours =138
Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours
ENG-202 English-IV 03
PUNJ-101 Regional Language (Punjabi) 03
COMS-202 Communication skills 01
HPS-251 Muslim Rule in South Asia (1526-1707 A.D) 03
HPS-252 History of Europe (1453-1789 A.D) 03
HPS-253 History of modern Arab world –I (1919-1945 AD) 03
HPS-254 History of modern Arab world –II (1945-1992AD) 03
Total 19
B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 5th Semester Credit Hours =138
Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours
HPS-301 Historiography 03
HPS-302 History of Europe (1789-1919 A.D) 03
HPS-303 Muslim rule in Spain (755-1492) 03
HPS-304 History of the Ottomans 03
HPS-305 Cultural Heritage of Pakistan 03
Per/Arab/Turk-101 Persian/Arabic/ Turkish 02
Total 17
B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 6th Semester Credit Hours =138
Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours
HPS-351 Life and teachings of Prophet Muhammad (S.A.W) (571-632) 03
HPS-352 History of Ancient India 03
HPS-353 History of The Mughals 03
HPS-354 British administration and constitutional development in India
(1858-1947)
03
HPS-355 Indus Valley Civilization 03
Total 15
B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 7th Semester Credit Hours =138
Course Code Name Of Subject Credits Hours
HPS-401 History of Sufism 03
HPS-402 History of Muslim contribution to science 03
HPS-403 Muslim political thought in South Asia 03
HPS-404 Constitutional History of Pakistan (1947-2008) 03
HPS-405 Folks, Art and Crafts 03
Total 15
B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 8th Semester Credit Hours =138
Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours
HPS-451 Research Project +Comprehensive Viva -Voce 15
DETAILS OF THE COURSES
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 1st Semester
HPS-101 Introduction to History 3 Credit Hours
Course Content:
1. What is History?
2. Nature and scope of History
3. Benefits of History :History as a corrective force ;History as a repetitive force
4. Branch of History (Political ,cultural, social, economic)
5. Relationship of History with other social sciences
6. Causation
7. Objectivity and subjectivity
8. Classification of History :Narrative History, scientific History ,Philosophy of History
,Future History
Suggested Readings: 1. Bernard Cohn. An Anthropologist among Historians and other Essay ,Oxford
University Press,1988
2. Caroline Steedman. Dust :The Archive and Cultural History ,Manchester University
Press ,2002
3. Carlo,Ginzburg .Clues.Myths,and the Historical Method, John Hopkins :University
Press,1992
4. Carr, E.H., What is History? Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1961.
5. Collingwood, R.G. The Idea of History .Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1978.
6. G.W.G.Hegel .Elements of the Philosophy of Right. Cambridge University Press,
1991.
7. Gertrude Himmalfarb. The New History and the Old, Cambridge: Harvard University
Press, 1987.
8. Govranski. History Meaning and Method, USA, 1969.
9. Johan Stuart Mill .On Liberty and Other Essay, Oxford University Press, 2008.
10. Qureshi, Muhammad Aslam.A Study of Historiography. Lahore: Pakistan Book
Center, Latest Edition.
11. Peter Burke. Varieties of Cultural History, Cornell University Press, 1977.
12. Ranjit Guha. The Small Voice of History, Delhi: Permanent Black, Delhi, 2010.
13. Stern Fritz. Varieties of History: from Voltaire to the Present, vintage, 2nd Edition
1975.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 1st Semester
HPS-102 Pre-Prophatic Period & Pious Caliphate (517-661 A.D) 3 Credit Hours
Course Content
1. Pre –Islamic Arabia.
Geographical, Socio Economic and Religious conditions of Pre- Islamic Arabia, especially
the City State of Makkah.
2. The Holy Prophet (S.A.W)(517-632AD)
Early Life of the Prophet, Prophet –hood and Preaching of Islam, Response of the Society,
Migration to Ethiopia and Medina,Socio-economic and cultural conditions in Madinah
,contributions of Ansar and their ‘Brotherhood’ ,Charter of Madinah ,wars with
Quraysh,(Battles of Badr,Uhd and Ahzab),Peace Accord of Hudaybia, Prophet’s letters to
the various rulers ,conquest of Makkah, Battle of Hunayn ,spread of Islam in central
Arabia, Tubuk Expedition ,Prophet’s last pilgrimage and the significance of the last sermon
,Life and achievements as a Prophet and statesman .Role and contribution of Ashab-i-
suffah.
3. HazratAbu Bakr Siddique (R.A) (632-634 AD)
Early life and sacrifices for the cause of Islam, his Election as caliph;
Movements of Apostasy, rise of false prophets ,the refusal of zakat payment ,consolidation
of Centre, Conquest of Iraq ,relations with Iran ,Syria ,and Byzantine, Compilation of
Quran, his character and achievements .
4. Hazrat Umar Farooq (R.A)(634-644 AD)
His early life and acceptance of Islam ,his services to the cause of Islam, his role during
the Caliphate of Abu Bakr,Umar’s nomination as Caliph ,conquests of Iran , Syria,
Palestine,Egypt,Azerbaijan and Armenia, Expansion of Muslim power ,Reforms and
administration, development of Muslim institutions and the projects of public welfare, his
character and achievements.
5. Hazrat Uthman Ghana (R.A) (644-656 AD)
Early life ,acceptance of Islam, his role during the life time of the Prophet, Abu Bakr and
Umar, his election as Caliph, Conquest of North Africa, Cyprus, Tabaristan, Tukharistan
and Makran,the Sabite Movement, opposition of Uthman. His martyrdom and its
consequences, his services to the cause of Islam, Compilation and codification of Quran,
his character and achievements.
6. Hazrat Ali Karam Allah Wajho(656-661 AD)
Early life ,his role during the life time of the Prophet ,Abu Bakr, Umar and Uthman, Hazrat
Alias Caliph ,Battle of the Camel ,Battle of Siffin, emergence of the Kharijites, Battle of
Nahrawan, Hazrat Ali’s martyrdom, his character and achievements. Nomination of Imam
Hasan as Caliph and his abdication.
7. Administration and Structure of Government under the Pious Caliphate
Administrative ,financial and judicial System under the Pious Caliphs ,Status of the
Dhimmis and the Mawalis ,social life of the Muslims, and salient features of the
Khalifat-i-Rashida
Suggested Readings: 1. Ali, Syed Ameer, History of the Saracens, Lahore: Sang-i-Meel Publishers, 1985
2. Ali, Syed Ameer, and The Spirit of Islam, Lahore: Sang –i-Meel Publishers, 1985.
3. Cambridge History of Islam, Eds.P.M.Holt, Ann K.S.Lambton and Bernard Lewis,
Cambridge: Cambridge university Press, 1970(Relevant Chapters).
4. Haq Mazhur –ul ,A Short History of Islam ,Lahore ,Latest edition .
5. Hitti, Philip K, History of the Arabs,10th edn ,London,1974.
6. Hamidullah, the Muslim Conduct of State, Lahore: 1977.
7. Holt,P.M. Cambridge History of Islam.Cambridge,1970
8. Hourani, Albert, History of the Arab Peoples, 1992.
9. Hussaini, S.A.Q.Arab Administration, Latest Edition.
10. Hussaini,S.A.Q.Constitution of the Arab Empire, Lahore
11. Ibn-e- Hisham,Seerat-un-Nabi Kamil,tr.Maulana Abdul Jaleel Siddiqi, Lahore, 1979.(Urdu)
12. Ibn Jarir,Abi Jaffar Mohammad ,TAREEKH-E-Tibri,tr,Mohhammad Ibrahim Nadvi,
Karachi,1982.(Urdu)
13. Ibn-i-Ishaq, Sirat-ul –Nabi.
14. Khan, Majid ali, Muhammad: The Final Messenger, Lahore, 1983.
15. Lings, Martin, Muhammad: His Life based on the earliest sources, Lahore .1983
16. Muir,William ,Annals of the Early Caliphate, London,1983.
17. M uir,William .The Caliphate,Its Rise,Decline and Fall.Beirut,1963.
18. Nadvi,Shah Moeen-ud-Din Ahmad Tareekh-i-Islamk.Vol-I,Islamabad,1975(Urdu)
19. Naumani Maulana Shibli;Seerat-un –Nabi.Lahore ,Vol-I,1975.(Urdu)
20. Shaban,M.A,Abbaside Revolution.Cambridge :Cambridge University Press,1970.
21. Shaban ,M.A Islamic History :A New Interpreation,Cambridge :Cambridge University
Press,1976.
22. Siddiqui,Abdul Hameed,The Life of Muhammad (SAW).Lahore ,1981.
23. SiddiqiAmir Hassan ,The Origin and Development of Muslim Institutions ,Karachi:1969.
24. Siddiqi,Mazharuddin,Development of Islamic State and Society .Lahore 1956.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 1st Semester
HPS-103 History of Freedom Movement (1857-1947 AD) 3 Credit Hours
Course Content:
1. The Arrival of the Europeans and the Rise of British Rule in India
2. The Uprising of 1857 and its impact on the Indians
3. The Rise of Indian Nationalism and the Creation of Indian National Congress
4. Hindu Revivalist Movements, Hindi-Urdu Controversy
5. Condition of the Muslim community after 1857and the rise of Muslim Nationalism.
6. Aligarh Movement and its social ,Political and religious contributions .Sir Syed Ahmad
Khan and his services .Mohsin –ul- Mulk,Waqar –ul –Mulk and Syed Amir Ali.
7. Parallel Movements to Aligarh:Deoband ,Nadwat-ul –Ulama
8. Partition of Bengal 1905
9. Simla Deputation and the Creation of all India Muslim League
10. Indian Councils Act o 1909
11. Lucknow Pact 1916 and the Government of India Act 1919
12. Khilafat & Hijrat Movements and their effects on the Muslims of India
13. The Indian Constitutional Problem and efforts for its Solution :Simon Commission,Nehru
Report ,Jinnah ‘s Fourteen Points .
14. Political Philosophy of Iqbal and his Allahabad Address
15. Three Sessions of the Round Table Conference,Gandhi –Irwin Pact.Communal Award
1932,Poona Pact and the Government of India Act1935
16. Elections of 1937and Congress Rule in the Provinces
17. Genesis of the Idea of Pakistan
18. Lahore Resolution 1940.
19. Cripps and Cabinet Mission Plans
20. Transfer of Power (3rd june Plan )and Partition
21. The Radcliffe Boundary Commission Award
22. Controversy about the Governor –General ship of Pakistan and its effects on the Partition
Process.
Suggested Readings:
1. Abdul Hamid .Muslim Separatism in India .Karachi :Oxford University Press,1967.
2. Aziz ,K.K .The Making of Pakistan :A Study in Nationalism .Islambad :National Book Foundation,1976.
3. Bos ,Sugata ,and Ayesha Jalal .Modern South Asia :History .Culture ,Political Economy .Lahore :Sang-
e0-Meel Publications ,1998.
4. Chand ,Tara .History of the Freedom Movement in India .Vols .I.IV.Lahore :Book Traders ,1972.
5. Chandra, Bipan.et.al.Indian ‘s Struggle for Independence 1857-1947. New Delhi:Penguin Books ,1989.
6. Embree,Ainslie T.India ,s Search for National Identity .Delhi:Chanakya Publications,1980.
7. Ghose ,Sankar Socialism. Democracy and Nationalism in India .Bombay:AlliedPublishers,1973
8. Hayat, Sikandar .Aspects of the Pakistan Movement. Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and
Cultural Research, 1998.
9. Nehru, Jawaharlal .The Discovery of India .New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1981.
10.Qureshi, Ishtiaq Hussain .The Struggle for Pakistan .Karachi: University of Karachi
1974.
11. Roberts ,P.E.History of British India .London :Oxford University Press ,1952
12. Sayeed,Khalid B.Pakistan :The Formative Phase ,1857-1948.Karachi Oxford
University Press,1998.
13. Seal ,Ani .The emergence of Indian Nationalism :Competition and Collaboration in
TheLater Nineteenth Century .Cambridge :Cambridge University Press,1968.
14. Smithy,Vincent A. The Oxford History of India .Karachi :Oxford University Press
,1983.(BookVII,VIII,IX and X)
15. Suntharalingam, R .Indian Nationalism: An Historical Analysis .New Delhi:Vikas
Publishing House Pvt.Ltd, 1983.
16. Talbot .Lan.Provincial Politics and the Pakistan Movement: The Growth of the
Muslim League in North –West and North East India, 1937-47.Karachi: Oxford
University Press, 1988.
17. Waheed –uz –Zaman.Towards Pakistan .Lahore: Publishers United, 1978.
18. Wolpert, Stanley .A New History of India .New York: Oxford University Press.
1997.(Chapters 13to22)
19. Zacharias, H.C.E. Renascent India Form Rammohan Roy to Mohandas Gandhi.
London: George Allen & unwin Ltd 1933
20. Bhutto Mumtaz Dr.Sindh Ji Seyasi Tareekh 1843 to 1947 zaki publication ,Karachi 1992.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 1st Semester
HPS-104 History of Saffavids (1501-1786) 3 Credit Hours
Course Content:
Foundation of the Dynasty by Shah Ismail
Other Rulers and their Achievements
Later Saffavids 1732-1786
Religious Life under the Saffavids:
Society and Culture under the Saffavids
Ottoman-Saffavid Relations
Afghan –Mughal Relations with Safavid
Recommended Readings:
1.Lockhart, Laurence ,The fall of the Safavi Dynsty and the Afghan Occupation of Persia
,Cambridge ,1958.
2.Roemer,H.R.(1986).The Safavid Period”.The Cambridge History of Iran,vol.6:The Timurid
and Safavid Periods.Cambridge :Cambridge university Press.
3.Richard Tapper.”Shahsevan in Safavid Persia”,Bulletin of the School of oriental and African
Studies ,university of London ,vol 37,No 3,1974.
4.Lawrence Davidson ,Arthur Goldschmid,A Concise History of the Middle East,Westview
Press ,2006.
5.Mottahedeh,Roy,The Mantle of the Prophet:Religion and Politics in Iran,One World
,Oxford,1985,2000.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 1st Semester
COMP-101 Basic Computer -I 01 Credit Hours
Course Content:
1-Basic Definitions & Concepts,
2-Hardware :Computer Systems & Components.
3-Storage Devices,
4- Number Systems,
5-Software: Operating Systems,
6-Programming and Application Software,
7- Introduction to Programming,
Suggested Readings:
1. Introduction to Computers 6th International Edition, Peter, N. McGraw-Hill
2. Using Information Technology: A Practical Introduction to Computer & Communications, 6th
Edition. Williams, S. McGraw-Hills.
3. Computers, Communications & information: A user's introduction, Sarah, E. Hutchinson.
Stacey, C. Swayer.
4. Fundamentals of Information Technology, Alexis L Mathewsleon Leon Press.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 1st Semester
ENG-101 English –I (Functional) 3 Credit Hours
1-Basics of Grammar
2-Parts of speech and use of articles
3-Sentence structure, active and passive voice
4-Practice in unified sentence
5-Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure
6-Transitive and intransitive verbs
7-Punctuation and spelling
8-Comprehension Answers to questions on a given text
9-Discussion General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the
teacher keeping in view the level of students)
10-Listening To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers
11-Translation skills
12-Urdu to English
13-Paragraph writing Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher
14-Presentation skills Introduction
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
Recommended books:
1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition.
Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492
2. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition.
Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506 58
3. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.
Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993.ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27and35-
41.
4. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills.
Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 1st Semester
ISL-101 Islamic Studies 3 Credit Hours
Objectives: This course is aimed at:
1 To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies
2 To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization
3 To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships
4 To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious
life.
Detail of Courses:
Introduction to Quranic Studies
1) Basic Concepts of Quran
2) History of Quran
3) Uloom-ul -Quran
Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286)
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi
(Verse No-1-18)
3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11)
4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77)
5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154)
Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58.)
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment
3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I
1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood)
2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II
1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina
3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina
Introduction To Sunnah
1) Basic Concepts of Hadith
2) History of Hadith
3) Kinds of Hadith
4) Uloom –ul-Hadith
5) Sunnah & Hadith
6) Legal Position of Sunnah
Selected Study from Text of Hadith
Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law
5) Islam and Sectarianism
Islamic Culture & Civilization
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization
2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization
3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization
4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues
Islam & Science
1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science
2) Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science
3) Quran & Science
Islamic Economic System
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System
2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics
3) Islamic Concept of Riba
4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce
Political System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System
2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty
3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam
Islamic History
1) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida
2) Period of Ummayyads
3) Period of Abbasids
Social System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts Of Social System Of Islam
2) Elements Of Family
3) Ethical Values Of Islam
Reference Books: 1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI,
Islamabad
2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”
3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam
4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,”
5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication
Islamabad, Pakistan.
6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research
Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)
7) Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”
Islamic Book Service (1982)
8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep
Publications New Delhi (1989)
9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama
Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 2nd Semester
COMP-102 Basic Computer -II 01 Credit Hours
Course Content:
1-Databases and Information Systems,
2- Networks,
3-Data Communication,
4-The Internet,
5-Browsers and Search Engines,
6-The Internet: Email, Collaborative Computing and Social Networking,
7-The Internet: E-Commerce,
8- IT Security and other issues,
9- Project Week,
10- Review Week
Suggested Readings:
1. Introduction to Computers 6th International Edition, Peter, N. McGraw-Hill
2. Using Information Technology: A Practical Introduction to Computer & Communications, 6th
Edition. Williams, S. McGraw-Hills.
3. Computers, Communications & information: A user's introduction, Sarah, E. Hutchinson.
Stacey, C. Swayer.
4. Fundamentals of Information Technology, Alexis L Mathewsleon Leon Press.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 2nd Semester
ENG-102 English -II 3 Credit Hours
1-Paragraph writing Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph
2-Essay writing Introduction
3-CV and job application Translation skills
Urdu to English
4-Study skills Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis writing
and comprehension
5-Academic skills Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet
6-Presentation skills Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)
Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review
Communication Skills a) Grammar
Recommended books: 1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third Edition.
Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN 0 19 431350 6.
2. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.
Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019 435405 7 Pages 45-53 (note
taking).
3. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth
Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435406 5 (particularly good for writing memos, introduction to
presentations, descriptive and argumentative writing).
4. Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third
Impression 1991. ISBN 0 19 453403 0.
5. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan
6. Study Skills by Riachard York.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 2nd Semester
HPS-151 Research Methodology 3 Credit Hours
Course Content:
Historical Research: An introduction
Definition and significance
Objectivity &subjectivity in historical research
Sources of historical Research
Nature of historical documents
Kinds of Historical documents
Formal and informal documents
Official and Non official documents
Research process
Identification of a problem
Review of literature
Research design
Data collection
Data analysis
Writing the research paper
Techniques of Research
Qualitative Research
Quantitative Research
Acknowledgement & documentation
Turabian manual for writing
Questionnaire
Bibliography
Suggested Readings:
1. Gay, L.R.Educational Research: competencies for Analysis and Application, New Jersey:
Prentice hall Inc, Latest Edition.
2. Kumar, Ranjit .Research Methodology: Step by Step Guide for Beginners London: Sage
Publication Latest Edition.
3. Langlois, ch.v.and ch.seignobos .Introduction to the Study of History, New York Barnes,
Latest Edition.
4. Majumdar, P.K Research Methods in social Sciences .New Delhi Viva Books Latest
Edition.
5. Pathan G.M,Tahqeeq jo- Fun ,sindhi:university of Sindh (Jamshoro),1984
6. Qadir, Khurram, Tarekh Naweesi (Urdu), Lahore Sang –e-Meel Publishers.
7. Research Methodology: An Anthology Islamabad: National Books Foundation, Latest
Edition.
8. Roberta H.Markman, PeterT.Markman, Marie L.Waddell; Ten Steps to Research,
Barron’s Sixth Edition.
9. Robinson, chare, F.Islamic Historiography. London: Cambridge University Press, Latest
Edition.
10. Williams, Robert C.The Historian’s Toolbox: A student Guide to the Theory and craft of
History, New York: M.E.Sharpe, Latest Edition.
11. Zina, o Leary, The Essential Guide to Doing Research .united kingdom: sage pub Co
2004.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 2nd Semester
HPS-152 History of Ancient Civilizations 3 Credit Hours
Course Content:
1. Indus Valley Civilization
2. Mesopotamian Civilization
3. Egyptian Civilization
4. Ancient China
5. Ancient Greece (Hellenic)
6. Roman Civilization.
Suggested Readings:
1. Burkitt, M.c.our Early Ancestors.Cambridge:1929.
2. Burns, E.M.and Ralph.P.L.World Civilizations, Latest Edition
3. Cary, C.A.History of the Greek World: From 323 to 146 BC. London: 1959
4. Durant, Will. The Life of Greece. New York: 1939.
5. Easton, Stewart C.The Heritage of the past: Earliest Time to 1500.USA:1970.
6. Frankfort, Henri.The Art and Architecture of the Ancient Orient .London:1958.
7. Gibb, H.A.R., Studies on the Civilization of Islam, Ed.Stanford j.Slaw, London, 1962.
8. Graig, A.M. The Heritage of Word Civilizations, II Vols, New York, 1986.
9. Kosambi, D.D .The Culture and Civilization in Ancient India: An Historical Outline, New
Delhi, 1982.
10. Martin Whiller, Five Thousand Years of Pakistan.
11. Masson-Oursel, Paul HD will man Grabowska.Philippe Stern. Ancient India and Indian
Civilization. London: 1951.
12. Reither, j., World History: A Brief Introduction, 1973.
13. Roberts, J. M. Huntington, World History, Latest Edition.
14. Sabt-i-Hasan, Pakistan Main Tahzeeb Ka Irtiqa (Urdu)
15. Tannebaum, Edward R.A History of World Civilization. USA: 1973.
16. Toynbee, Arnold J. Hellenism: The History of a Civilization. Oxford: 1959.
17. Wallbank, T. W .and A.M Taylor, Civilization: Past and Present, Vol.1, 3rd Ed., Chicago,
1954.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 2nd Semester
HPS-153 History of Pakistan (1947 -2008 A.D) 3 Credit Hours
Course Content:
Pakistan: A Course Profile
Quaid-e-Azam as Governor General & the Early Problems of Pakistan
Constitution Making
First Constitutional Assembly (1947-54)
Basic Principles Committee
Objective Resolution
Issue of Representation and Parity between East &West Pakistan
Language Issue
Provincial Autonomy
Dissolution of the First Constituent Assembly
Second Constituent Assembly (1954-56)
Formation of One Unit as the basis of parity between East & West Pakistan.
Constitution of 1956 and disruption of Parliamentary democracy.
Gen. Ayub Khan’s Regime (1958-1969)
Reforms
Constitution of 1962 29
Basic Democracy
War of 1965
Tashkent Pact
Gen Yahya Khan’s Regime (1969-1971)
LFO and Election of 1970
Post-Election Crisis
The War of 1971
Separation of East-Pakistan
Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto Era (1971-1977)
Socio- Political, Religious and Economic Reforms
Constitution of 1973
Election of 1977 and its consequence
Zia-ul-Haq Regime (1977-1988)
Islamization
Constitutional Amendments
Controlled Democracy
Election on Non Party - Basis
Junejo as Prime Minister
Soviet Invasion in Afghanistan and its Impact on Pakistan
Elections of 1988
Democracy and Frequent Change of Government (1989-1999)
Mohtarma Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Shareef.
Gen.Parvaiz Musharraf Era (1999-2008)
Foreign Policies of Pakistan
Determinants and Objectives of Pakistan’s Foreign Policy
Pre-Cold War Foreign Policy
Post-Cold War Foreign Policy
Pakistan, s Foreign Policy towards its Neighbors
Suggested Readings:
1. Ahmad, Justice (Rtd) Masud. Pakistan: A Study of its Constitutional History
1857-1975. (Lahore: 1983).
2. Ahmad, Mushtaq.Pakistan, s Foreign Policy
3. Ahmar, Moonis, Ed., the World after September 11: Challenges and Opportunities, (Karachi,
2003).
4. Afzal, M .Rafique, Political Parties in Pakistan, 1947-69, 2 vols, (Islamabad: 1986).
5. Ali, Mehrunissa. Reading in Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, 1971-1998. (Karachi: 2001).
6. Andrew , W.P. The Indus and its Provinces, Their Political and Commercial Importance
7. Anwar, Syed. Pakistan:Islam,Politics and National Solidarity.(Lahore:1984).
8. Burki, Shahid Javed , Pakistan under Bhutto 1971-77.(Hong Kong:1988).
9. Burke, S.M; Pakistan,s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis.(Oxford:1969).
10.Burke,S.M., Main Springs of India and Pakistan foreign Policy.
11.Binder, Leonard, Religion and Politics in Pakistan,(Los Angeles:1963).
12.Callard ,Keith., Pakistan :A Political Study.(New York:1957).
13.Chaudhry ,G.M.,Strategic Dimensions of Pakistan Foreign Policy .(Lahore:1989). 30
14.Chaudhry , GW.,Constitutional Developments in Pakistan. (London:1963).
15.Chaudhry Muhammad Ali , The Emergence of Pakistan,(Lahore:1967)
16.Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Task Before Us ,(Lahore:1974).
17.Feldman Herbert. The End & the Beginning,Pakistan:1969-71.(Karachi:1976).
18.Gauhar Altaf ,Ayub Khan :Pakistan,s First Military Rule ,(Lahore ,1994).
19.Khan, Muhammad Ayub,Friends Not Masters ,A Political Autobiography,(Karachi:1967).
20.Khan, Mohammad Ayub.Pakistan,s Relations with the Soviet Union 1947-79:
Constraints & compulsions. (Karachi:1988).
21.Khan ,Hamid, Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan. Karachi: Oxford University
Press , 2005.
22.Khalid Bin Saeed,. Political System of Pakistan. (Bostan:1967).
23.Lifschultz, L.,Bangladesh: The Unfinished Revolution,(London:1977).
24.Mahmood , Safdar , Pakistan Muslim League Ka Dour Hukumat (urdu),(Lahore:1973).
25.McGrath , Allen, The Destruction of Pakistan,s Democracy , (Karachi:1996).
26.Munir , Justice Muhammad , From Jinnah to Zia, (Lahore:1979).
27.Niazi , Kausar , Last Days of Premier Bhutto ,(Lahore:1991).
28.Noon , Firoz Khan , From Memory , (Islamabad:1993).
29.Nur Ahmed , S. (Edit . Baxter Craig), From Martial Law to Martial Law , Politics in
the Punjab 1919-1959 , (Lahore: 1985).
30.Rizvi , Hassan Askari. Military and Politics in Pakistan 1947-1997. (Lahore: Sang e Meel ,
Publications:1998).
31.Safdar Mehmood , Pakistan Divided , (Lahore:1984).
32.Sayeed , K.B., Politics in Pakistan, The Nature and Direction of Change , (New York:1980).
33.Shahi, Agha. Pakistan,s Foreign Policy: An Appraisal. (Lahore:1977).
34. Tlbot, lan , Provincial Politics and Pakistan Movement, The Growth of the M.L. in North,
35.Waseem, M. Pakistan under Martial Law :1977-85.(Lahore:1987).
36.Weiss, Anita M.M.,Ed., Islamic Reassertion in Pakistan .(Lahore:1987).
37.Wolpert, Stanley, Zulfi Bhutto of Pakistan , His Life and Times, (New York:1993).
38.Zaheer, Hasan, The Separation of East Pakistan, The Rise and realisation of Bengali Muslim
Nationalism,(Karachi:1994).
39.Ziring, Lawrence.The Ayub Khan Era :Politics in Pakistan . (New York:1971).
40. Ziring, Lawrence, Pakistan , The Enigma of Political Development, (London:1980).
41. Zuberi, Musarrat Hussain, Voyage Through History, 2 Vols, (Karachi: 1987).
42. Zuberi , Musarrat Hussain , Pakistan in 20th century . (Karachi:Oxford University
Press,2000).
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 2nd Semester
HPS-154 History of Islamic Art & Architecture 3 credit hours
Course Content:
A. History of the Islamic Ceramics
1. Early Islamic Period
Umayyad and early Abbasid wares of Mesopotamia
Pottery of Banbhore & al-Mansurah, Pakistan
Lustre Painted Pottery of the Fatimid period
Slip-Painted pottery of Iran Central Asia and Afghanistan
2. The Mediaeval Islamic Period
Sgrafiatto wares of Iran
Seljuq Fine wares of Iran
Seljuq Pottery of Anatolia
Pottery of Raqqa and Rusafah (Iran)
Minai and Lajvardina Painted Wares of Persia
3. The Later Islamic Period
Pottery of Iran in II-Khanids and Timurid times
Pottery of Mamluk period in Egypt and Syria
Pottery of the Safavid and Qajar periods in Iran
Pottery of the Ottoman period in Anatolia
4. Contemporary Ceramics
Traditional Pottery of Sindh , Multan and Bahawalpure
B. History of the Islamic Arts
1. Arts of the Book
Calligraphy: The Arabic Script during the Early Islamic Days and its Use in Calligraphy
Book Binding : Book Format in the Early Islamic Period , its development and the Islamic
Contribution to the Arts of the Book
Page Illumination : Earliest Use of colour and gold in the Quran and its gradual development
2. The Zenith Period of the Arts of the Book
Patronage of the II-Khanid Rulers in Persia
Patronage of the Mamluk Rulers in Egypt and North Africa
Patronage of the Timurid Rulers in Transoxiana and Persia
Patronage of the Ottoman Rulers in Anatolia towards the Arts of the Book
3. History of the Miniature Painting
Timurid School of Arts
Ottoman School of Arts
Safavid School of Arts
Mughal School of Arts
C. History of Islamic Architecture
1. Architecture of the Umayyad Dynasty
Architecture of Arabia , Syria & Spain
2. Architecture of the Abbasid Dynasty
Architecture of Arabia , Syria , Iraq and Persia
3. Architecture of the Tulunids
Architecture of Egypt and Syria
4. Architecture of the Fatimids
Architecture of North Africa , Egypt and Syria
5. Architecture of the II-Khanids
Architecture of Persia
1. Architecture of the Timurids
Architecture of Transoxiana and Persia
7. Architecture of the Savavids Architecture of Persia
8. Architecture of the Delhi Sultanate Architecture of Multan, Uchch, Thatta / Makli Hills &
Delhi
9. Architecture of the Mughal Architecture of Peshawar, Lahore , Thatta , Delhi, Fatehpur
Sikri and Agra
Suggested Readings:
1. Atil, E., Art of the Arab World, Washington,D. C. Smithsonian Institution, 1973. 44
2. Brown, Percy, Indian Architecture,(Islamic Period) 7th
rpt. Of the 1956 Ed.,
(Bombay:1981).
3. Burckhardt, T. Arts of Islamic: Language and Meaning. London: World of Islam Festival
Trust Publishing.1976.
4. Creswell, K. A. C., Early Muslim Architecture, 2 vols. (Oxford :1958, Revised by James
Allen :1989).
5. Ettinghausen , R.& Grabar, O., The Art and Architecture of Islam 650-1250,
(Harmondsworth: 1987).
6. Fehervari, G., Islamic Pottery 800-1400 A. D, Exhibition in the Victoria and
Albert Museum, (London 1969)
7. Grabar, O., The Formation of Islamic Art, (New Heaven: 1988).
8. Hussain Mahmood , Abdul Rehman and James L. Wescoat jr., The Mughal Garden:
Interpretation , Conservation and Implications , (Lahore: 1996).
9. Koch, Ebba, Mughal Architecture, History of Development, 1526-1858,
(Munich: 1991).
10. Piotrovsky Mikhail B., Art of Islam :Earthly Beauty, Heavenly Art (London: 1999).
11. Pope, A. U., An Introduction to Persian Art (Connecticut: 1972).
12. Pope Arthur Upham, Persian Architecture, (Kobe: 1969).
13. Rajput S.A, History of Islamic Art based on al -Mansurah Evidence,(Lhore:2008).
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 2nd Semester
PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 3 Credit Hours
Objectives:
To develop vision of historical background with ideological perspective as well as
government and politics of contemporary Pakistan.
To study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern
age and posing challenges to Pakistan.
Course Outline: (Mid Term)
1- Historical Background:
a- Ideological rational with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmad Khan, Allama Muhammad
Iqbal and Quaid-e-azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah
b- Factors leading the Muslim separation:
I. Aligarh Movement
II. All India Muslim League
III. Lucknow Pact 1916
IV. Khilafat Movement
V. Nehru Report
VI. Fourteen Points of Quaid-e-Azam
VII. Allahabad Address
VIII. Congress Ministries
IX. Lahore Resolution
X. Cabinet Mission Plan
XI. Third June Plan
XII. Independence Act
c- Location and Geo-Strategic importance of Pakistan
Final Term
2- Government and Politics in Pakistan, Political and Constitutional Development
a- 1947-1958
I. Objective Resolution
II. Salient features of Constitution of 1956
III. Causes of failure of Parliamentary Democracy in Pakistan
b- 1958-1971
I. Ayub Khan’s Reforms
II. Salient Features of Constitution of 1962
III. 1970s Elections, LFO
IV. Causes of Separation of East Pakistan
c- 1971-77
I. Bhutto’s Reforms
II. Salient features of 1973s Constitution
d- 1977-1988
I. Zia’s Islamization
II. 8th Amendment
e- 1988-1999
I. Political and Constitutional Development in Pakistan
f- 1999 to the Present
3- Foreign Policy of Pakistan and Challenges
4- Social Problems of Pakistan
Recommended Books
1. M. R Kazmi, Pakistan Studies, Oxford University press, 2007
2. M. Ikram Rabbani, Comprehensive Pakistan Studies, Carvab Publishers, Lahore,
2011.
3. Dr. Asmat Naz, Fakhra Jabeen, Pakistan Studies Compulsory for BS 4 Years,
Taleemi Academy Publishers, Lahore, 1st Edition, 2015.
4. Khalid Bin Saeed, The Political System of Pakistan, Houghton Mifflin, Boston,
1967
5. Afzal M. Rafiq, Pollitical Parties in Pakistan (Vol. I-II-III), National Institute of
Historical and Cultural Research, Islamabad,1998
6. Shahid Javed Burki, State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd., 1980.
7. S. Akbar Zaidi, Issues in Pakistan’s Economy, Oxford University Press, Karachi,
2000
8. S. M. Burki & Lawrence Ziring, Pakistan’ s Foreign Policy, Oxford University
press, Karachi, 1993
9. Safdar Mahmood, Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Jang Publishers, Lahore, 2002
10. K. K. Aziz, Party & Politics in Pakistan, National Commission on Historical and
Cultural Research, Islamabad, 1976
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 3rd Semester
HPS-201 History of Umayyads and Abbasids (661-1258 A.D) 3 Credit Hours
Course Content
1.Amir Muawiyah (661-680 AD)
Consolidation of Umayyad Rule ,His career and character.
2.Yazid bin Muawiya (680-683 AD)
CONFLICT WITH Hazrat Imam Hussain,Tragedy of Karbala,its effects and significance in the
history of Islam ,career and character of Yazid.
3.Marwan bin Hakam (683-685AD )
Accession of Marwan , Battle of Marj –e Rahat ,consolidation of his rule,character and policies.
4.Abdul Malik bin Marwan (685-705 AD)
His accession,Abdul Malik as real founder of Umayyad Dynasty .His administrative policies and
reforms ,vocalization of Quran ,Abdul Malik’s character and achievements.
5.Walid bin Abdul Malik(705-715 AD)
His accession and expansion of Umayyad Empire in Asia ,Africa and Europe.His administrative
policies ,reforms ,character and achievements.
6.Sulaiman bin Abdul Malik(715-717 AD)
His policy towards renowned Muslim Generals, Siege of contantinople ,his character and
policies
7.Umar bin Abdul Aziz (717-720 AD)
Role as the ‘Fifth pious Caliph’,Administrative ,Economic and Religious reforms,his character
and achievements ,Reconcilation with Ahl-i-Bait
8. Yazid-II(720-724 AD)
9,Hisham (724-749 AD)Important events ,and issues ,the Abbasid Movement and downfall of
the umayyads,causes of the fall of ummayyads.
10.Downfall of umayyads
Causes of the fall of ummayyads
11.State and society under umayyads
Central and provincial administration,state & Society under ummayyad,navy and military,socio-
cultural and economic development under the umayyads.
The Abbasids (750-1258 AD)
1.Establishment of Abbasid Caliphate
The Abbasid propaganda
Role of Abu Muslim Khurasani.
Death of Ibrahim and nomination of Al-Saffah as Imam Revolt in Khurasan
Fall of the Umayyads and establishment of Abbasid Caliphate
2.Abu –al –Abbas Abdullah(749-754 AD)
The Khilafat of Abu –al Abbas Abdullah Al-Saffah . His Estimate as founder of Abbasid
Dynasty .
3.Abu Jafar Al –Mansur (754-775 AD)
Revolt of Abdullah ibn Ali .Murder of Abu Muslim Khusani. Foundation of Baghdad. Political
Turmoil in Khurasan .Appearance of Muhammad and Ibrahim .Nomination of Mahid. African
Rebellion .Roman inroads :His administration and reforms .Mansur’s character and
achievements .
4.Al-Mahdi (775-785AD)
Appearance of muqanna in khorasan.Byzantinian inroads.The zindiqiya movement,their estimate
.5.Al-hadi (785-786 AD)
6.Harun al-rashit (786-809 AD)
His accession,the barmakis,their rise and fall.affairs in Africa,nomimnation of Amin and
Mamun as successors to the Caliphate ,War with the Byzantinians, Role of Queen Zubaydah,
Harun’s character and achievements.
7.Mamun al Rashid (813-833 AD)
War of succession .Disorder in Baghdad .Appointment of Tahir as Viceroy of the East .Babek
the Nihilist .War With the Byzantines .Religious Policy. Intellectual Activities .
Role of the Turks .Religious policy.His character.
8.Later Abbasids (847-861 AD)
Political development under Later Abbaasids:
9.Later Abbaasids (861-1258 AD)
10.State and Society under Later Abbasids:
Social Conditions under the Abbasids.
Intellectual and cultural achievements under the Abbasids.
Suggested Reading:
1.Ibn-I Athir,Tarikh Al-Kamil,Vol.V,part-1,trAbdul Khair Maududi,Hyderabad
(Deccan) 1938.
2.Mir Khwan,Rawzat-us Safa,Lucknow,Nawal Kishore Press,1938.
3.Moinudin,ShahTarikh-e-Islam,Vols.3-4,Azamgarh,Latest Edition.
4.Muir,William,The Caliphate,Decline andFall,Beirut,1961.
5.Nicholson,R.A,Literary History of the Arabs,Cambirdge,1953.
6.Numani,Shibli,Al-Manun,Lahore,Edition.
7.Siddiqui,A.H.,Caliphate and Kingship in Medieval Persia,Karachi 1962(Urdutrans.Khilafat wa
Saltanat,Karachi 1962.
8.Siddiqui,Mazharuddin,Development of Islamic State and Society,Lahore,1956.
9.Shustery A.M.A.,Outline of Culture,Latest Edition.
10.Tabari,Tarikh-ul Umam Wal-Muluk,Egypt,1939 (Urdu trans.)Vol.3,Parts1,
2,3&,4 by Muhammad Ibrahim,Hyderabad (Deccan),1932,1953,1940.
11.The Cambridge History of Islam Eds.P.M. Holt,Ann K.S. Lambtom and
Bernard Levis,Cambridge:Cambridge Universty Press,1970.
12.Umar,Abu Nasr Al-Haroon,tr.Sh.Muhammad Ahmad Panipati,Lahore,1955.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 3rd Semester
HPS-202 Muslim Rule in South Asia (711-1526 A.D) 3 Credit Hours
Course Content:
1. Geographical unity of Indus Vally
Geophysical features, geography of Indus vally and its significance
South Asia on the eve of Arab Conquest
Historical background :Geographical ,political ,social ,religious and economic
Conditions of south Asia ;its relation with neighbouring regions.
2-Causes of ArabInvasion of Sindh,Muhammad ibn Qasim and his conquests
In sindh and Gujrat ,Arab administration in the conquered territories,
Settlement of Brahmanabad,foundation of al-Mansurah,political ,cultural
Religious and social impact of these conquests..19
City states of kech –Makran-Mansurah and Multan
3-Sultan Mahmud of Ghaznah (997-1030 AD)
Causes of his Indian campaigns,their significance and impact ,his character
And achievements .Al-Beruni and his contribution.
Ghaznavids at Lahore
Successors of Sultan Mahmud of Ghaznah, Lahore as a centre of Art and Literature,downfall of
Ghaznavids
4-Sultan Shahabuddin Muhammad of Ghur(1175-1206 AD)
His campaigns in India,character and achievements, Muizzi Maliks ,causes of defeat of Hindu
Rajas.
5-Dynasty of llbari Turks (Slave Dynasty)
Sultan Qutbuddin Aibak (1206-1210 AD)
Sultan Shamsuddin lltutmish (1211-1236 AD),early difficulties and
Achievements as the real founder of Sultanate,relations with the Caliphate,
Administration of the Sultanate.
Sultan Razia (1236-1239 AD) and her reign
Successors of Sultan Razia and Ascedancy of the Forty (Umara-i-chehalgani)
Sultan Nasiruddin Mahmud (1246-1266 AD)and his reign
Sultan Ghiasuddin Balban (1266-1286 AD) ,his theory of kingship,
Consolidation of Sultanate ,Mongol Policy ,and his successors.
Slave system as a source of weakness and strength.
6-khilji Dynast (1290-1320 AD)
Significance of Khilji Revolution
Jalal –ud –Din Feroze (1290-1296 AD)
Sultan Feroze khilji and his character
Sultan Alauddin Khilji (1296-1316 A.D),his reforms and economic policy,
Conquests ,Deccan Policy,Malik kafur
Successors of Alauddin(1316-1320 A.D)
7- Tughluq Dynasty (1320-1412 AD)
Ghiasuddin Tuglhuq (1320-1325 A.D),his administration and character
Sultan Muhammad bin Tughluq(1325-1351 A.D),his character and
Personality ,his plans and their failure,outbreak of rebellions, Deccan policy .
Sultan Feroze shah Tughluq, administrative reforms and military expeditions,public works
,and
Religious policy .
8-Amir Timur’s Invasion (1398AD) and the end of Tughluq Dynasty
9-Sayyid Dynasty (1414-1451 AD)
Sultan khizar khan,character and achievements .Successors of khizar khan.
10-Lodhi Synasty (1451-1526 AD)
Sultan Sikandar Lodhi,his administration and religious policies.
Sultan lbrahim Lodhi and end of Delhi Sultanate.
11.contemporary Independent kingdoms
Kingdoms in Deccan (Bahmani and vijianagar kingdoms).kingdoms in Sindh and Kashmir
12.causes of the downfall of Sultanate
13.Administration of Delhi Sultanate
Central and provincial departments,Army,Land revenue system and judiciary.
14.Social and Cultural Developments under the Sultans of Delhi
Historiography’literature,education ,art culture .Amir khusru and his contribution.
Architecture,main characteristics of Indo-Muslim architecture ,important buildings of the
period social
And economicconditions .
15.Religious Trends during the Sultanate Era
Role of Ulema, Role of Sufis and Sufi orders ,Bhagti Movement,its origin and impact .
Suggested Readings:
1,Abdur Rasul,Sahibzada, Tarikh-i-Pako- Hind,(Urdu) Lahore ,1962.
2.Ahmad ,Muhammad Aziz. Political History and Institutions of the Early Turkish
Empire of Delhi(1206-1290. Lahore :Research Society of Pakistan ,1987.
3.Awan,Maj.Rtd. Muhammad Tariq, A History of India and Pakistan ,vol .I.Lahore:Firoz Sons
Ltd1991.
4.Habibullah ,A.B.M.The Foundation of Muslim Rule in India:A History of the Establishment
and Progress
Of the Turkish Sultanate of a Delhi:1206-1290AD.2nd rev.ed.Allahabad: Central Book
Depot,1961.
5.Ikram ,S.M,History of Muslim Civilization in India and Pakistan .3rd Ed. Lahore:Institute of
Islamic
Culture ,1982.
6.Ikram ,S.M,History of Muslim Rule in South Asia, Latest Edition.
7.Jackson ,Peter ,The Delhi Sultanate:Apolitical and Military History Cambridge:Cambridge
University
Press ,1999.
8.Prasad,Ishwari,A SHORT History of Muslim Rule in India ,Lahore :Aziz Publishers,1986.
9,Lal,kishori Saran .History of the khiljis A.D.1290-1320.Karachi :Union Book Stall,n.d.rpt.first
published
1950.
10.Lane-Poole, Stanley. Mediaeval India under Muhammedan Rule (A.D.712-1764).Lahore
:Sang-e –
Meel ,Publications,1997 rpt,first published 1903.
11.Mubarakpuri,Qazi Athar,’Arab wa Hind ‘Ahd-i-Risalat men .Delhi:Nadwat-al –
Musannifin,1965.
12.Mubarakpuri,Qazi Athar,Hindustan mein Arabon ki Hakomatein. Delhi:Nadwat al –
Musannifin,1967.
13.Markovitz ,Claude ,edit ,AHistory of Modern India :(1480-1950),London :Antem Press,2002.
14.Majumdar,R.C.,H.C Raychaudhuri and kalikinkar Datta.An Advanced History of India
.London :
Macmillan ,1950.
15.Nazim, Muhammad.The Life and Times of Sultan Mahmud of Ghazna.Lahore:Khalil and
Co.,1973.
16.Niazi ,Ghulam Sarwar khan. The Life and Works of Sultan Alauddin khilji.Lahore:Institute of
Islamic Culture,1990.
17.Nizami,k.A.Studies in Medieval Indian History and Culture.Allahabad:kitab Mahal,1966.
18.Nizami,K.A.Some Aspects of the Religion and Politics in India during the Thirteenth
Century.
India :Aligarh:Department of History ,Muslim University ,1961.
19.Pathan,Mumtaz Husain.Arab kingdom of al-Mansurah in Sindh. Sind Institute of Sindhology ,
University of Sind,1974.
20.Qureshi.I.H.,The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Sub –continent, the Hague,1962.
21.Qureshi,I.H.,The Administration of the Sultanate of Delhi.2nd Rev .Ed.Lahore
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 3rd Semester
HPS-203 History of Modern Muslim World (1919-1945) 3 Credit Hours
Course Content
a.Iran
1.Iran after world war I
Condition of Iran at the conclusion of world war I
Rise of Raza Shah I and his reforms
2.Iran during and after the world war II
Allies Occupation of 1941 and the fall of Raza Shah I
3.Iranian Oil
Anglo –Lranian oil Company
Dr.Mussadiq
4.Foreign Relations
Relations with the Muslim Countries
Relation with the western Powers particulary with the USA
Relations with the USSR
Iran after the Revolution.
b.Turkey
1.Impact of the world war I
Treaty of Severes
War of Liberation
Lausanne Conference and abolition of khilafat
2.Birth of the Turkish Republic
Kemal Ataturk
Reforms of kemal Ataturk
Ismet Inonu
3. Turkey after world war II
Establishment of Democracy, NATO, Baghdad Pact and Cento
c. Afghanistan
1.Afghanistan ,after 3rd
Anglo-Afghan war and world war-I
2.Ghazi Amanullah khan,his reforms and its impacts (1919-1929)
3.Zahir Shah –(1933-1973)His reforms and implementation of 1964 consititution
4.Daud Shah –(1973-1978),Emergency of Political Parties and revolutionary politics
5.Afghan Saur revolution in Afghanistan (2th April 1978) by Peoples
Democratic Parties of Afghanistan (PDPA),Global Involvement in Afghanistan,Afghan war,the
role of Pakistan .Russian withdrawal from Afghanistan,Transformation of Government to
Afghan Mujahideen,Emergency of Taliban ,their ruling period .End of Taliban regime,causes
and impacts
d.Central Asian Muslim States
1-Uzbekistan 4- Tajikistan
2-Turkmenistan 5- Kyrgyzstan
3-Kazakhstan
Suggested Readings:
1.Amin Tahir.Afghanistan Crisis:Implications an options for the Muslim world Islambad:
Institute of Policy Studies ,1982.
2.Amstutz,J.Bruce,Afghanistan the first five years of soviet OccpationWashington,D.C:National
Defence University ,1986.
3.Aslund ,Anders,ED.The Post-Soviet Economy,London:Printer Publishetrs ,1992.
4Aslund ,Anders ,Ed.Economic Transformation in Russia,London:Longman,1995.
A.Hall ,Rachel,Ed.Kazakhstan:IMF Economic Review ,Washington D.C.1994-46
5.Hall ,Rachel ,Vladimir Putin and Central Asia:The Shaping of Russian Foreign Policy
.I.B.Tauris,2004
6.Channon, John.Agrarian Reforms in Russia 1992-5.Great Britain:RIIA,1995.
7Ghus ,Abdul Samad.The fall of Afghanistan,Peshawar:Paragon Deface ,1988.
8. Haddon,Hafeez Malik ,Ed.Central Asia:Its Strategic importance and Future Prospects,
USA:Craftsmen,1994
9.Kaser, Michael, Central Asian Economies after Independence .RIIA, London,.1992.
10.Kaser, Michael,The Economies of Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan.Great Britain:RIIA,
1997.
11.Jalazai ,Musa khan .Sectarianism and Ethnic violence in Afghanistan,Lahore:
Vanguard Books,1986.
12.Karimov,Islam. Uzbekistan:Transition Model to Market Economy.Tashkent:
Uzbekistan Publishers,1993.
13.Lena Jonson,Russia and Central Asia :Anew web of Relations.London,RIIA,1998.
14.Madami,Dr.Jalal-Ud-Din ,Islamic Revolution of Iran ,Tehran:International Publishing
Company.
15Maley ,William and Saikal, Fazel Haq.Political order in post Communist Afghanistan,
Boulder:Lynne Rienner,1992.
16.Marsden,Peter.The Taliban war Religion and the New Order in Afghanistan,
London:Zed Books.
17.Marina Pikulina ,Russia in Central Asia .UK:Conflict Studies Research Centre,2003.
18.Melvin,Neil.Uzbekistan:Transition to authoritarianism on the Silk Road.U.S,2000.
19.Mark Burles.Chinese Policy towards Russia and the Central Asian Republic,1999.
20.Martha,Bonilla.,Ed.Turmenistan:IMF Economic Review.Washington D.C,1995.
21.Nova ,Alec. An Economic History of USSR.England:Penguin Books Ltd.,1969.
22.P.Stern,Jonathan .oil and Gas in former soviet union, Great Britain :1993.
23.Peter Ferdinand ,ed. The New Central Asia and its Neighbors.UK.Printer Publishers
Limited,1994.
24.Rais,Rasool Baksh.war without winners. Karachi:Oxford University Press 1997.
25.Rashid,Ahmed.oil and New Great Game in Central Asia,Lahore:Mashal,2001.
26.Roy,oliver,Islam and Resistance in Afghanistan, London :Cambridge University
Press,1985.
27 Richard Pomfret, Economies of Central Asia,Princeton University Press,1995.
28.Rubin Barnett R.The Search for Peace in Afghanistan,From Buffer State to a Failed
State ,Yale University Press,1995.
29.Sayeed, Prof .S.M.A Iran Before and After Khomeini, Karachi:Royal Book Company,
1999.
30. Tikhomirov Vladimir. The Political Economy of Post-Soviet Russia, Great Britain:
Macmillan Press Ltd .2000.
31. Webber,M.The international Politics of Russia and the Successor States, Manchester
University Press, 1996.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 3rd Semester
HPS-204 History of Religious Thoughts in Islam 3 Credit Hours
Course Content:
Intellectual Trends/Movements
Mutazilites:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines
Asharis:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines
Ismailis:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines
Qaramatians:the founder,leaders and cardinal doctrines
Bathanians:the founder,leaders and cardinal doctrines.
Suggested Readings:
1.Aheeduz Zaman,The Irania Revolution:A Profile.
2.Daftary,Farhad. The Ismailis: Their History and Doctrines (Cambridge:Cambridge University
Press,1990)
3.Daftary, Farhad, Mediaeval Ismaili History and Thought,(Cambridge:Cambridge University
Press ,1996)
4.Madelung ,Wilferd,Religious Trends in Early Islamic Iran .(NY:Bibliotheca Persica ,1988)
5.Nasr,Seyyed Hossein ,and Leaman,oliver,ed. History of Islamic
Philosophy,(London:Routledge,2001)
6Nasr,Seyyed Hossein , Islam and the Plight of Modern Man,(London:1975)
7.Sharif,M.M.,Ed .,A History of Muslim Philosophy ,Vols.2.(Delhi: Adam Publishers ,2001
rpt.,first Published 1961)
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 3rd Semester
ENG-201 English III 3CREDIT HRS
Course Outline
Presentation skills
Essay writing
Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative
Academic writing
How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper
How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form,
clarity, consistency)
Technical Report writing
Progress report writing
Note:
Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
Recommended books:
Technical Writing and Presentation Skills
a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing
1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992.
2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.
3. Patterns of College Writing by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s
Press.
b) Presentation Skills
c) Reading The Mercury Reader.
Bibliography
Howe, D.H, Kirkpatrick, T. A., & Kirkpatrick, D. L. (2004), Oxford English for undergraduates.
Karachi: Oxford University Press
Eastwood, J. (2004), English Practice Grammar(New edition with tests and answers).
Karachi: Oxford University Press.
Murphy, R. (2003). Grammar in use, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet, (Exercises 2) Oxford
University Press 1986.
Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.
Oxford Supplementary Skills, 1993.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 3rd Semester
Course Code: COMS -201 Credit Hours: 01
Course Title: COMMUNICATION SKILLS
Aims & Objectives:
To enable the students to meet their real life communication needs.
Contents:
Oral presentation skills (Prepared and unprepared talks)
Preparing for interviews (Scholarship, Job, Placement for internship etc.)
Writing formal letters.
Writing different kinds of applications (Leave, Job, Complaint, etc.)
Preparing a Curriculum Vitae (CV),(Bio-data)
Writing short reports
Recommended Readings:
1. Ellen,k.2002.Maximize Your Presentation Skills: How to Speak, Look and Act on your
Way to the Top
Hargie,O. (ed.)Hand book of Communications Skills.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 4th Semester
HPS-251 MUSLIM RULE IN SOUTH ASIA (1526-1707 A.D) 3 CREDIT COURSE
Course Content:
1. Primary Sources
An outline of major primary sources of the period that should include Tazak-a-Babri, Akbar Nama, Aine-
a-Akbari, Hamayoun Nama, Shah Jahan Nama, Tazak-a-Jahangari.
2. Political and Social conditions of South Asia on the eve of the Mughal invasion
3. Zaheer ud Din Muhammad Babur
His early life, first battle of Panipat and the foundation of Mughal Empire Wars with the Rajputs, Character
and achievements.
4. Naseer ud Din Muhammad Humayun
Difficulties after his accession, defeat at the hands of Sher Shah Suri, Humayun in exile and reoccupation
of Throne.
5. Sher Shah Suri and the Later Ruler of Sur Dyynasty
Early life, capture of throne, conquests, his reforms, successors of Sher Shah and the end of Sur Dynasty.
6. Jalaluddin Muhammad Akbar
Earl life, accession to throne, second battle of Panipat, his court, Bairam Khan and his downfall, conquests,
Deccan Policy, Rajput Policy, Engagements and wars in the North West with afghan, Religious policy, din-
i-Ellahi and reforms, Administration, character and achievements of Akbar.
7. Nuruddin Muhammad Jahangir Early life and accession, Khusru’s revolt, Noor Jehan, Qandahar
question, revolts of Khurram and Mahabat Khan, activities of European, character and achievements.
8. Shahabuddin Muhammad Shah Jehan.
Accession to throne, golden period of the Mughal Rule, Central Asian Policy and Qandahar, Deccan Policy,
relations with English East India Company, War of succession, character and achievements.
9. Muhiyuddin Muhammad Aurangzeb Alamgir
Accession and theory of kingship, military expeditions, religious policy and policy towards Marathas Sikhs
and Afghans, character and achievements.
Suggested readings
1. Abdur Rashid, Shaikh, A. Short History of Pakstan, Book Three: The Mughal Empire, Karachi,
1967.
2. Ikaram, S.M., History of Muslim Civilization in India and Pakistan. 3rd ed. Lahore: Institute of
Islamic Culture, 1982.
3. Khan, Gulfishan, Indian Muslims Perception of the West during the Eighteenth century, India:
OUP. 1998.
4. Malik Muhammad Taj Zawal-i- Saltan Mughalia (Urdu)
5. Mubarak Ali, MUghal Darbar (Urdu) Lahore: Nigarshat Publishers. 1986
6. Muhammad Zaheer, Almgir Aur Saltannat-i-Mughalia Ka Zawal, Khi.
7. Muhammad Zaheer, History of Muslim Rule in India, Latest Edition
8. Qureshi, I.H., The Administration of Mughal Empire, Latest Edition.
9. Qureshi, I.H., The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent, The Hague, 1962
10. Qureshi, I.H., A Short History of Pakistan, Vol. III, Latest Edition.
11. Rajput S.A., History o Islamic Art based on Al-Mansurah Evidence, Lahore 2008
12. Sir Wolseley Haig, the Cambridge History of India, Vol. IV
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 4th Semester
HPS-252 HISTORY OF EUROPE (1453-1789 A.D) 3 CREDIT COURSE
Course Content:
1. Europe: An introduction, geography, Greco-Roman Civilizations Christendom and Holy Roman
Empire.
2. Renaissance: causes, course, change in art, literature, and architecture, development in science, role
of Italian states, spread of renaissance in Europe, effects on society, Humanism and individualism.
3. Geographical discoveries: Biblical Concept of the world. The role of Portugal. Spain, France, the
Netherlands, and England. 23
4. Reformation Movement: Causes, course and consequences Martin Luther, the Spread of
Protestantism. Counter-Reformation.
5. Predominance of Spain: Charles V, his internal and external policies, war with Ottomans, Philip II:
His internal and external policies, and revolt of the Netherlands.
6. Predominance of France: Bourbon Dynasty, Henry IV, Louis XVI, Cardinal Richeliewu, Cardinal
Nazarene, Thirty Years War: French Revolution.
7. Age of Enlightment: Philosophers, new trends, enlightened despots
8. England – from 16th to 18th century, Tudor Dynasty, Queen Elizabeth, British Policy of Expansion,
Glorious Revolution.
9. Russia: Peter The Great, Warm Water Policy, Catherine The Great
10. Europe and Ottoman Empire:
Suggested readings
1. Bowden, W. and Usher Karporich. An Economic History of Europe since 1750
2. Dietz. F. C. The Industrial Revolution
3. Muir, Ramsay, The expansion of Europe
4. Mukher Jee, L. A. Study of European History 1453-1815, Calcutta, N.D.
5. Smith, P. The Enlightenment
6. Viault, Birdsall S, Modern European History: The History of Europe since the Late Middle Ages,
Penguin Group, 2005
7. Viault, Birdasall, A Study of Modern Europe and the World, 1815-1859 AD. Calcutta.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 4th Semester
HPS-253 HISTORY OF MODERN ARAB WORLD-I (1919-1945 AD) 3 CREDIT COURSE
Course Content:
Paris Peace settlement and the Arab world.
League of nations and the Mandatory system related to the Arab World.
Formation of Iraq as a country. Separation of Syria and Lebanon
Egypt
Egypt, its history and geography from rise of Islam till First World War
The kingdom of Egypt (1922-52)
Rise of nationalism and Saad Zaghlul Pasha
Anglo Egyptian treaty of 1936
Impact of World War-II
The Role of Political and religious parties vis-à-vis the British power
The Suez Crises
Sudan Problem
Palestine War
Military coup of 1952
The republic (1952-60)
Jamal Abdul Nasir
Suez Policy (1966 War)
Relations with Sudan
Birth of U.A.R
Syria
Syria, History and geography from the rise of Islam till World War-I
Post War Syria
Allies occupation
Proclamation of Faisal King
Syria under French Mandate
Liberation movement
Syria and World War-II
Syria during and after world war
Revolt of 1941
Occupation of allies.
Independence of Lebanon
Birth of republic
Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia history and geography from the rise Islam till world war-I
Arabian Peninsula
Impact of world war-I
Rise of Ibn-e-Saud as king of Saudi Arabia
Foreign relations (1932-62)
Suggested readings
1. Gilmour David, Lbanon: The fractured country, London: Sphere Books, 1984 p. 48
2. Golan, Galia, Mosco and the Middle East New Thinking on Regional Conflict, Chatham House,
London, 1992
3. Halliday, Fred., The Middle East in International Relations: Power, Politics and Ideology, London,
2005
4. John Lizoski, Middle East in World Affairs
5. Lapidus, Ira, M., A History of Islamic Societies, Cambridge University Press, 1988
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 4th Semester
HPS-254 HISTORY OF MODERN ARAB WORLD-II (1945-1992AD) 3 CREDIT COURSE
Course Content:
Introduction: Arab Strategic Waterways and their importance: Suez Canal, Gulf of Aqaba. Occupied
Palestine-Intefada, Arab Nationalism and its divisive aspects. Big powers and the Arab World. Arab World:
Arab-Israil conflict, relations with pre- and post revolutionary Iran. Regional, Extra regional and global
impact of Islamic revolution of Iran. Systems of government in the Arab world and the forces of change.
Suggested readings:
1. Antonious, George. The awakening of Arabia
2. Bangash, Ghulam Taqi. Iran-Iraq relations. Peshawar: 1991
3. Elizabeth. Soviet Relations with the Third World.
4. Fenclon, K. G. The United Arab Emirates: An Economic and Social Survey. London: 1974
5. Gilmour David, Lebanon: The Fractured Country, Sphere Books, London, 1984
6. Halliday, Fred., The Middle East in International Relations: Power politics and Ideology, London,
2005
7. Hiro, Dilip, The Longest War: The Iran-Iraq Military conflict, Paladin, London, 1990
8. Kirk, G.E. A Short History of the Middle East.
9. Kirk, G.E. A., Contemporary Arab Politics. New York: 1961
10. Sharabi, H.B. Government and Politics of Middle East in 20th Century.
11. Addleton, Jonathan S., Undermining the Centre. The Gulf Migration and Pakistan OUP 1992
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 4th Semester
ENG-202 English - IV 3CREDIT HRS
Course Outline
Oral presentation skills (prepared and unprepared talks)
Preparing for interviews (scholarship, job, placement for internship, etc
Writing formal letters
Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings,
Writing different kinds of applications (leave, job, complaint, etc.)
Preparing a Curriculum Vitae (CV), (bio-data)
Writing short reports
Paragraph writing
Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph
Essay writing
Translation skills (Urdu to English)
Study skills
Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading,
Summary and précis writing and comprehension
Academic skills (use of library and internet)
Presentation skills
Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)
Bibliography
Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills, 1992.
College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.
Patterns of College Writing by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s
PressEllen, K. 2002.
Maximize Your Presentation Skills: How to Speak, Look and Act on Your Way to the Top
Hargie, O. (ed.) Hand book of Communications Skills, Mandel, S. 2000.
Effective Presentation Skills: A Practical Guide Better Speaking, Mark, P. 1996.
Presenting in English. Language Teaching Publications.
Aaron, J. 2003. The Compact Reader. New York: Bedford
Axelrod, R. B and Cooper, C.R. 2002.
Reading Critical Writing Well: A Reader and Guide.
Barnet, S. and Bedau, H. 2004
Critical Thinking, Reading and Writing: A Brief Guide to Writing
Behrens & Rosen. 2007. Reading and Writing Across the Curriculum.
Gardner, P. S. 2005. New Directions: Reading, Writing and Critical Thinking
George, D. and Trimbur, J. 2006. Reading Culture: Context for Critical Reading and
Writing
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 4th Semester
Course Code: URD-102 Credit Hours: 03
Course Title: Urdu (Functional) /Regional Language
1. THE BASIC CONCEPT OF URDU LANGUAGE AND ALPHABATICS
a. Names & voices of Urdu alphabets.
b. Study of alphabets in Urdu, Persian, Arabic
c. Origin of Urdu languages (short study)
2. ART OF TRANSLATION
a. Art of translation and its importance.
b. Short history of translation in Urdu from English.
c. Principles of translation.
d. Practice of translation.
(from English into Urdu)
3. TECHNICAL TERMS (ISTELAHAT)
a. Problems of technical terms in Urdu.
b. How to form technical terms?
c. To prepare list of some literary and scientific technical terms with than English terms.
4. INTERVIEW AND DIALOUGE WRITING
a. Art of interview writing.
b. Through interview 3 to 5 persons from different.
c. Art of dialogue writing. Examples by drama books.
d. Dialogue writing on different topics.
5. GRAMMER
Idioms, proverbs, prefixes, suffixcs, synonyms, opposite words, syntax kinds of sentences and
common errors in writing
Figures of speech; Laf-o-Nasar, Husn-e-Talil, Talmeeh,Iham, Tasbeeh, Isteara, Majaze-Mursal, Tajahile
Aarfana, Morratul-Nazeer, Tajnees & Mubalega.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 4th Semester
Course Code: COMS -202 Credit Hours: 01
Course Title: COMMUNICATION SKILLS Grammar:
Verbs
Auxiliary Models Mood
Cohesive Devices (Recognizing and interpreting cohesive Devices)
Analysis of phrase and clause
Speaking Skills:
Presentation Skills
Personality development (Emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)
Group Discussion
Taking Part in Seminar
Effective Classroom Interaction
Reading Skills:
Strategies to improve reading speed
Skimming, Scanning, Inference, Prediction, Anticipation
Stages of Reading
Writing Skills:
Paragraph Writing (Techniques of writing: Descriptive, Narrative, Expository, And
Argumentative)
Letter Writing (Invitation, Regrets, Routines)
Emails Writing Use of Library and Internet
Note taking and Note Making
Outlining and Summarizing
Brainstorming
Listening Skills:
Introduction
Extensive and Intensive Listening
Stress, Intonation, Rhythm
Recommended Books:
Grammar:
1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet Exercises
2. Third Edition of Oxford University Press 1986 ISBN 0 19431350 6
Writing:
1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.
Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0194354057 pages 45-53
(note taking)
2. Writing Upper Intermediate by Rob Nolasco Oxford Supplementary Skills Fourth
Impression 1992 (Particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations
descriptive and argumentative writing) ISBN 0194354065
Reading:
1. Reading Advanced Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis Oxford Supplementary skills 3rd
Impression 1991 ISBN 091 456403 0
2. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan
3. Study Skills by Richard Yorky
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 5th Semester
HPS-301 HISTORIOGRAPHY 3 credit hours
Course Content:
1. An Introduction to Historiography
i-Understanding Historiography
ii-Objectives of Historiography or History-writing
iii-Commemorative Purpose
iv-Moralistic Motive
v-Propagation of Views
vi-Propaganda
vii-Explanatory Purpose
viii-Subject-matter and Scope of Historiography
2. The Origins & Development of Historiography
i- Herodotus: The Father of History & Greco-Roman Historiography: An Overview
ii- Theological-cum-historical Approach
iii- Beginning of Philosophical Interpretation of History
3. Contribution of the Muslims to Historiography
i. The Quranic Concept of History
ii. Origin of Muslim Tradition of Historiography
iii. Development of Sirah and Maghazi Literature
iv. Ibn Ishaq
v. Al-Waqidi
vi. Ibn Sa’ad
vii. Recognition of History as an Independent Branch of Knowledge
viii. Tabari: The First Muslim ‘World Historian’
ix. Masudi: The First Muslim Philosopher of History
x. Ibn Miskawayh and Ibn Athir
xi. Ibn Khaldun: The Founder of Social Sciences
4. Historiography during Renaissance & Scientific Revolution in Europe
i. Impact of Renaissance on European Historiography
ii. Impact of Scientific Revolution on European Historical Thinking
iii. Impacts of the Enlightenment Ideas on the Discipline of History
5. Muslim Historiography in South Asia
Muslim Historians of the Pre-Sultanate and Sultanate Period
i. Qazi Ismail: Chachnama
ii. Minhaj al-Siraj: The Author of Tabaqat-i Nasiri
iii. Zia al-Din Barani: The Author of Tarikh-i Firuzshahi
iv. Amir Khusrau: The Author of Khaza’in al-Futuh
v. Shams Siraj Afif: The Author of Tarikh-i Firuzshahi
6. Muslim Historians of the Mughal Period
i. Abd al-Qadir Badayuni: The Author of Muntakhab al-Tawarikh
ii. Abul Fazl: The Author of Akbarnamah
iii. Shibli Naumani
7. A Brief Overview of Muslim Historiography in Modern South Asia
i. I. H. Qureshi
ii. S. M. Ikram
8. Historiography in the Twentieth Century
i. Oswald Spengler
ii. Benedetto Croce
iii. Arnold Toynbee
iv. Michel Foucault
v. Edward W. Said
vi. Samuel P. Huntington
vii. Francis Fukuyama
viii. Eric Hobsbawm
Suggested Readings:
1. Carr, E. H., What is History. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1961.
2. Coolingwood, Idea of History. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1978
3. Gooch, G. P. History and Historians of the Nineteenth Century. London: Longmans Green,
Latest Edition.
4. Jaffar, S. M. History of History. Lahore: Progressive Publishers, Latest Edition.
5. Kamran, Tahir. The Idea of History through Ages. Lahore: Progressive Publishers, Latest
Edition.
6. Russell, Bertrand. History of Western Philosophy. London: George Allen & Unwin, Latest
Edition.
7. Sreedharan E. A Text Book of Historiography. India: Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd., Latest
Edition.
8. Thompson J. W. and Holm Bernard. A History of Historical Writing. Vol. 2. New York:
Macmillan Company, Latest Edition
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 5th Semester
HPS-302 HISTORY OF EUROPE (1789-1919 A.D) 3 credit hours
Course Content:
1-Europe in 18th Century: An Overview
French Revolution: Causes, course and effects, Role of French philosophers, Classification of French society,
National Convention, Consulate.
2-Napoleon Bonaparte and Europe: His internal and external policies, end of the Holy Roman Empire, role of the Church.
3-Congress of Vienna Legitimacy-compensation and Restorations primarily of Chaumont. The First and Second
Treaties of Paris. Treaty of Vienna. The Holy Alliance, Congress System, Concert of Europe and
its failure.
4-The Phase of Conservatism (1815-1848): Metternich Era, the forces of change—Nationalism, Democracy and Liberalism. Restoration of
monarchy in France. The Liberal Revolution of 1830 and Louis Phillip. The 1848 Revolution in
France, Austria, Hungary, Germany and Belgium.
Scientific Revolution and Industrial Revolution, and their impact.
5-The Eastern Question Background, Greek War of Independence 1820-1832. Crimean War 1853 to 1856, Czar
Alexander II of Russia, Napoleon III, the Russo-Turkish War of 1877, Treaty of Sam Stefano,
Congress and the Treaty of Berlin of 1878, Balkan Wars of 1913 and the defeat of the Turks.
6-The Unification of Italy The Carbonari and Young Italy Movement, Role of Mazzini, Cavour, Garibaldi and Victor
Emanuel for the unification of Italy, foreign policy of Italy after the Unification.
7-The Unification of Germany Background. The State of Prussia. Zollverein. The 1848 Revolution and Germany. Rise of
Bismarck and his role as Architect of German Unification. Foreign policy of Bismarck 1870
8-Road to the First World War Austro-German Alliance of 1879. Triple Alliance of 1825, the formation of Dual Alliance 1891-
93, Anglo-Japanese Alliance. French-British and Russo-British Relations. The second phase of
Eastern Question.
9-First World War Causes, course and consequences of First World War. The Paris Peace Conference of 1919 and
the peace treaties. League of Nations, Reconstruction of Europe
Suggested Readings: 1. Bourne, H. E. The Revolutionary Period in Europe (1763-1815), New York: The Country Co.,
1862.
2. Bowden, W. and Usher Karporich. An Economic History of Europe since 1750, Burleigh:
Michael,n.d.
3. Burleigh, Michael, Earthly Powers: The Clash of Religion & Politics in Europe, from the
French Revolution to the Great War, UK: HarperCollins Publishers, UK, 2006
4. Chickering, Roger, Imperial Germany and the Great War:1914-1918, George Town
University, Washington, 2004
5. David, Thompson. Europe since Napolean. London: Longman Publishers,1962
6. Dawson, W. H. The Evolution of Modern Germany, Fisher Unwin, 1914.
7. Dietz, F. C. The Industrial Revolution, T. S. Ashton, 1973.
8. Euan Cameron, Early Modern Europe, Oxford,
9. Gershoy, Leo. The French Revolution and Napoleon
10. Gillingham, John, European Integration: 1950-2003, St. Louis, 2003.
11. Grant, A. J. and H. Temperley. Europe in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Century
12. Hamsher-Monk, Iain, The Impact of the French revolution, University of Exeter, 2005
13. Ketelbey, C. D. M. A History of Modern Times from 1789
14. King, Bolton. History of Italian Unity
15. Mann, Michael, Fascists, Los Angeles, 2004
16. Merriman, John, A History of Modern Europe: From the Renaissance to the Present, Latest
Edition.
17. Muir, Ramsay. The Expansion of Europe
18. R.B. Dayer, I. J. Chawala, A Text Book of Modern European History,
19. Sewell, Mike, The Cold War, Selwyn College, Cambridge, 2002.
20. Smith, Leonard V., France and the Great War, Oberlin College, Ohio, 2003.
21. Smith, Timothy B., France in Crisis: Welfare, Inequality and Globalization since 1980,
Queen’s University Ontario, 2004
22. Thompson, J. M. The French Revolution
23. Thomson, D. Europe since Napoleon
24. The Oxford Illustrated History of Modern Europe 2006
25. Walters F.P., A History of the League of Nations, OUP, 1960
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 5th Semester
HPS-305 CULTURAL HERITAGE OF PAKISTAN 3 credit hours
Course Content: Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Pre Historic Period.
Soan Valley
Sanghao Cave
Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Proto Historic Period.
Gumla, Dera Ismail Khan
Sarai Kala, Taxila
Kot Diji
Mehrgarh
Rehman Dehri
Evolutionary Process of Human Society in Human Society in Historic Period.
Indus valley
Art and Architecture of Mehenjo Daro and Harrappa
Grave Culture
Timargarha (Dir)
Hattial (Taxila)
Heritage of Buddhist period (Gandhara)
Peshawar
Taxila
Swat
(Architecture, Sculpture, Coins, Language and Literature)
Heritage of Hindu Period
Salt Range
Heritage of Islamic Period
Bhambhore
Multan
Lahore
Wah
(Art, Architecture, Language and Literature)
Recommended Readings: 1. Marshall, John, The Buddhist Art of Gandhara. London: Department of Archaeology,
Pakistan, 1960.
2. Marshall, John, A Guide to Taxila. 4th Ed. Cambridge: Oxford University Press, 1960.
3. Wheeler, R. E. M., Five Thousand Years of Pakistan; an archaeological outline. London:
Royal India and Pakistan Society, 1950.
4. Wheeler, R. E. M, Early India and Pakistan to Ashoka. New York: Frederick A. Praeger,
1959.
5. Wheeler, R. E. M., Pakistan 4,000 years ago, Pakistan, Miscellany, 1st Ed. Karachi, 1952.
6. Wheeler, R. E. M., The India Civilization. Supplementary volume to the Cambridge History of
India, second edition, Cambridge: Oxford University Press, 1962.
7. Fairservis,W. A. Jr. The Roots of Ancient India. The Archaeology of Early Indian Civilization.
2nd Ed, revised Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1975.
8. Italian Archaeological Mission 1982 Italian Archaeological Mission, Pakistan Swat 1956-
1981 documentary exhibition Rome IsMEO.
9. Khan, F. A. Architecture and art treasures in Pakistan. Karachi: Department of Archaeology
and Museums, Government of Pakistan, 1969.
10. Khan, Ahmad.Nabi. Uchchh: History and architecture, Islamabad: National Institute of
Historical and Cultural Research. 1980
11. Rehman, Abdul, The last two dynastic of the Shahis, Islamabad. N.p,1979.
12. Rehman, Abdul, Islamic architecture of Pakistan: an introduction. Peshawar: Department of
Archaeology, University of Peshawar, 1982.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 5th Semester
HPS-303 Muslim Rule in Spain (755-1492) 3 credit hours
Course Content: 1. Spain on the eve of Muslim Conquest
Social, religious, political and economic conditions of the Gothic Kingdom
2. Conquest of Spain under Walid
Causes of MuslimSuccess. Spain under Muslim governors, Attempt at Expansion of Muslim
Borders towards SouthernFrance, Battles of Toulouse and Tours, Tribal and Racial Jealousies
and Civil War. Advent of Abdur Rahman I
3. Establishment of Independent Umayyad Empire
Abdur Rahman I: His Character and Achievements.
4. Consolidation of Umayyads
Hisham I: Internal policy, Growth of Maliki Fiqah
Hakam I: His Relations with Theologians, Wars and Rebellions, His Army and Navy, Character
and Achievements.
Abdur Rahman II: His Character and Achievements, His Court and Wars with the Christians,
Foreign Policy, Cultural and Literary Activities.
5. Weakening of Umayyad Rule in Spain
Muhammad I, Al-Maundhir and Abdullah: Position of the Non-Muslims, Rebellion in Toledo,
Rise of the Banu Qais in Saragossa, Rebellions of the Ibn Marwan and Ibn Hafsun. Their
Character.
Rise of Independent and Semi-Independent States
Interaction of Islam and Christianity, and expansion of Christian North
Spread of Feudal Practices
6. Reassertion of Umayyad Rule in Spain
Abdur Rahman III: Restoration of Law and Order, Hegemony over Christian North, complete
control of Peninsula, territorial expansion in North Africa, and the Fatimids, Assumption of the
title of Caliph and its significance, Prosperity and Growth of Culture, Administration and
Achievements.
Hakam II: Foreign Policy, Relations with North Africa, Scholarly Pursuits. Patron of Art and
Letters, University of Cordova, Public Libraries. Development of Architecture. His Character
and Achievements.
7. Later Umayyads
Rise of Hajib al-Mansur under Hisham II, Relations with Courtiers and the Theologians, Military
Organization and Wars, Achievements.
8. Decline and Fall of the Umayyads of Spain
Disintegration of Umayyad Empire Causes of Decline
9. Administration of Spain under Umayyads
10. Cultural and Intellectual Developments during the Umayyads
11. Influence of Islamic Culture on Europe and its place in the history of culture and civilization.
Suggested Readings:
1. Ali, Syed Ameer, A Short History of Saracens,Lahore: 1977
2. Annayat Ullah, M., Andalus Ka Tarikhi Jugrafia, (Urdu). Islamabad: Muqtadra Qumi
Zaban.1986.
3. Collins, Roger The Arab Conquest of Spain 710-797. UK: Blackwell. Oxford. 1989.
4. F. G. Stokes, Spanish Islam, London: 1913
5. Hitti, P. K., History of the Arabs, London: Macmillan &Co Ltd, 1960.
6. Imamuddin, S. M., A political History of Muslim Spain, Dacca, 1961, Chs. I-XII.
7. Louis Bertrand, The History of Spain Eyre &Spottis woode, London: Eyre & Spottiswoode,
Ltd., 2010.
8. Lane-Poole, S., The Moore in Spain, Lahore, 1953: Urdu tr. Abd al-Ghani, Musalmanan-i-
Andalus, Lucknow, n.d.; Urdu tr. H. A. Siddiqi, Musalman Andalus men, Karachi.
9. Miranda. A. H., The Iberian Peninsula and sicly. The Cambridge History of Islam, Eds. P. M.
Holt, Ann K. S. Lambton and Bernard Lewis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1970.
10. Nadwi, R. A., Tarikh-i-Andalus, Part-l,(Urdu) Azamgarh, 1950.
11. Watt, W. M., A History of Islamic Spain, Edinburgh 1967.
12. Yusuf, S. M., Andalus: Tarikh-o-Adab, (Urdu) Karachi, 1969.
13. Zia ABDUL Qavi, Tarikh Andlus.Educational Book Hyderabad 1964.
14. Akbar Shah Moulana Najeebadadi, Tareekh Islam, Part three, Karachi 1962.
15. Badvi Lutfllah,.Tareekh Spain R. H. Brothers Hyderabad1960.
16. Molvi Muhammad Khalil-ul-Rahman, Nafhu-ul-Taib(urdu translation) Aligarh:.Aligarh
Muslim University institute 1920.
17. Shaikh Ain Qaf, Dastan-e-Andulus, (Urdu) Institute of Sindhology, University of Sindh:
Jamshoro 1975
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 5th Semester
HPS-304 HISTORY OF THE OTTOMANS 3 credit hours
Course Content:
Section A: Ottomans/Osmani Turks 1299-1606 AD
Origin and importance of Osmani Turks in History. Early sources of Osmani history. Theories of
migrations of settlement in Rum (Anatolia).
Socio-political conditions of Anatolia at the end of the 13th century with special reference to
AKH-I Movements.
Osman I: His character and achievements.
Ork Khan: As the founder of the Osmani state. His conquests in Anatolia and Europe.
Murad Khan I (Khudavendigar-i-Ghazi): His Anatolian policy and invasion of Europe. First
Battle of Kossovopolis (1389). Expansion of the Osmanli state in Asia and Europe. His
character.
Sultan Bayzid Khan I (Yildrim): His European policy with special reference to the Siege of
Constantinople and Battle of Niccopolis. Annexation of Muslim states of Anatolia and clash
with Taimur Beg (Tamerlane). Causes and effects of the Battle of Angora (1402).
Muhammad Khan-I as the restorer of the Empire.
Sultan Murad Khan II: His Scheme of the Unification of Anatolia. Battle of Varna of
Kossovopolis. Murad as empire builder.
Sultan Muhammad Khan II (Fatih): Conquest of Constantinople and it importance. His policy
towards the vanquished. His other achievements.
Sultan Bayazid Khan II (Bayazid-i-Veli): Beginning of the (Red-Head) Qizilbash Movement in
Anatolia. His policies in regard to the Safavids and the Mamluks.
Sultan Saleem Khan (Yavuz): His idea of a United Islamic world. Battle of Chaldiran (1514) and
destruction of the power of Shah Ismail Safavi. His conquest of Syria and Egypt and its
importance.
Sultan Suleyman Khan I (Qanun I): Conquest in Europe with special reference to the Battle of
Mohacs and Siege of Vienna. Conquest in Africa. Compaigns against the Safavids and
annexation of Iraq. Navy under Suleyman. Conquest of Yemen, Cyprus and Tunisia, Poland
under the Ottoman protection. Conquest of Caucasus and Azerbaijan. Influence of Harem. Yeni
Cheri disturbance and rebellion in Anatolia. His character. His place in Muslim History.
Section B: Ottomans/Osmani Turks 1606-1774 AD
1. Relation of the Osmani Empire:
With Czarist Russia with particular reference to the Treaties of Belgrade and Kuchuk Qaynarji
With Austria with particular reference to the second Turkish retreat from Vienna and Treaties of
Passarovitch and Belgrade.
With the Safavid Turks with particular reference to the conquest of Baghdad by Shah Abbas and
its re-conquest by Osmanlis.
2. Causes of decline and fall of the Ottoman Empire.
3. Brief survey of literary and cultural activities.
4. Organization of the Osmani Empire: Central, Provincial, Judicial, Religious, Land, Military
and Naval organization
Suggested Readings: 1. Alderson, A. D., The Structure of the Ottoman Dynasty, England, 1956.
2. Lord, R. H., The Ottoman Empire 1659-1792, England, 1915.
3. Wittlek, P., The Rise of the Ottoman Empire, New York, 1958.
4. Edward S creasy, History of the ottoman Turks with a new introduction by 1Zeine-N-Zeub
pub.Beirut,1961.
5. Stanley lane pool,T URKEY, The publisher United ltd Anarkali Lahore.
6. Muhammad Aziz Dr. Dolat Usmania Azamgarah India.
7. Riaz Ahmed Shah Syed Jadid Dunia Islam, star book depo urdu Bazar Lahore.
8. Halida Adib, Conflict of East and West in Turky, Sh Muhammad Ashraf Kashmir Bazar
Lahore.
9. Dogu Ergil, Social History of the Turkish National Struggle 1922 chowk Minar Anarkali
Lahore.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 6th Semester
HPS-351 Life & Teachings of Prophet Muhammad (S.A.W) (571-632) Credit Hours: 3
Course Outline
1. Pre-Islamic Arabia,
Geographical, Socio Economic and Religious conditions of Pre-Islamic Arabia especially
the City State of Makah
2. The Holy Prophet (S.A.W)(517-632AD)
Early life of the Prophet, Prophet-hood and preaching of Islam, Response of the society,
Migration to Ethiopia and Medina, Socio-economic and cultural conditions in Medina,
Contribution of Ansar and their ‘Brotherhood’ charter of Medina, Wars with Quraysh,
(Battles of Badr, Uhd and Ahzab), Peace Accord of Hudayiba, Prophet’s letters to the
various rulers, conquest of Makah, Battle of Hunyan, spread of Islam in Central Arabia,
Tubuk Expedition, Prophet’s Last pilgrimage and the significance of the last Sermon, Life
and achievements as a prophet and statesman, Role and contribution of Ashab-i-Suffah.
Suggested Readings:
1. Ali, Syed Ameer, History of the Saracens, Lahore: Sange-i-Meel Publisher, 1985
2. Ali, Syed Ameer, The of Spirit of Islaim, Lahore: Sange-i-Meel Publisher, 1985
3. Cambridge History of Islam, Eds. P.m.Holt, Ann K.S. Lambton and Bernard Lewis,
Cambridge Univeristy Press, 1970.
4. Haq Mazhur-ul, A short history of Islam, Laahore, Latest Edition
5. Hitti, Philip k., History of the Arabs, 10th edn, London, 1974
6. Hamidullah,. The Muslim Conduct of State, Lahore: 1977
7. Holt, P.M. Cambridge History of Islam. Cambridge, 1970
8. Hourani, Albert, History of the Arab Peoples, 1992
9. Hussani, S.A.Q., Arab Administration, Latest Edition
10. Hussani, S.a.Q., Constitution of the Arab Empire, Lahore:1958
11. Ibne-e-Hisham, Seerat-un-Nabi Kamil, Tr,Maulan abdul Jaleel siddiqi,Lahore, 1979.
(urdu)
12. Ibn Jarir, Abi jaffar Mohammd, Tareekh-e-Tibri, tr. Mohammad Ibrahim Nadvi, Karachi,
1982 urdu)
13. Ibn-i-Ishaq, Sirat-ul-Nabi.
14. Khan, Majid Ali, Muhammad: The Final Messenger, Lahore, 1983
15. Lings,Martin, Muhammad: His life based on the earliest sources, Lahore, 1983
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 6th Semester
HPS -352 History of Ancient India 3 Credit Hours
Brief Description:
The course deals with the pre-Muslim period of Indo-Pakistan history. It deals with the Indus
valley civilization and its landmarks and then also focuses on the origin and development of three
important religious of the world: Hinduism, Jainism and Buddhism. It also discusses religious and
political history and social conditions of the people of this period.
Aims & Objectives:
After Studying this course, Students will be able to:
Appreciate the achievements of one of the oldest civilization of the world
Indus valley and its relevance to today’s world.
Understand the socio-political and religious conditions of the people.
Develop a background for the later development in India.
Course Outline:
Source of early Indian history:
Indus Valley Civilization, Special study of Moenjodaro and Harrapa.
The Aryan occupation of India, Their origin and migration, their society, religious and culture
Early Vedic civilization and culture, the Epic age
The historical value of the Ramayana and the Mahabharata
The Caste system, origin and growth, merits and demerits
Jainism: Life and teaching of Mahavira; spready of Jainism, jain Art and culture.
Buddhism: Hindu society before Gautama, Buddha, life and teaching of Gautma Buddha, Cause
of its spread and decline, Buddhist Art and culture. Greek invasion and its impact upon the sub-
continent, Greek Art and culture, special study of the Gandhara Art
The Mauryan Empire and its administrative system
Ashoka and the growth of Buddhism
The Keshena power, Kanishka, Economic condition and Art, causes of downfall.
The Gupta Empire, (Chandra Gupta, Sumandara Gupta)
Golden age, Art literature and science, Hindu Renaissance
Harsha Vardhana, Character of administration
The Huns, Their origin and invasion of India
Rise of Hindu Shahia power, social, cultural and economic conditions and institutions of Hinduism
Suggested Reading:
1. Bapat, P.V. 2500 Years of Buddhism
2. Burry, J.B. & S.A. Cook (eds.) the Cambridge ancient History
3. Havell, E.B. The History of Aryan Rule in India.
4. Hutton, J.H. The Caste in India
5. Keay, John India Discovered: Recovery of the Lost civilization
6. Mackay, Ernest Indus Civilzation
7. Mukerjee,R.K. Men and Thoughts in ancient India
8. Paul-Masson,Oursel Ancient India andIndian Civilization
9. Piggott,Stuart Prehistoric India
10. Rapsen, E.J. The Cambirige History of India, Vol.1
11. Sarkar,J.N, India Through the Ages
12. Smith, V.A. Asoka
13. Sreen, T.R. and S.R.Baksi Ancient Culture and Civilization
14. Stein,Burton, A History of India
15. Tranor, Kevin, Buddhism the Illustrated Guide
16. Tripathi, R.S. History of Ancient India
17. Veda Vyasa Ancient India
18. Wheler, Sir Mortime Indus Valley Civilization.
19. Basham, A.L., The Wonder that was India
20. Smith, V.A., Ancient History of India
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 6th Semester
HPS -353 History of the Mughals Credit Hours: 3
Brief Description:
The course focuses on an in depth study of the Mughal rule. The policies pursued by different
monarchs and their impact will be dealt with in detail. This course will also discuss the
administrative and cultural advancements made during the Mughal rule.
Aims and objectives:
After studying this course, the students will be able to:
understand the nature of politics and administration of the Mughals
comprehend the political theories and administrative idelas of the Mughal Emperors
Appreciate the nature and significance of revivalist movements during the Mughal Era
Contents:
1- Basic Sources:
Tuzuk-i-Baburi by Babur, Muntakhib-ut-Tawarikh by Abdul Qadir Badayuni, Akbar
Nama by Abul Fazl, Iqbal Nama-i-Jahangri by Mutamad khan, Padshah Nama by Abdul
Hamid Lahori, Ma’asir-i- Alamgiri by Muhammad Saqi Mustaid Khan
2- Zahir-ud- Din Babar (1526-1530)
Introduction and career in Central Asia
His rivals: Shaibani khan, Ubaidullah uzbek
The condition of Sub-Continent on the eve of Babur
The first Battle of Panipat and its significance,
Other conquests in India
Character and the study of Tuzuk-i-Babari
3- Nasir-ud-Din Humayun (1530-1556)
Introduction, Difficulties, War with Sher Shah,
Humayun’s exile and re-conquest of India, His Literary taste and character
4- Sher Shah Suri & His Successors (1539-1555)
Sher Shah’s rise and power, conquests
The reforms of Sher Shah
Successors of Sher Shah
Causes of the downfall of Suri Dynasty
5- Jalal-ud-Din Akbar (1556-1605)
Introduction, Battle of Panipat and Conquests
Establishment of Mughal Empire
Role of Barrem Khan and Petticoat Government
Din-e-Ilahi and reaction of Ulemas,
Deccan Policy
Administrative Reforms
Relations with Portages
6- Noor-ud-Din Jahangir (1605-1627)
Early Life and accession
Nurjahan and her Junta
Conquests and Revolts
Relations with Rajput and Deccan Policy
7- Shahabud Din Shah Jahan (1627-1656)
Early Life
Conquests and Revolts
Relations with Rajput and Safavids
Central Asian and Deccan Policy
War of Succession
8- Aurangzeb Alamgir (1656-1707)
Introduction
Conquest and Rebellions
Religious Ideas and policy
Deccan Policy
Character and Achievements
Suggested Readings
1- Abdur Rashid, Shaikh, A Short History of Pakistan, Book Three: The Mughal Empire,
Karachi, 1967.
2- Basham, A.L. A Cultural History of India, New Delhi, 1990.
3- Brown, Percy, Indian architecture, London, 1991.
4- H.K. Sherwani, Studies in Muslim Political Thoughts and administration, Lahore, 1999.
5- Ikram, S. M., History of Muslim Civilization in India and Pakistan. 3rd Ed. Lahore:
Institute of Islamic Culture, 1982.
6- Khan, Gulfishan, Indian Muslims Perception of the West during the Eighteenth
Century.India:OUP.1998.
7- Malik Muhammad Taj Zawal-i-SaltanMughlia (urdu)
8- Mubarak Ali, Mughal darbar (Urdu).Lahore: Nigarshat Publishers.1986.
9- Muhammad Zaheer, Alamgir Aur Saltanat-i-Mughalia Ka Zawal, Khi.
10- Muhammad Zaheer, History of Muslim Rule in India, Latest Edition.
11- P. Hardy, Historian of Medieval India, USA, 1985.
12- Qureshi, I. H., A Short History of Pakistan, Vol. III, Latest Edition.
13- Qureshi, I. H., The Administration of Mughal Empire, Latest Edition.
14- Qureshi, I. H., The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent, The Hague,
1962.
15- Rajput S. A, History of Islamic Art based on al-Mansurah Evidence, Lahore, 2008
16- Sir Wolseley Haig, The Cambridge History of India, Vol. IV
17- Spear and Ikarm, Cultural Heritage of Pakistan, Lahore, 1996.
18- Topa, Ishwari, Politics in Pre-Mughal times, Delhi, 1980.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 6th Semester
HPS -355 Indus Valley Civilization Credit Hours: 3
Course Outline:
Mid Term
1- Evolution process of Human Society in pre-historic period
2- Soan Valley
3- Sanghao Cave
4- Evolutionary process of Human Society in Proto Historic Period
5- Gumla, Dera Ismail Khan, Sarai Kala
Final Term
6- Taxila, Kot Diji, Mehrgarh, Rehman Dehri
7- Human Social development in Historic Period
8- Indus Valley Civilization
9- Art and Architecture of Mehenjo Daro and Harrapa,
10- Grave Culture
Suggested Readings
1- Atil, E., Art of the Arab World, Washington D.C., Smithsonian Institution, 1973
2- Brown, Percy, Indian Architecture (Muslim Period), Bombay, 1981
3- Burckhardt, T., Arts of Islam: Language and Meaning, London: World of Islam Festival
Trust Publishing, 1976
4- Creswell, K.A., Early Muslim Architecture (vol.2), Oxford, 1958
5- Ettinghausen, R. & Grabar, O., The Art and Architecture of Islam (650-1250),
Harmondsworth, 1987
6- Grabar, O., The Formation of Islamic Art, New Heaven, 1988
7- Hussain Mahmood, Abdul Rahman & James L., The Mughal Garden: Interpretation,
Conservation and Implications, Lahore, 1996
8- Koch, Ebba, Mughal Architecture, History of Development (1526-1858), Munich, 1991
9- Piotrovsky Mikhail, Art of Islam: Earthly Beauty, Heavenly Art, London, 1999
10- Pope, Arthur Upham, Persian Architecture, Kobe, 1969
11- Pope, Arthur Upham., An Introduction to Persian Art, Connecticut, 1972
12- Rajput, S.A., History of Islamic Art based on AL-Mansurah Evidence, Lahore, 2008.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 6th Semester
HPS-354 British Administration and Constitutional Development in India (1858-1947)
3 CREDIT HRS
Course Outline
An Introduction of Administration and Constitution
Background &Significance of the Constitution
Government of India Act of 1858
Indian Council Act of 1861
Indian Council Act of 1892
Government of India Act of 1909
Government of India Act 1919
Simon Commission Report (1927)
Changes in the Central government
Changes in the Provincial Government
Round Table conferences (1930-32)
Government of India Act of 1935
Crips Mission (1942)
Indian Independence act 1947
Bibliography
Abdul Hamid. Muslim Separatism in India, Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1967
Afzal, M. Rafique, A History of the All-India Muslim League 1906-1947. Karachi: Oxford
University Press, 2013.
Allana, G. Pakistan Movement: Historic Documents, Lahore: Islamic Book Service, 1985.
Ayesha Jalal, Democracy and Authoritarianism in South Asia, A Comparative and
Historical Perspective. Columbia University: Sang-e-Meel Publications, 1995.
Ayesha Jalal, The Sole Spokesman: Jinnah. Lahore: Sang-e-Meel Publications, 1992
Aziz, K.K. The Making of Pakistan: A Study in Nationalism. Islamabad: Sang-e-Meel
Publication, August 10, 2002
Belokrenitsky, Vyacheslav Y. and Vladimir N. Moskalenko. A Political History of Pakistan
1947-2007. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2013.
Burke, S. M. Landmarks of the Pakistan Movement, Lahore: Research Society of Pakistan, 2011.
Burki, Shahid Javed, A Revisionist History of Pakistan. Lahore: Vanguard Publications, 1998.
Bhutto, Z.A. The Myth of Independence. Lahore: Classic Publications, 1967.
Chand, Tara. History of the Freedom Movement in India. Vols. I-IV. Lahore: Book Traders,
1972.
Chandra, Bipan. et. al. India’s Struggle for Independence 1857-1947. New Delhi: Penguin
Books, 1989.
Chaudhry Khaliq-uz-Zaman, Pathway to Pakistan. Lahore: Brother Publishers, 1993.
Chawla Muhammad Iqbal. Wavell and the Dying Days of Raj Britain’s Penultimate Viceroy in
India. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2011.
Cohen, Stephen P. The Idea of Pakistan. Lahore: Vanguard Books Ltd., 2005.
Choudhary M. Ali, The Emergence of Pakistan, Lahore, Research Society of Pakistan, 2001.
G.W. Choudhary, The Last Days of United Pakistan, Karachi, Oxford University Press,
1993.
Feldman Herbert, From Crisis to Crisis, London: Oxford University Press, 1972
Feldman Herbert, The End of beginning: Pakistan, London: Oxford University Press, 1972.
Hudson, H. V., The Great Divide: Britain-India-Pakistan. Karachi: Oxford University Press,
1985.
Johnson, Alan Campbell, Mission with Mountbatten. New York: Athenaeum, 1985.
Khalid Bin Sayeed, Pakistan the Formative Phase, Karachi, Oxford University Press, 1968.
Qureshi, Ishtiaq Hussain. The Struggle for Pakistan, Karachi, University of the Karachi, 1988.
Roberts, P.E. History of British India. London: Oxford University Press, 1952.
Sikandar Hayat, Aspects of the Pakistan Movement, Islamabad, National Institute of Historical
and Cultural Research, 1998.
Smith, Vincent A. The Oxford History of India. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1983.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 7th Semester
HPS -401 History of Sufism Credit Hours: 03
Course Outline
1- What is Sufism
Entomological derivations of the terms Tasawwuf and Sufi defining Sufism
Defining Sufism
2- Origin of Sufism
Theories of Islamic and extra Islamic origin and influence
Bases of Sufism in the Quran and Prophetic Traditions
Affinity with Shi’sm
3- Religious, social and political causes of the popularity of Sufism
4- Development of Sufi Institutions
Silsilah, Shaykh, Murid, Bay’at, Khanqah, Dhikr, Sama, Khirqah and Khalifa etc.
5- Fundamental Doctrines of Sufism
Ilm-al-Qulub, Haqiqah, Ma’rifah, Mahabbah, Muhasabahm Fana, Baqa, Faqr, Ghina,
Wilayah, Suluk and Ahwal etc.
6- Various Sufi Silsilahs
Important Sufi Silsilahs, their founders and the distinctive features:
Qadiriya, Rifaiya, Bektashiya, Chistiya, Suharawardiya, Shadhiliya, Mevleviya,
Shattariya, Badawiya, Naqshbandiya,, Tijaniya, Sunusiya and Muhammadiya etc.
7- Relationship of the Sufis with the state and political authorities
Suggested Readings:
1- Abdul Rasul, Sahibzada, Tarikh-e-Mashaikh Naqshbandia, Lahore: Zawiyah, 2000
2- Al-Hujwiri, Ali Ibn Uthman, Kashf-al-Mahjub, Eng. Trans. R.A. Nicholson, Lahore:
Islamic Book Foundation, 1976
3- Al-Suhrawardi, Shaykh Shihab-al-Din Umar Ibn Muhammad, Awarif-al-Maarif, (Eng.
Trans.), H. Wilberforce Clarke, Lahore: Shaikh Muhammad Ashraf, 2001
4- Arberry, A.J, Muslim Saints and Mystics: Episodes from the Tadhkirat-al-Auliyd,
(Memorial of the saints) by Farid-al-din Attar, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1979.
5- Baldick, Julian, Mystical Islam: An Introduction to Sufism, London: I. B. Tauris, 1989
6- Danner, Victor, The Early Development of Sufism in Encyclopedia of Islamic
Spirituality, Ed. Sayyed Hussain Nasr, (vol.1), Foundations, Lahore: Suhail Academy,
2000
7- Khan, Asif, Allah Kay Wali, New Delhi, 1998.
8- Khan, Asif, Allah Kay Safir, New Delhi, 2003
9- Lings, Martin, What is Sufism, Lahore: Sohail Academy, 1983
10- Nizami, K.A., Tarikh-i-Mashaikh-i-Chistia, Delhi: Idarah Adabyatt-i-Delhi, Latest
Edition
11- Schimmel, Annemarie, Mystical Dimensions of Islam, Lahore: Sang-e-Meel
Publications, 2003.
12- Stoddart, William, Sufism: The Mystical Doctrine and Methods of Islam, Lahore: Suhail
Academy, 1999
13- Trimingham, Spencer J., The Sufi Orders in Islam, London: Oxford University
Press, 1971
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 7th Semester
HPS -402 History of Muslim Contribution to Science Credit Hours: 03
Course Outline
1- Muslim Contribution to chemistry, medicine, optics, geography, mathematics
2- Abu Abdullah Al-Battani (858-929 AD)
3- Abu Raihan Al-Beruni (973-1048)
4- Abu Al-Naser Al Farabi (870-950 AD)
5- Ibn-Al Baitar (Died 1248 AD)
6- Abul Wafa Muhammad Al Buzjani (940-977 AD)
7- Abu Ali Hassan Ibn al Haitham (965-1040 AD)
8- Ibn-e-Rushd (1128-1198 AD)
9- Ibn-e-Sina (980-1037)
10- Jabir Bin Hayyan (died 803 AD)
11- Yaqub Ibn-e-Ishaq Al Kindin (800-873 AD)
12- Muhammad Ibn-e-Zakariya Al Razi (864-930 AD)
13- Al-Khwarizmi
14- Shah Fateh Allah Shirazi
Suggested Readings
1- Muhammad Aslam, Samaya-i-Umar, Lahore: Nadwa tul Musannifin, 1976
2- Nasr, Sayyed Hussain, Islam and the Plight of Modern Man, Longman, London, 1975
3- Nasir-ud-Din, Introduction to Great Chemists, Peshawar University, Peshawar, 1998
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 7th Semester
HPS -403 Muslim Political Thoughts in South Asia Credit Hours: 03
Course Outline
1- Farabi
2- Mawardi
3- Imam-al-Ghazali
4- Imam Saadi
5- Ibn-e-Khaldoon
6- Nizam-al-Mulk
7- Mujaddid Alf Thani
8- Shah Wali Ullah
Suggested Readings:
1- Ansari, Abdul Haq, Shaykh Ahmad Sirhindi’s Doctrine of Wahdat-al-Shuhud, Islamic
Research Institute, International Islamic University, 1999
2- Al-Ghazali, Muhammad, The Socio-Political Thoughts of Shah Wali Ullah, Islamabad:
International institute of Islamic Thought and Islamic Research Institute, 2001
3- Ghazi, Mahmood Amhad, Islamic Renaissance in South Asia (1707-1867): The Role of
Shah Wali Ullah and his Successors, Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic
University, 2002
4- Ikram, S.M., Rud-e-Kosar, Lahore: Ferozsons, 1958
5- Nadvi, Syed Abul Hassan Ali, Tarikh-e-Dawat wa Azimat (vol. 4), Lucknow, 1980
6- Qureshi, I.H., Ulema in Politics, Karachi: Maaref Ltd., 1972
7- Sherwani, Haroon Khan, Studies in Muslim Thought and Administration, Latest Edition.
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 7th Semester
HPS -404 Constitutional History of Pakistan (1947-2008) Credit Hours: 03
Course Outline
Constitution Making
First Constituent Assembly
Basic principles Committee
Objective Resolution
Issue of Representation and Parity between East & West Pakistan
Language Issue
Provincial Autonomy
Dissolution of the First Constituent Assembly
Second Constituent Assembly (1954-56)
Formation of one unit as the basis of Parity between East and West Pakistan
Constitution of 1956 and disruption of Parliamentary democracy
Gen. Ayub Khan’s Regime (1958-69)
Reforms
Constitution of 1962
Basic Democracy
War of 1965
Tashkent Pact
Genral Yahya Khan’s Regime (1969-71)
LFO nad Election of 1970
Post Election Crises
Constitutional Amendments
Suggested Readings:
1- Ahmad, Justice Masud, Pakistan: A Study of its Constitutional History (1857-1975),
Lahore: 1983
2- Ahmad, Mushtaq, Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, Lahore, 1990
3- Ahmar, Moonis, The Wordl Affairs after September 11: Challenges and Opportunities,
Karachi, 2003
4- Afzal, M. Rafiq, Political Parties in Pakistan (1947-69, vol. 2), Islamabad, 1986
5- Anwar, Syed, Pakistan: Islam, Politics and National Solidarity, Lahore, 1984
6- Burke, Shahid Javed, Pakistan under Bhutto (1971-77), Hong Kong, 1988
7- Burke, S. M., Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis, Oxford, 1969
8- Binder, Leonard, Religion and Politics in Pakistan, Los Angeles, 1963
9- Callard Keith, Pakistan: A Political Study, New York, 1957
10- Chaudhry, G.M., Dimensions of Pakistan Foreign Policy, Lahore, 1989
11- Chaudhry, G.W., Constitutional Development in Pakistan, London, 1963
12- Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Emergence of Pakistan, Lahore, 1967
13- Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Task Before Us, Lahore, 1974
14- Feldman Herbert, The End & the Beginning, Pakistan (1969-71), Karachi, 1976
15- Gauhar Altaf, Ayub Khan: Pakistan’s First Military Ruler, Lahore, 1994
16- Khan, M. Ayub, Friends Not Masters: A Political Autobiography, Karachi, 1967
17- Khan, M. Ayub, Pakistan’s Relations with the Soviet Union (1947-79): Constraints and
Compulsions, Karachi, 1988
Department of History & Pakistan Studies
The Women University, Multan
BS, 7th Semester
HPS-405 Folk, Arts and Crafts Credit Hours: 03
Objectives:
The main objectives of the course is to study various regional arts and crafts of Pakistan, It will
also focus on the reasons of the decline of these arts and crafts in the country.
Course Outline
1. Folk Legends
2. Myths
3. Traditions
4. Beliefs
5. Religious schools of thoughts
6. Shrines
Suggested Readings:
1. Lucas, F.A., Fifty Years of Museum Work, USA: Museum of New York, 1918
2. Renfrew, C. & Bahn P., Archeology: Theories, Methods and practices, London, 1991
3. Shakoor, M.A., Museum Studies and Archeology, Peshawar: Peshawar Museum, 1953
4. Wittlin, S., The Museum: Its History and its Task in Education, London: Routledge &
Kegan Paul Ltd., nd.
CURRICULUM OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN BS APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY PROGRAM
SCHEME OF STUDIES
From 2017 – Onwards
Duration: 4yr (8 Semesters) Total Credit Hours: 136
Semester Year Name of Subjects Credit Hours
Semester-I
ENG-101 English – I 3+0
PAKS-101 Pak-Studies 2+0
STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics - I 3+0
MATH-101 Mathematics – I 3+0
SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology - I 3+0
PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I 3+0
Total 17
Semester-II
ENG-102 English – II 3+0
ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0
STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics – II 3+0
ECON-101 Introduction to Economics 3+0
ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic 3+0
PSY-102 Introduction to Psychology – II 3+0
Total 17
BS 3rd Semester
PSY-201 Experimental Psychology 3+0
PSY-202 Theories of Personality 3+0
ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) 3+0
HIST-101 Introduction To History 3+0
SOC-102 Introduction To Sociology – II 3+0
COMP-101 Introduction to Computer 3+0
Total 18
BS 4th Semester
ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism 3+0
POL-101 Political Science 3+0
ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology 3+0
CHEM-230 Bio-Chemistry 3+0
PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology 3+0
PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative 3+0
Total 18
BS 5th Semester
PSY-301 Social Psychology 3+0
PSY-302 Developmental Psychology 3+0
PSY-303 Behavioral Neuro Science 3+0
PSY-304 Research Methodology Qualitative 3+0
PSY-305 Counseling Psychology 3+0
PSY-306 Abnormal Psychology 3+0
Total 18
BS 6th Semester
PSY-351 Educational Psychology 3+0
PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology 3+0
PSY-353 Clinical Psychology 3+0
PSY-354 Positive Psychology 3+0
PSY-355 Psychological Testing 3+0
PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology 3+0
Total 18
BS 7th Semester
PSY-401 Health Psychology 3+0
PSY-402 Psychotherapy 3+0
PSY-403 Internship (6-8 weeks) 3+0
PSY-404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) 3+0
PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) 3+0
PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) 3+0
PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) 3+0
PSY-408 Human Resources Management HRM (Optional) 3+0
Total 15
BS 8th Semester
PSY-451 Women Psychology 3+0
PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance 3+0
PSY-453 Thesis 3+0
PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) 3+0
PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) 3+0
PSY-456 Military Psychology ( Optional) 3+0
PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional) 3+0
PSY-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management (Optional) 3+0
Total 15
Total Credit Hours: 136
PROPOSED REVISED COURSE OUTLINE BS (4-YEARS)
IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY
BS 1st Semester
ENG-101 English – I 3+0
PAKS-101 Pak-Studies 2+0
STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics - I 3+0
MATH-101 Mathematics – I 3+0
SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology - I 3+0
PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I 3+0
Total 17
ENG-101 ENGLISH – I Credit Hours: 03
Basics of Grammar
Parts of speech and their functions
(Nouns, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Adjective, Conjunction, Inter junction)
Use of articles
Sentence Skills
Classification by purpose
(Declarative, Interrogative, Imperative, Exclamative)
Classification by Structure
(Complex, Compound, Compound complex)
Analysis of phrase and clause
Preposition
Transitive and intransitive verbs
Active and Passive Voice
Speaking Skills
Communication via Dialogue formation
Expressing your likes and dislikes
Group discussion
My Dreams
Picture description
Games activities
Reading Skills
Aims of Reading
Kinds of Reading
Faulty Reading Habits
SQ3Rs
Writing Skills
Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing)
Dictionary Skills
(Meaning, Usage, Pronunciation, Syllabication, Etymology, Stress, Parts of speech, Synonyms,
Antonyms)
PAKS-101 Pak-Studies Credit Hours: 03
Introduction/Objectives
Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan,
ideological background of Pakistan.
Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and
posing challenges to Pakistan.
Course Outline
1. Historical Perspective
a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama
Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah.
b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism
c. People and Land
i. Indus Civilization
ii. Muslim advent
iii. Location and geo-physical features.
2. Government and Politics in Pakistan
Political and constitutional phases:
a. 1947-58
b. 1958-71
c. 1971-77
d. 1977-88
e. 1988-99
f. 1999 onward
3. Contemporary Pakistan
a. Economic institutions and issues
b. Society and social structure
c. Ethnicity
d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges
e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan
Books Recommended
1. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980.
2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi:
Oxford University Press, 1993.
4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994.
5. Wilcox, Wayne.The Emergence of Banglades., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of
Public Policy Research, 1972.
6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road, nd.
7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies,
Islamabad.
8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson & sons Ltd,
1980.
9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.
10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National Institute of
Historical and cultural Research, 1998.
11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967.
12. Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and
Cultural Research, 1976.
13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987.
14. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National Commission on
Historical and Cultural Research, 1993.
STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics – I Credit Hours: 03
Unit 1. What is Statistics?
Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations, Data,
Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of a Number,
Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data. Exercises.
Unit 2. Presentation of Data
Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency distribution,
Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their Construction, Bar charts, Pie
chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve, Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive,
Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of frequency curves. Exercises.
Unit 3. Measures of Central Tendency
Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between Mean, Median
and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. properties of Good Average, Box and
Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their detection. Exercises.
Unit 4. Measures of Dispersion
Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean Deviation,
The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the standard Deviation,
Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments
and Moments ratios. Exercises.
Unit 5. Probability and Probability Distributions.
Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises
Unit 6. Sampling and Sampling Distributions
Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors, sampling with
and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling, Sampling distributions for single mean
and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises.
Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing:
Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level of
significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of hypothesis.
Exercises.
Unit 8. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and proportion for
small and large samples, Exercises
Unit 9. Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population means and
proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table. Exercises
Unit 10. Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes
Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes. Exercises.
Unit 11. Regression and Correlation
Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of
parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its estimation
and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples
Recommended Books
1. Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. New
York.
2. Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana Bazar
Faisalabad.
MATH-101 Mathematics – I Credit Hours: 03
Course Objectives: To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of
algebra to apply the concept and the techniques in their respective disciplines.
Course Outline
Preliminaries: Real-number system, complex number, introduction to sets, set operations, function, types
of functions. Matrices: introduction to matrix, types, matrix inverse, determinants, system of linear
equations, Cramer’s rule.
Quadratic Equations: Solution of quadratic equations, qualitative analysis of roots of quadratic equations,
equations reducible to quadratic equations, cubes roots of unity, relation between roots and coefficient of
quadratic equations.
Sequences and series: Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic Binomial Theorem,
introduction to mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and irrational indices.
Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities. Identities.
Recommended Books:
1. Dolciani MP, Wooton W, Beckenback EF, Sharron S, Algebra 2 and Trigonometry, 1978
Houghton & Mifflin.
2. Boston (Suggested text)
3. Kaufmann JE, College Algebra and Trigonometry, 1978, PWS-Kent Company, Boston.
4. Swokowski EW, Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry, (1st Edition) 1971, PWS-Kent
Company, Boston.
SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology- I Credit Hours: 03
Objectives: The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the discipline.
The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and structures, socioeconomic
changes and social processes. The course will provide due foundation for further studies in the field of
sociology.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
Definition, Scope and Subject Matter,
Sociology as a science,
Historical Background of sociology
2. Basic Concepts
Group, Community, Society
Asociations (Non-Voluntary, Voluntary)
Organization (Informal, Formal)
Social Interaction
Levels of Social Interaction,
Process of Social Interaction (Cooperation, Competition, Conflict, Accommodation,
Acculturation and diffusion, Assimilation, Amalgamation)
3. Social Groups
Definition and Functions
Types of social groups (In and out groups, Primary and secondary groups, Reference groups,
Informal and Formal groups, Pressure groups)
4. Culture
Definition, aspects and characteristics of culture
Material and non material culture, Ideal and Real culture
Elements of culture (Beliefs, Values, Norms and Social sanctions)
Organizations of culture (Traits, Complexes, Patterns, Ethos, Theme)
Other related concepts (Culture Relativism, Sub cultures, Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism,
Cultural lag)
5. Socialization and Personality
Personality, Factors in Personality Formation
Socialization and Agencies of Socialization
Roles and Status
6. Deviance and Social Control
Deviance and its types, Social Control and its need
Forms of Social Control, Methods and Agencies of Social Control
7. Collective Behavior
Collective Behavior, its types
Crowd Behavior, Public opinion, Propaganda, Social Movements, Leadership.
Recommended Books:
1. Anderson, Margaret and Howard F. Taylor, 2001. Sociology the Essential, Australia: Wadsworth.
2. Brown, Ken 2004. Sociology, UK: Polity Press.
3. Gdden Anthony 2002. Introduction to Sociology, UK: Polity Press.
4. Maclonis, John J. 2005. Sociology 10th ed, South Asia: Pearson.
PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I Credit Hours: 03
1. Introduction to Psychology
a. Nature and Application of Psychology with special reference to Pakistan.
b. Historical Background and Schools of Psychology (A Brief Survey)
c. Definition of Tolerance and importance of Tolerance in everyday life.
2. Methods of Psychology a. Observation
b. Case History Method Experimental Method
c. Survey Method
d. Interviewing Techniques
3. Biological Basis of Behavior a. Neuron: Structure and Functions
b. Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous System
c. Endocrine Glands
4. Sensation, Perception and Attention a. Sensation
(I) Characteristics and Major Functions of Different Sensations
(II) Vision: Structure and functions of the Eye.
(III) Audition: Structure and functions of the Ear.
b. Perception
(I) Nature of Perception
(II) Factors of Perception: Subjective, Objective and Social
(III) Kinds of Perception:
(IV) Spatial Perception (Perception of Depth and Distance)
(V) Temporal Perception; Auditory Perception.
c. Attention
(I) Factors, Subjective and Objective
(II) Span of Attention
(III) Fluctuation of Attention
(IV) Distraction of Attention (Causes and Control)
5. Motives
a. Definition and Nature
b. Classification
Primary (Biogenic) Motives: Hunger, Thirst, Defection and Urination, Fatigue, Sleep, Pain,
Temperature, Regulation, Maternal Behavior, Sex
Secondary (Sociogenic) Motives: Play and Manipulation, Exploration and Curiosity, Affiliation,
Achievement and Power, Competition, Cooperation, Social Approval and Self Actualization.
6. Emotions
a. Definition and Nature
b. Physiological changes during Emotions (Neural, Cardial, Visceral, Glandular), Galvanic Skin
Response; Pupilliometrics
c. Theories of Emotion
d. James Lange Theory; Cannon-Bard Theory
e. Schachter –Singer Theory
7. Learning
a. Definition of Learning
b. Types of Learning: Classical and Operant Conditioning Methods of Learning: Trial and Error;
Learning by Insight; Observational Learning
8. Memory
a. Definition and Nature
b. Memory Processes: Retention, Recall and Recognition
c. Forgetting: Nature and Causes
9. Thinking
a. Definition and Nature
b. Tools of Thinking: Imagery; Language; Concepts
c. Kinds of Thinking
d. Problem Solving; Decision Making; Reasoning
10. Individual differences
a. Definition concepts of;
b. Intelligence, personality, aptitude, achievement
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Atkinson R. C., & Smith E. E. (2000). Introduction to psychology (13th ed.). Harcourt Brace College
Publishers.
2. Fernald, L. D., & Fernald, P. S. (2005). Introduction to psychology. USA: WMC Brown Publishers.
3. Glassman, W. E. (2000). Approaches to psychology. Open University Press. Hayes, N. (2000).
Foundation of psychology (3rd ed.). Thomson Learning. Lahey, B. B. (2004). Psychology: An
introduction (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
4. Leahey, T. H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. New Jersey:
Prentice-Hall International, Inc.
5. Myers, D. G. (1992). Psychology. (3rd ed.). New York: Wadsworth Publishers.
6. Ormord, J. E. (1995). Educational psychology: Developing learners. Prentice- Hall, Inc.
*************
2nd Semester
ENG-102 English – II 3+0
ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0
STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics – II 3+0
ECON-101 Introduction to Economics 3+0
ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic 3+0
PSY-102 Introduction to Psychology – II 3+0
Total 17
ENG-102 English –II Credit Hours: 03
Grammar:
Verbs, Auxiliary Modals Mood
Cohesive devices (Recognizing and interpreting cohesive devices)
Speaking Skills:
Presentation Skills
Personality development (Emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)
Group discussion
Taking part in Seminar
Effective classroom interaction
Reading Skills:
Strategies to improve reading speed
Skimming Scanning Inference
Prediction Anticipation
Stages of reading
Writing Skills:
Paragraph Writing (Techniques of writing: descriptive, Narrative, Expository, Argumentative)
Letter Writing (Invitation, Regrets, Routines)
Emails writing
Note taking and note making
Outlining and summarizing
Brainstorming
Listening Skills:
Introduction
Extensive and Intensive listening
Stress, Intonation, Rhythm
ISL-101 Islamic Studies Credit Hours: 02
Objectives:
1. To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies.
2. To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization.
3. To improve students skill to perform prayers and other worship.
4. To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life.
Course Outline
Introduction to Quranic Studies
Basic Concept of Quran
History of Quran
Uloom-ul-Quran
Study of selected Text of Holy Quran
Verses of Surah Al-Baqra related to Faith (Verse No. 284-286)
Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No. 1-18)
Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No. 1-11)
Verses of Surah Al-Furqan related to Social Ethics (Verse No. 63-77)
Verses of Surah Al-Inam related to Ihkam (Verse No. 152-154)
Study of selected Text of Holy Quran
Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No. 6, 21, 40, 56, 57, 58)
Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18, 19, 20) related to thinking, Day of Judgment
Verses of Surah Al-Saf related to Tafakar, Tadabar (Verse No. 1-14)
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W)
Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah (Before Prophet Hood)
Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
Important Lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II
Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
Important Events of Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
Important Lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
Introduction to Sunnah
Basic Concept of Hadith
History of Hadith
Kinds of Hadith
Uloom-ul- Hadith
Sunnah & Hadith
Legal Position of Sunnah
Selected Study from Text of Hadith
Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
Nature of differences in Islamic Law
Islam and Sectarianism
Islamic Culture & Civilization
Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization
Historical development of Islamic Culture & Civilization
Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization
Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary isssues
Islam & Science
Basic Concepts of Islam & Science
Contributions of Muslim in the development of science
Quranic & Science
Islamic Economic System
Basic Concept of Islamic Economic System
Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics
Islamic Concept of Riba
Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce
Political System of Islam
Basic concept of Islamic Political System
Islamic Concept of Sovereignty
Basic Institutions of Governrnent in Islam
Islamic History
Period of Khlaft-e-Rashida
Period of Ummayyads
Period of Abbasids
Social System of Islam
Basic Concept of Social System of Islam
Elements of Family
Ethical values of Islam
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Ahmad Hassan, (1993), “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic research Institute: Islamabad
Pakistan, International Islamic University.
Bhatia, H. S. (1989) “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society”, New Dehli, Deep & Deep
Publishers Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, (2001), “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia”, Islamabad,
Pakistan Allama Iqbal Open University.
Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Introduction to Islam Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi.
Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam”, Islamabad: IRI
Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”, Islamabad, Pakistan: Hussain Hamid Hassan
Publication.
Mir Waliullah, (1982), “Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”, Islamic Book Service.
STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics –II Credit Hours: 03
Course Contents
1. Probability:
a. Distributions: Binomial & Poisson Distribution
b. Normal Distribution: Proportion & Application
2. Sampling Distribution & Estimation:
a. How to make a sampling distribution: properties & application
b. A brief introduction to estimation; proportion & estimation
3. Inferential statistics:
a. Definition, basic assumptions / rationale and when to use which inferential statistic
b. Hypothesis formulation: Null and Alternative Hypothesis
c. One tailed & two tailed hypotheses tests.
d. Hypothesis testing
e. Level of significance: acceptance and rejection regions
f. Type – I & Type – II errors.
g. Testing the hypotheses: difference between means and within means of both large &
small samples
4. Parametric statistics
a. Introduction
b. Z - Test
c. t – Test
d. Analysis of variance: one – way, two – way analysis of variance and multivariate analysis
(ANOVA & MANOVA)
e. Covariance and repeated measures
5. Non-parametric statistics
a. Introduction
i. Chi-square test (contingency table and proportions, Yates Correction)
ii. Other non-parametric tests: (Wilcoxan test, Mann-Whitney test, Sign test, U-test
Kruskal Wallis)
b. Inferential Statistics and SPSS:
i. Analysis and Interpretation of parametric and non parametric test through
SPSS output
ii. How to construct tables for research report / thesis
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Guilford, J. P., & Fruchter, B. (1985). Fundamental statistics in psychology and
education. New York: West Publishing Co.
2. Howell, D. C. (2004). Fundamental statistics for behavioral sciences. (4th ed.). Australia:
Thomson, Brook.
3. McClane, J. T. (2000). A first course in statistics (7th ed.). New York: Prentice-Hall
4. Moore, D. S., & McCabe, G. P. (1998). Introduction other practice of statistics. (3rd ed.).
New York: Longmans.
ECON-101 Introduction to Economics Credit Hours: 03
Introduction:
Nature, Scope and importance of Economics, Micro-economics vs macro-economics,
Opportunity cost, production
Demand, Supply and Equilibrium:
Concept of demand and supply, determinants of demand and supply, Laws of demand and supply, Market
Equilibrium, Skills of demand and supply and market equilibrium,
Concept of elasticity, Price, Income and cross elasticity of demand, Laws of supply, price, elasticity of
supply, Different determinant of elasticity of demand and supply, importance of elasticity of demand and
supply.
Theory of Consumer Behavior:
Utility Function, Different types of utility, Law of diminishing marginal utility, law of Equi-marginal
utility, Consumer equilibrium.
Theory of Production Cost and Revenue
Factors of production and their rewards, Production Function, Laws of revenue, Cost of Production (Short
run and long run), Revenue Analysis under perfect and imperfect competition, Concept of profit.
Market Structures:
Perfect competition and imperfect competition, a surotion and price/ output determination under perfect
competition and imperfect competition.
National Income
Concepts of National Income, Measurement of National Income, Importance and difficulties in
measurement of National Income.
Macro-economic Issues
Concepts of inflation, uneploment, Balance of Payment, Exchange rate and Business Cycles. Monetary
and Piseal policies and their role in the economy.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
1. Michel Parkin, 2001, Economics, 5th Ed, Addision Wesley
2. Muhammad Ramzan Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed Khan, “Fundamentals of Economics”, MKG
Publications, Multan. (latest edition)
3. Paul A. Samualson and w.D Nordhaus, 2004 Economics, 18th ed. McGraw Hills, Inc.
4. John Sloman, Economics, (latest edition)
5. Miller, Microeconomic Theory (latest edition)
ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic Credit Hours: 03
PSY-102 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY-II Credit Hours: 03
Course Contents
Cognition
o Thinking
o Image, Concept
o Creative Thinking
o Language
o Syntax
o Semantics
o Phonetics
o Ciramman
Intelligence
o Nature of Intelligence
o Stanford Binet Test of Intelligence
o Wechslar’s Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS)
o Variations in Intellectual ability
Personality
o Nature of Personality
o Development of Personality
o Environment and Heredity
o Theories of Personality
o Freud, Jung, Adler, Carl Rogers
Social Processes and Relationships
o Nature of Social Psychology
o Attribution
o Attitudes
o Persuasion
o Pro-social Behavior
o Social Cognition
o Prejudice
Health Psychology
o Stress
o Coping of Stress
o Coronary Heart Disease
o Cancer
o Smoking
Psychological Disorders
o Generalized Anxiety Disorder
o Bipolar Disorders
o Somatogona Disorders
o Personality Disorders
Psychological Therapeutic Measures
o Psychoanalysis
o Cognitive Behavior Therapy
o Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy
o Client Centered Therapy
Developmental Psychology
o Prenatal Period
o Infancy
o Childhood
o Adulthood
o Old age
o Death
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Edward, E. Smith, Suson Nolen-Hoeksema, & Barbava, L, (2003) Introduction to Psychology,
14th Edition.
2. Robin, K & Orew, W (2005) Psychology, 4th Edition New York
3. Robert, E. Feldman, (2006) Understanding Psychology, 7th Edition.
4. Robert, A. Baron, (2001). Psychology, 5th Edition, New York
5. Murphy G. & Korach, J.K., (2007) Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology, London
6. Sahakian, W.S. (1976) History and System of Psychology, John Wiley, New York
7. Wolmen, B.B. (Latest Edition) Contemporary Theories in Systems in Psychology, Harper &
Raw, New York.
8. Schultz, D.P & Schultz, S.E. (1996). A History of Modern Psychology, Harcourt Publishers New
York
************
BS 3rd Semester
PSY-201 Experimental Psychology 3+0
PSY-202 Theories of Personality 3+0
ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) 3+0
HIST-101 Introduction To History 3+0
SOC-102 Introduction To Sociology – II 3+0
COMP-101 Introduction to Computer 3+0
Total 18
PSY-201 Experimental Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Explanation in scientific psychology
o Sciences of knowledge
o Nature of scientific explanations
o Science of Psychology
Research Techniques: Observation and correlation
o Naturalistic Observation
o Relational Approach
o Complex correlational procedures
Research Techniques: Experiments
o What is an experiment?
o Variables
o Experimental Designs
o Data
Ethical Issues and Writing research projects
o Research with human participants
o Ethics in research with animals
o Parts of an article
o Writing a research report
Psycho Physics
o Measuring Sensations
o Introducing the variables
o Experimental topics and research illustration
Perception
o Issues in Perception
o From Problem to experiment
o The stop effect
Attention and Reaction time
o Confounding
o Selection of the dependent variable
o Measuring attention
Conditioning and Learning
o Types of conditioning
o Counter balancing: Simultaneous context
o The partial reinforcement extinction effect
Human Factors
o Human factors and Human behavior
o Small designs: Dynamic visual activity
o Field Research
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Mandler George, (2007), A History of Modern Experimental Psychology, MIT Press
2. Postman & Egan, (2007), Introduction of Experimental Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill
3. Kastowtite, B. Roegdiger, H & Elence, D. (2007), Experimental Psychology:
Understanding Psychological Research. Wadsworth Publishers
4. Daivs, S. (2005)., Handbook of Research Methods in Experimental Psychology,
Blackwell Publishing.
5. Goldstein, FB. (2005), Sensation of Perception, Wadsworth.
PSY-202 Theories of Personality Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to Personality:
Definition and meaning of personality
Components of personality theory
The psychoanalytic perspective:
Basic assumption & main proponents
Sigmund Freud
Basic concepts
Personality Structure: Three Interacting Systems
Personality Development: Stages of Development
Personality Dynamic and Defense Mechanisms
Application of Psycho Analytic Theory: Assessments & Intervention
Carl Jung
Basic Concepts: Conscious and Unconscious; Archetypes, Personality
Typology, Personality Development
Assessment and Interventions
Critical Evolution
Alfred Adler
Basic Concepts
Assessment & Interventions
Critical Evolution
Karen Horney
Basic Concepts
Assessment and Intervention
Critical Evaluation
Erik Erikson
Psycho Social Stages of Personality Development
Assessment & Interventions
Identity Crisis
Object relation theory
Aeron Beck
Basic concepts
Assessment & interventions
Critical evaluation
Albert Ellis
Basic concepts
Assessment & intervention
Critical evaluation
Gordon Allport and the Individual
o Structure and Dynamics of Personality
o Development of Personality
o Research and Research Methods
Raymond Cattell’s Factor-Analytic Trait Theory
o Factor Analysis
o The Nature of Personality
o The Development of Personality
o Research and Research Methods
George Kelly’s Personality Construct Theory
o Personal History
o Basic Assumptions
o Constructive Alternativism
o Man-the-Scientist
o Motivation
o Personality Constructs
Carl Roger’s Person- Centered Theory
o The Structure of Personality
o The Dynamics of Personality
o The Development of Personality
o Cognitive Dissonance Theory
Dispositional and Trait Theories
Major assumptions and main proponents
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Allen B.P (1997) Personality theories : Development, growth & diversity (2nd ed.) Boston
Allyn & Bacon.
2. Ewen, R.B (1998) An introduction of theories of personality (5th ed.) New Jersey :
Lawrene Assiciate Publishers.
3. Larson R.J (2008) Personality Psychology (3rd ed.) Boston McGraw Hill.
ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) Credit Hours: 03
Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking
Course Contents
Presentation skills
Essay writing
Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative
Academic writing
How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper
How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content,
Language, form, clarity, consistency)
Technical Report writing
Progress report writing
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
Recommended books:
Technical Writing and Presentation Skills
a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing
1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19
435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing).
2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.16
3. Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s
Press.b) Presentation Skills c) Reading The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther
Illinois University. General Editiors: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine
Cain; Stephen Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (A reader which will give students exposure to the best of
twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students).
HIST-101 Introduction to History Credit Hours: 03
Course Content:
1. What is History?
2. Nature and scope of History.
3. Benefits of History: History as a corrective force ; History as a repetitive force
4. Branch of History (Political, Cultural, Social, Economics)
5. Relationship of History with other social sciences
6. Causation
7. Objectivity and subjectivity
8. Classification of History : Narrative History, Scientific History, Philosophy of History, Future
History.
Recommended Books:
Bernard Cohn. An Anthropology among History, Scientific History , Philosophy of History,
Future Histroy.
Caroline Steedman. Dust: The Archive and Cultural History , Manchester University Press,1988.
Carlo, Ginzburg, Clues. Myths and the Historical Method, John Hopkins: University Press , 2002.
Carr, E.H., What is History ? Harmondsworth : Penguin, 1961.
Collingwood, R.G The idea of History . Oxford University Press 1978.
G.W.G.Hegel . Elements of the Philosophy of right. Cambridge University Press,1991.
Gertrude Himmalfarb. The New History and the old, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1987.
Govranski . History Meaning and Methods, USA, 1969.
Johan Stuart Mill. On Liberty and Other Essay, Oxford, University Press, 2008.
Qureshi, Muhammad Aslam . A Study of Historiography . Lahore: Pakistan Book Center , Latest
Edition.
Peter Burke. Varieties of Culture History , Cornell University Press , 1977.
Ranjit Guha. The small Voice of History , Delhi: Permanent Black , Delhi, 2010.
Stern Fritz. Varieties of History: from Voltaire to the present , vintage ,2nd Edition 1975.
SOC-102 Introduction to Sociology-II Credit Hours: 03
The development & Perspectives of Sociology
Interactional Perspective
Functional Perspective
Conflict Perspective
Evolutionary Perspective
The Social Institutions
Institutional Traits
Functional & Interrelationship
Types of Institutions
The Family
The Religions
The Political
The Economic
The Educational Recreational
Social Control
Methods of Social Control
Social deviation
The role of tolerance in society
Importance of tolerance
Concept of tolerance in Islam
Lack of tolerance and reasons
Social Structure
Social integration
Social Stratification
Social Mobility
Socio-cultural changes
Cultural change
Social change
Mass communication
COMP-101 Introduction to Computer Credit Hours: 03
Course Objectives
This course is designed in view of the application of computers in wide range of areas. This course would
familiarize students with basics of computer. The course will cover introduction to computer software
related to psychology.
Course Outcome
After having completed this course students would be able to use window software such as MS office
including MS Excel, MS Word and Power point.
Course Contents
Introduction to Computers
History of Computer Development
Uses and Limitations
Basic Units of Personal Computers
Introduction to Windows
Why Windows?
Basic features of Windows
Starting up
Using Applications
Managing Files and Folders
Managing the Desktop
Change Settings
Introduction to MS Word
Basic features of MS Word
Typing, editing, formatting text
Saving and printing
Making Tables in Word
Introduction to MS Excel
Basic features
Everyday Worksheet Tasks
Creating and Formatting Charts
Printing Worksheet
Introduction to Power Point
Basic Features
Preparing presentations using Power Point
Using Computer for online Literature Search
E-books
E-journals
Data Bases
Recommended Books
Maran, R. (1995).Windows 95 simplified. Foster City, C.A: IDG Books World Wide, Inc.
Maran, R., & Wing, K. (1997).Teach yourself word 97, Foster City, C.A: IDG Books world
wide, Inc.
Nelson, K.Y. (1996). Windows 95 is driving me crazy. Berkeley, CA: Peach Pit Press.
Person, R. (1993).Using Excel Version 5 for windows. Indianapolis: Que Corporation.
**********
ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism Credit Hours: 03
Letter Writing
Good News Letter
Bad News Letter
Special Letters
Letter of Congratulation
Letter about reservation
BS 4th Semester
ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism 03
POL-101 Political Science 03
ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology 03
CHEM-230 Bio-Chemistry 03
PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology 03
PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative 03
Total 18
Letter of invitation
Letter of condolence
TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION
Report Writing
Technical report writing
Investigation report writing
Short report writing
Professional Skills
CV writing & job application
Interview skills
English Literature
Poetry
The man he killed (Thomas Hardy)
Across the Indus (Taufeeq Rafat)
Meeting at night (Robert Browning)
Slopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening (Robert Frost)
We are Seven (William Wordsorth)
Echoing Green (William Blake)
Prose & Essays
Three days to see (Helen Keller)
Of Marriage & Single life
Of Parents and children
Short Story
The Necklace (Maupassant)
TA-NA-E-KA (Mary Whitebird)
Drama (Selected Reading’s)
Romeo & Juilet(Balcony Scene:Act-II Scene-2)
Hamlet (4th Soliloquy: Act-III Scene-I)
Merchant of venice(Court Scene:Act-IV Scene –I)
Suggested Reading:
1. English for Undergraduates Oxford University Press
2. Himstreet & Baty (1984) business communication. Principles and Methods (Seventh Edition)
Boston, Massachusetts: Kent Publishing company.
3. Howe, D.H (2005) English for Undergraduates ,Karachi: QUP
4. Raman , Mr, & Singh , P (2006) Business Communication , New Delhi Oxford University Press.
POL-101 Political Science Credit Hours: 03
Objective:
The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of Political
Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the forthcoming semesters. The very basic concepts and
terminology commonly used in the further courses of studies are taught to make the students friendly with
the subject.
Contents:
1. Definition, Nature, Scope and Sub-fields of Political Science.
2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences.
3. Approaches to the study of Political Science: Traditional and Modern.
4. Basic concept of Political Science: Authority, Legitimacy, Nation and Sovereignty.
5. State: its origin and evolution ; Western and Islamic concepts of state , Forms of State: Unitary,
Federation, Confederation.
6. Organs of Government: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary.
7. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential, Authoritarian.
Note: Sub-fields of Political Science include: Political Philosophy/Theory; Comparative Politics;
International Relations; Public Administrative/ Public Policy; Local Government,etc.
Recommended Books:
1. Choudhary Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e Siyasiat ( Urdu), Lahore Standard Book Depot, 1996.
2. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo 11m (Sindhi meaning Science of state), Jamshoro, Institute of
Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985.
3. Mazier ul Haq, Theory and Practice in Political Science , Lahore.
4. Bookland , 1996.
5. Michael G Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction , London:
6. Prentice Hall ,1997.
ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology Credit Hours: 03
Objectives:
The course aims to introduce the pertinent concept and theories about evolution of humans and culture .
the course will dilate branches of anthropology including physical anthropology archaeology, social-
cultural anthropology and linguistic anthropology.
Course Outline:
1. Introduction
Definition, Concept and branches Physics, Social, Archaeology, Liquidities. Relationship of
Anthropology with other Social Sciences. Relation between Sociology and Anthropology.
Anthropology research techniques. Growth of Anthropology.
2. Evolution.
Evolution of Evolution
Mendel’s Law of Segregation.
Mitosis& Meiosis
3. How we discover past.
Kinds of evidence
Analyze & dating the evidence
Site creation.
4. The living primates:
Common features of primates
Classification of primates.
Hominoids
5. Primates Evolution from early primates to hominoids
Eon, Bras and Epochs.
Cenonzole Era in detail.
6. The first Hominoids.
Australopithecus anamensis.
Australopithecus Robust us.
Homo Hedielbergensis/neanderthalensis
Homos habills
Homos ereclus
Homo sapiens
7. The Stone Age:
Palcolithic
Mesolithic
Neolirhic
8. Culture
The Nature of Culture.
Definition, Properties and Taxpnomy
The evolution and growth of culture
Universal aspect of culture
Material and Non-Material aspects
Culture Diversity and integration
Global and culture
9. Origin of cities & states
10. Origin of food production & Settled Life
11. Language and communication
Origin of language
Structure of language
Socio- linguistics
Nonverbal communication.
12. Marriage
Kinship
Types of marriage
Concept of incest taboo
Kinship systems.
Rule of decent
Types of decent system
13. Political system
Kind of political systems
Political system and economics system.
14. Religion
Origin, functions of religion
Religion and culture ecology
Religion and social control
Kind of religion
With craft and Sorcery
Recommended Books:
1. Ahmad, Akbar S, 1990 Pakistan Society, Karachi, Royal Books Co.
2. Bernard, H. Kussel 1994 Research Methods in Anthropology, Qualitative Quantitative Approaches,
Londan “Stage” Pub,ications.
3. Bodley, John H. 1994, Cultural Anthropology, California Mayfield Publishing Delhi.
4. Brogger, Jan. 1993. Social Anthropology and the Lonely Crowd, New Reliance Publishing.
CHEM-230 Bio- Chemistry Credit Hours: 03
Course Contents:
Proteins:
Amino Acid, Peptides & Proteins
Metabolism of Proteins & Amino Acids
Enzymes:
Mechanism of action
Regulation of activities
Bioenergetics
Definition of Bioenergetics
The role of APT
Biologic Oxidation
Metabolism of Lipids
Lipids of physiologic significance
Integration of Metabolism --- the provision of metabolism fuels.
Structure, Function & Replication of Information macromolecules
Genes and Chromosomes
Nucleic Acid structure & Function
DNA
RNA
Biochemistry of Extracellular & Intracellular Communication
Membranes system & Function (Notes)
Endocrine system, Hormone action & signal transduction.
New olrailsmission
Special Topics
Nutrition, Digestion & Absorption
Vitamins & Minerals
Free radicals and antioxidant nutrients
Books Recommended:
Harper’s illustrated Biochemistry, 28th Edition by Robert Murray, Victor Rodwell, Dav Bender
and Kathleen M.Botliam.
Lippincott’s illustrated review : Biochemistry (Lippincott’s illustrated review series )
By riehard A. Hurvey PHD and Denise R. Ferrier.
PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Introduction
o Why study the history of psychology?
o Revisions in the traditional views of science
o Persistent questions in psychology
Early Greek Philosophy
o The first philosophers
o Thales, Anaxinander, Heraclites, Parmenides, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Democritus
o Early Greek Medicin
o The relativity of Truth
o Protagoras, Gorgias, Xenophobes, Socrates,
o Plato
o Aristotle
After Aristotle
o Skepticism & Cynicism
o Epicureanism and Stoicism
o Neoplatonism and Emphasis on spirit
o The Dark ages
o Scholasticism
The Beginning of Modern Science and Philosophy
o Renaissance Humanism
o Challenges to Church authority
o Revie Descartes
Empiricism, Sensationalism and positivism
o British Empiricism
o French Sensationalism
o Positivism
Rationalism
o Baruch Spinoza
o Immanuel Kart
o Johann Friedrich Herbert
o Friedrich Hegel
Romanticism and Existentialism
o Romanticism
o Existentialism
Early Developments in Physiology and the rise of experimental psychology
o Individual differences
o Helmholte
o Early Research on Brain Functioning
o The rise of experimental psychology
Voluntarism, Structuralism and other early approaches to Psychology
o Voluntarism
o Structuralism: Wondt
o Tichtner
o Other early approaches
The Darwinian Influence
o Charles Darwin
o Sir Francis Galton
o Intelligence testing after Galton
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Pear Joseph J. (2007)., A Historical and Contemporary Look at Psychological Systems,
Psychology Press and Lawrence Erlbaum Associates
2. Hergenhahn, BR, (2007), An Introduction to History of Psychology, Wadsworth.
3. Sharma, N. & Sharma, R. (2003), History and Schools of Psychology, Atlantic Publishers
4. Murphy, Gardner, 1979, Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology, Routledge and
Kegan Paul, London.
5. Hothesall David, (2004), History of Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill.
6. Wertheimer Michael, (2000). A Brief History of Psychology, Thomson Wadsworth
7. Leahey Thomas Hard, (2004). A History of Pscychology, Pearson Education.
8. Hergenhahn, B. (2001). An Introduction to the History of Psychology, Wadsworth
9. Sharma, N. & Sharma, R. (2003). History and Schools of Psychology. Atlantic Publishers
PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative Credit Hours: 03
The Methods used in Psychological Research
o Purpose of research
o Distinction between quantitative and qualitative methods
o Ethical issues in psychological research
The Preliminary Stages of Research
o Choice of topic
o Focusing on a specific area of research
o Choice of method, hypothesis and research design
o Measurement in psychology
o Sampling Process
Variables and the validity of Research Designs
o Independent, Dependent and other variables
o The validity of research design
o Efficacy and effectiveness
Research designs and their internal validity
o Types of designs
o The allocation of participants
o Specific examples of research designs
o One variable one level
o One independent variable, two levels
o One independent variable, more than two levels
o One independent variable, one dependent variables
Asking questions: Interviews and Surveys
o Topics for questions
o Formats and setting for asking questions
o Types of Questions
o Layout and pilot study
Measuring attitudes and Meaning
o Reliability of Measures
o Attitude Scales
o Techniques to measure meaning
Observation and content analysis
o Introduction and types of observation
o Issues shared between observation and content analysis
o Structured observation
Scales of Measurement
o Scales of Measurement
o Statisticians and Scales
o Indicators
Summarizing and Describing Data
o Numerical Methods
o Graphical Methods
o Distribution of Data
Samples and Populations
o Choosing a sample
o Random and Non-random Sampling
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Carter, D. (2007). Quantitative Psychological Research: A student handbook, Psychology press
2. Smoekh, B. & Lewin L. (2007), Research Methods in the Social Sciences, Vistaar Publications
3. Rice, P. & Ezxy, D. (2007). Qualitative Research Methods, Oxford Univ. Press
4. John Shaughness., (2008), Research Methods in Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill
*************
BS 5th Semester
Psy-301 Social Psychology 3+0
Psy-302 Developmental Psychology 3+0
Psy-303 Behavioral Neuro Science 3+0
Psy-304 Research Methodology Qualitative 3+0
Psy-305 Counseling Psychology 3+0
Psy-306 Abnormal Psychology 3+0
Total 18
PSY-301 Social Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to Social Psychology
o What is Social Psychology?
o Historical Background of Social Psychology
o Social Cognition
o Social Identity theory
o Evolutionary Approaches
Research Methods in Social Psychology
o Pilot Research
o Survey Methods
o How to develop questionnaires?
o Sample
o Variables
Social Influence and Social Memory
o Inferences about individuals
o Spontaneous trait inferences and memory
o Trait Inferences
o Biases in Memory
o Individual Impression Formation
o Inferences about group type
o The concept of self
Stereotyping and Impression Formation
o Stereotype Activation
o Cognitive moderators of stereotype Activation
o Motivation and Stereotype application
o Impression Formation
o Stereotype suppression
Portraits of the self
o Self enhancement
o Mremic neglect
o Selective acceptance
o Strategic Social Comparison
o Self-Evaluation Maintenance
o Constraints on self-enhancements
Attitudes
o Components of attitudes
o Cognitive routes
o Affective routes
o Behavioral routes
o Formation of attitudes
o Attitude Change
Persuasion
o Paths leading to persuasion
o Elements of persuasion
o Real life persuasion
Prejudice
o Nature and power of prejudice
o Social sources of prejudice
o Motivational sources of prejudice
o Cognitive sources of prejudice
Pro-Social Behavior, Helping Others
o Why do we help?
o Who will help?
o How to increase help?
Aggression
o What is aggression?
o Theories of aggression
o How to reduce aggression?
o Influence of aggression
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Meyers, D. (2007). Exploring Social Psychology 6th ed. Mc-Graw Hill Inc.
2. Cooper, J. & Hogg, M. (2005), Handbook of Social Psychology, Sage Publications.
3. Worchel, Stephen, (2007), Social Psychology Wadsworth.
4. Baron A., Nobert, (2007), Exploring Social Psychology, Allyn & Bacon.
5. Leary, Mark R., and Hoyle H. Rick, (2009), Handbook of Individual Differences in
Social Behavior, Wadsworth
PSY-302 Developmental Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to Developmental Psychology
o Lifespan Psychology, An overview
o Theories of Development
o Interpretation of the life span
Origin of Development
o The Biological basis of Development
o Pregnancy and Birth
Infancy
o Development Milestones of Infancy
o Neonates
o Perceptual Development
o Cognitive Development
o Language Development
Early Childhood
o Physical and Motor Development
o Cognitive Development
o Psychosocial Development
o Emotional Life of Girls and Boys Respectively
Middle Childhood
o Physical Development
o Nutrition
o Physical Changes in Middle Childhood
o Piaget’s Theory of Concrete Operations
o Thinking and Problem Solving
o Moral Development
Adolescence
o Physical Changes during Adolescence
o Theories of Adolescence
o Piaget’s Adolescent Egocentrism
o Creative Thinking
o Mental Health Issues
o Peer Relations
o Sexual Behavior
Early Adulthood
o Initiation into Adulthood
o Intellectual/ Ethical Development
o Patterns of Work
o Marriage
o Personal Development
o Sexual Identity and Gender Roles
Middle Adulthood
o Physical Development
Muscular Ability
Sensory Ability
o Intelligence
o Memory
o Midcareer Crisis
o General Adaptation Syndrome
o Marriage at Middle age
o Middle aged divorced person
Late Adulthood
o Physiological theories of aging
o Genetic Theories of Aging
o Effects of Natural Environment on Aging
o Terminal Drop
o Social Development
Dying and Spirituality
o Role of Death in Life
o Four Types of Death
o Pathological Grieving
o Role of Funeral
o Rejection of Life
o Jung’s Theory of Spirituality
o Fowler’s Theory of Spirituality
o Wilson’s Theory of Spirituality
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Dacey, J. & Travers, J. (2006), Human Development Across the Lifespan, 8th ed. Mc-
Graw Hill
2. Berk, L. (2007). Development through the Lifespan, 7th ed. Allyn and Bacon.
3. Dacey, J, & Travers, J. (2002). Human Development Across the Lifespan, 5th ed. McGraw
Hill
4. Berk, L. (2004). Development Through the Lifespan. 3rd ed. Allyn & Bacon
PSY-303 Behavioral Neuro Science Credit Hours: 03
Origins of Physiological Psychology
o Nature of Physiological Psychology
o Essential issues in Research
o Careers in Neuro Science
Structure and Functions of Cells of Neuro Science
o Cells of Neuro Science
o Communication within Neurons
o Communication between Neurons
Structure of the Neuro Science
o C. N. S. (Central Neuro Science)
o P.N.S (Peripheral Neuro Science)
Psychopharmacology
o Principles of Psychopharmacology
o Sites of Drug Action
o Neurotransmitter
Vision
o Anatomy of the visual system
o Analysis of visual information
o Role of the visual association cortex
Audition
o Anatomy of Auditory system
o Gustalion
o Olfaction
Sleep
o Physiological mechanism of sleep and awakening
o Disorders of Sleep
o Biological Clocks
Emotion
o Expression and recognition of emotion
o Feelings of emotion
o Aggressive Behavior
Learning and Memory
o Learning and Synaptic Plasticity
o Perceptual Learning
o Instrumental Vs Classical Conditioning
o Relational Learning
Ingestive Behavior
o Drinking
o Eating and metabolism
o Eating Disorder
Neurological Disorders
o Tumors
o Seizure disorders
o Cerebro-vascular accidents
o Developmental and Degenerative Disorders
Human Communication
o Speech Production and Comprehension
o Brain Mechanisms
o Disorders of Reading and Writing
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Carlson, N. (1999). Foundations of Physiological Psychology, 4th ed. Allyn & Bacon
2. Kiernan, J. (2005). The Human Nervous System, Lippincott William Publishers
3. Kalat, JW. (2005), Biological Psychology, Wadsworth.
4. Andreassi John L. (2006). Psychophysiology, Routledge
5. Carlson, N. (2005). Foundation of Physiological Psychology, 6th ed. Allyn & Bacon
PSY-304 Research Methodology Qualitative Credit Hours: 03
Introduction
o What is qualitative research?
o Why use qualitative research methods?
Theory in qualitative research
o Introduction
o Positivism
o Phenomenology, Symbolic interactionism, Feminism, postmodernism, hermeneutics
Rigour, Ethics and Sampling
o Theoretical approaches to rigour
o Techniques for ensuring rigour
o Sampling strategies for qualitative research
o Theoretical sampling
In-depth interviews
o Introduction
o Art of a good interview
o Interview techniques
o Managing interviews
Focus groups
o History of focus groups
o Focus group as a method
o Focus group interaction
o Participants, Moderator and note-taker
Narrative Analysis
o Why use narrative analysis?
o What is a narrative?
o Types of narrative analysis
Ethnography
o Introduction
o The ethnographer
o Key informants
o Advantages and limitations
Qualitative data analysis
o Research design and data analysis
o Content analysis
o Computer-assisted qualitative data analysis
o Post structuralism and semiotics
Writing a qualitative research proposal
o What is a research proposal?
o Structure of a research proposal
o Determinants of a successful proposal.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Rice, P. & Ezxy, D. (2004). Qualitative Research Methods. Oxford University Press
2. Smoekh, B. & Lewin, C. (2005). Research Methods in the social sciences. Wistaar
Publication
PSY-305 Counseling Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to counseling
o Relationship between counseling and psychotherapy
o Theory and practice in counseling
o Aims of counseling
Cultural and historical origins of counseling
o Emergence of the trade in lunacy
o Invention of psychotherapy
o Secularization of society
o Role of cal Rogers
Issues in the psychodynamic approach to counseling
o Work of Sigmund Freud
o Post-Freudian evolution of the psychodynamic approach
o Attachment theory
o Conversational Model
Cognitive Behavioral Approach to Counseling
o Origin of cognitive behavioral approach
o Application of behavioral ideas in counseling
o Cognitive Strand
o Cognitive Process
o Cognitive Content
o Solution focused therapy
Person-centered approach
o Image of person in P.C.T
o Therapeutic Process
o Congruence and Presence
o Empathy
Feminist approach to the radicalization of counseling
o Feminism as philosophy and social action
o Integrationist approaches
o Store center model
Narrative approaches to counseling; working with stories
o Psychodynamic approaches to narrative
o Cognitive/ constructive approaches to narrative
o Social constructionist narrative therapy
Philosophical counseling
o Relevance of philosophy for counseling and psychotherapy
o Range and Scope of philosophical analysis
o Existentialism
o Postmodern Theory
Counseling Relationship
o Psychoanalytical concept of transference
o Concept of boundary
o Role of money in relationship
Process of counseling
o Negotiating expectations
o Assessment
o Establishing a working alliance
o Ending counseling
o Using structured exercises and interventions
Morals, Values and ethics in counseling practice
o Ethical guidelines developed by professional organizations
o Ethical principles
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Mcleod, J. (2003). An Introduction to counseling 3rd ed. Open University Press
2. Geldard, K., & Geldard, D. (2005). Practical counseling skills. Polgrave McMillan
PSY-306 Abnormal Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to Abnormal Psychology
o Historical background of Abnormal Psychology
o Current Paradigms in Abnormal Psychology
Biological Paradigm
Psychoanalytic paradigm
Humanistic end existential paradigms
Leaving paradigms
Research Methods in Abnormal Psychology
o Case Study
o Epidemiological Research
o Correlational Method
o Single-Subject Experimental Research
o Mixed Designs
Classification and Diagnosis
o Diagnostic System of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM-IV-TR)
o Issues in the classification of Abnormal Behavior
Anxiety Disorders
o Phobia
o Panic Disorder
o Generalized Anxiety Disorder
o Obsessive Compulsive disorder
o PISD
Somatoform and Dissipative Disorders
Somatoform Disorders
o Pain Disorder
o Body Dimorphic disorders
o Conversion disorders
o Hypochondriasis
Dissociative Disorder
o Dissociative Amresia
o Dissociative Fuge
o Depresonalization Disorder
o Dissociative Identity Disorder
Eating Disorders
o Anorenia Nervosa
o Bulimia Nervosa
o Birge Eating Disorders
Mood Disorders
o Depression
o Mania
o Bipolar I Disorder
o Bipolar II
o Unipolar Disorders
Schizophrenia
o Catatonic Type
o Disorganized Type
o Paranoid Type
o Residual Type
Substance-Related Disorders
o Alcohol abuse and Dependence
o Nicotine and Cigarette Smoking
o Marijuana
o Sedatives
o Stimulants
Personality Disorders
o Paranoid Personality Disorders
o Schizoid Personality Disorders
o Schizotypal Personality Disorders
o Borderline Personality Disorders
o Nonrissistic Personality Disorders
o Histrionic Personality Disorders
o Antisocial Personality Disorders
Childhood Disorder
o Landuct Disorders
o Learning Disorders
o Mental Retardation
o Autistic Disorders
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Comer, R. (2007)., Abnormal Psychology 7th ed. Wadsworth
2. Barlow DH. (2007), Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth.
3. Davison, G. Neale, J. & Kring, A. (2006), Abnormal Psychology 9th ed. John Willey
4. Alloy, LB., 1999, Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth.
5. Durand VM. 2000, Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth.
6. Kendall, PC. 1998, Abnormal Psychology, Houghton Mifflin.
7. DSM-IV-TR 8. Coner, R. (2004). Abnormal Psychology, 5th ed. Worth
9. Davison, G. Neale, J. & Kring, A. (2004). Abnormal Psychology. 9th ed. Willey Publishers
***********
BS 6th Semester
PSY-351 Educational Psychology 3+0
PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology 3+0
PSY-353 Clinical Psychology 3+0
PSY-354 Positive Psychology 3+0
PSY-355 Psychological Testing 3+0
PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology 3+0
Total 18
PSY-351 Educational Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Teachers, Teaching and Educational Psychology
o Teacher-student Relationship
o Teacher Preparation and Quality
o What is good teaching?
o Role of educational psychology
o Using Research to understand and improve teaching
Cognitive Development and Language of Students
o The Developing Brain
o Specialization and Integration
o Piaget’s theory of Cognitive Development
o Basic Tendencies in Thinking
o Vygotsky’s Socio-cultural approach
o Role of Adults and Peers
o Language Development
o Family and Community Partnerships
Personal, Social and Emotional Development
o The work of Erikson
o Self Concept and Self Esteem
o Gender, Ethnicity and Self-Esteem
o Self and Others
o Moral Development
o Socialization
Learner Differences and Learning Needs
o Language and Labeling
o Individual Differences in Intelligence
o Ability Difference and Teaching
o Cognitive and Learning Styles
o Family and Community Partnerships
o Students having specific disorders/ impairments
Role of the Teacher
o Today’s multicultural classrooms
o Social class differences
o SES and achievement
o Ethnic and Racial differences
o Legacy of discrimination
o Stereotype Threat
o Recognizing Giftedness in Bilingual Students
Behavioral Views of Learning
o Nature of Learning
o Classical Conditioning
o Operant Conditioning
o Applied Behavior Analysis
Cognitive Views of Learning
o Elements of Cognitive Perspective
o Sensory Memory
o Role of Attention
o Working Memory
o Meta Cognition, Regulation and Individual differences
Motivation in Learning and Teaching
o What is motivation?
o Your general approaches to motivation
o Socio cultural components of motivation
o Self-Determinism
Standardized Testing
o Evaluation, Measurement and Assessment
o Types of Scores
o Types of Standardized Tests
o Accommodations in Testing
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Wheldall Kevin. (2009), Educational Psychology, Routeledge
2. Sharma, P. (2005) Educational Psychology. APA Publishing co-operation
3. Woolfork, A. (2007), Educational Psychology, Pearson Education Inc.
PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology Credit Hours: 03
The History of Industrial/ Organizational Psychology
o What is industrial/ organizational psychology?
o 100 years of history
o Importance of industrial/ organizational psychology in the 21st century
Research Methods in Industrial/ Organizational Psychology
o What is Science?
o Research terminology and Basic Concepts
o Types of Experimental Designs
o Measurement and Psychometrics
Job Analysis
o Approaches to Job Analysis
o Job Description and Specification
o Job Evaluation
Criterion Measurement
o Defining criterion and their properties
o Two Major components of the criterion problem
o Distinction among performance criterion
Performance Appraisal
o Use of performance appraisal
o Role of industrial/ organizational psychologist in performance appraisal
o A contextual approach
Predictors
o Classification of tests
o Types of Predictors
Recruitment and Selection
o Internal Vs External recruitment
o Selection Process
o Selection Testing & Interview
Training
o Assessing, Training Needs
o Training methods and Techniques
Motivation
o Theoretical Perspectives
o Application of motivational Theories
Job Attitudes: Antecedents and consequences
o Attitudes, Intentions and behavior
o Job Satisfaction
o Organizational Commitment
Stress and Worker Well-being
o Stress and strains
o Environmental Determinants of Well-Being
o Work Family conflict
Group Processes and Work Teams
o Group Vs Teams
o Group decision making
o Work team of the 21st century
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Finchan, R., & Rhodes, P. (2003). Principles of Organizational Behavior, 3rd ed. Oxford
2. Noe, R., Hollenbeck, J. Gerhart, B., & Wright, P. (2006). Human Resource Management. 5th ed,
McGraw Hill.
3. Newstrom John W. (2007). Organizational Behavior. (12th Ed). McGraw Hill.
4. Luthan Fred, (2005). Organizational Behavior, McGraw Hill Inc.
5. Robins. Stephen, (2005). Organizational Behavior, McGraw Hill Inc.
6. Levy, P. (2003). Industrial/ Organizational Psychology, Understanding the Workplace. Hougton
Mifflin
7. Rogelberg, S. (2004). Handbook of Research Methods in Industrial and Organizational
Psychology. Blackwell
PSY-353 Clinical Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to clinical psychology
o Clinical psychology and other mental health professions
o Role of clinical psychologist
o Models of clinical psychological training
Research Methods in clinical psychology
o Role of research in clinical psychology
o Research Process
Models of Development, Behavior and Personality
o Purpose of a theory
o Parsimony
o Logic and Internal Consistency
o Test Ability
o Psycho Analytic Therapy
o Interpersonal Approaches
o Cognitive Theories
Assessment in clinical psychology
o Goals of assessment
o Deciding what is being assessed
o Determining the goals of assessment
o Diagnosis
o Severity
o Screening
o Prediction
o Evaluation of Intervention
Clinical Interviewing
o Communication Skills
o Attending Skills
o Inghening Skills
o Role ability and validity of interviews
o Diagnostic Interviews for Adults
o Diagnostic Interviews for Children
Measurement of Intelligence
o Definition of Intelligence
o Origins of Intelligence
o Research regarding measuring intelligence
o Individual differences in intelligence
o Stanford Binet Test of intelligence
o Roufman Assessment battery for children
o Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale
o Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children
Neuropsychological Testing
o Halstead Reitan Battery
Assessment of Personality
o Theory of Personality
o Objective Personality Test
o Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory
o Projective Personality Tests
o Rorschach Inkblot Test
o Thematic Apperception Test
Behavioral Assessment
o Behavioral Observation
o Self Monitoring
o Rating Scales of Behavior
o Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Michael T. Nietzel, Douglas A. Bernstein, & Geoffrey P. Kramer (2009) Introduction to Clinical
Psychology, 6th Ed. Prentice Hall
2. Goteib, I. & Compas, B. (2006), Introduction to Clinical Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill
3. Steen, L. & Fleming, I (2007), Supervision and Clinical Psychology, TJ International Ltd.
4. Judith M. (2005). Image Psychology, Matbooaj Lahore.
5. Feltham Colin, Horton Jan, (2001)., Handbook of Counseling and Psychotherapy, Sage
Publications
6. Sadock, Benjamin, Sadock Virginia (2002), Textbook of Psychotherapy, Vol. 2, Lippincott
willians, Wilkins.
7 Compus, E. Compas & Gotlib, H. Ian ( 2002). Introduction to Clinical Psychology. Mc-
Graw Hill Inc.
PSY-354 Positive Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Introduction: Positive psychology, positive prevention, positive therapy
Identifying Strengths: Stopping, the madness, Positive psychology and the Deconstruction of the
illness ideology and the DSM, toward a science of mental health, positive direction in diagnosis and
intervention
Emotion Focused Approaches: Subject well being, the science of happiness and life satisfaction,
Resilience in development, the concepts of flow, positive affectivity, the disposition to experience
pleasurable emotional states, positive motions, the social construction of self esteem, the adaptive
potential of coping through emotional approach, the positive psychology of emotion intelligence,
emotional creativity
Cognitive focused approaches: Creativity and giftness, well being, mindfulness versus positive
evaluation, optimism, Optimistic Explanatory style, hope theory, self-efficacy, the power of believing
you can, problem solving appraisal and psychological adjustment, Setting goals for life and
happiness, the passion to know, a developmental perspective, wisdom: it’s structure and function in
regulating successful life span
Self based approaches: Reality negotiation, uniqueness seeking, happiness,
Interpersonal approaches: Relationship connection, the role of minding in the enhancement of
closeness, compassion, the psychology of forgiveness, gratitude and science of positive psychology,
love, empathy and altruism
Specific coping approaches: Sharing one’s story: On the benefits of writing or talking about
emotional experience, benefit finding and benefit reminding, positive responses to loss, perceiving
benefits and growth, the pursuit of meaningfulness in life, humor, meditation and positive psychology
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-
1. Alan Carr, (2004), The Science of Happiness and Human strengths, Bruner-Routledge
2. Seligman, Martin P, (2006), Learned Optimism, Vintage Books
3. Goleman Daniel, (1995), Emotional Intelligence, Bantam Books
4. Goleman Daniel, (1998), Workink with Emotional Intelligence, Bantam Books
PSY-355 Psychological Testing Credit Hours: 03
The origins of Psychological Testing
o Importance of testing
o Brass Instruments Era of testing
o Influence of Binet’s Early Research upon Testing
Nature and uses of Psychological Tests
o How to define a test
o Types of tests
o Uses of testing
Norms and reliability
o Norms
o Testing Standardization
o Raw Score
o Transformation of Raw Scores
o Selecting a Norm Group
Reliability
o Definition
o Types of Reliability
Validity
o Definition
o Types of Validity
o Standard Error of Measurement
Test Construction
o Defining a Test
o Selecting in Scaling Method
o Constructing the Items
o Testing the Items
o Revising the Test
o Publishing the Test
Measurement of Intelligence
o Definition
o Theories of Intelligence
o Stand Ford Binet Test
Individual Tests of Intelligence
o Wechsler Scales of Intelligence
o Rangman brief intelligence test
o Detroit Tests of Learning Aptitude-4
Group Tests of Aptitude
o A primer of factor analysis
o Multiple aptitude test batteries
o General aptitude test
o Armed Services vocational aptitude battery
Computerized Assessment of Testing
o Computer based test Interpretation
o Scoring Reports
o Descriptive Reports
o Actuarial Reports
o Actuarial Interpretation
o Computer assisted Clinical Reports
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Anastasi, A. & Urbina, S. (2004). Psychological Testing, Pearson Edu. Ltd.
2. Gregory, R. (2004), Psychological Testing 4th ed. Pearson Edu. Ltd.
3. Kaplan RM., 1997, Psychological Testing, Wadsworth.
4. Binggli, NJ. 2001, Psychological Measurement of Children.
PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology Credit Hours: 03
An Introduction to Cross-Cultural Psychology (C.C.P)
o What Psychology is all about?
o Understanding the process of research in psychology
o The Impact of Cross cultural psychology
Understanding and Defining Culture
o Definition of Culture
o Introduction to Ethnocentrism and stereotypes
o The influence of culture on psychology
Culture and Self
o Culture and concepts of self
o Critical Thinking and evaluation of the analysis
o Beyond dependent and interdependent self constructs
Evaluating Cross-Cultural Research
o Nature of truth in psychology and importance of research method
o Special Issues in Cross Cultural Psychology research
Cultural and Basic Psychological Processes
o Cultural and Biological Basis of Behavior
o Culture and Perception
o Culture and Cognition
o Culture and Consciousness
o Culture and Intelligence
Culture and Development
o Enculturation and socialization
o Culture and Psychological Processes in Development
Culture and Gender
o Definition
o Cross-Cultural Research on Gender
o Conclusion
Culture and Mental Health
o Defining Abnormality
o Assessment of Abnormal Behavior
o Treatment of Abnormal Behavior
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Mastsumoto, D. (2000). Culture and Psychology, 2nd ed. Wadsworth
2. Samover, L. (2005). Handbook of Cross Cultural Communicaton. Jaico Book Publishers.
***********
BS 7th Semester
PSY-401 Health Psychology 03
PSY-402 Psychotherapy 03
PSY-403 Internship (6-8 weeks) 03
PSY-404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) 03
PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) 03
PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) 03
PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) 03
PSY-408 Human Resources Management HRM (Optional) 03
Total 15
PSY-401 Health Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Introduction
o What is Health?
o Psychology’s involvement in Health
o Revision
Scientific foundation of Health Psychology
Research Methods in Psychology
o Evaluation of Research Methods
o Determining Causation
o Theories of Health Protective Behaviors
Stress and its Measurement
o Theories of Stress
o Measurement of Stress
Stress and Coping
o Physiology of the Immune System
o Psychoneuroinmunology
o Personality factors affecting stress and disease
o Revision + Test
Pain
o Pain and the Nervous System
o The Meaning of Pain
o The Measurement of Pain
o Preventing Pain
o Coping with Stress and Pain
o Personal Resources that Influence coping
o Techniques of Coping with Stress and Pain
Cardiovascular Disease
o The Cardiovascular System
o Measures of Cardiovascular Function
o Changing Rates of Cardiovascular Disease
o Modifying Risk factors for CVD
Cancer
o Cancer and Changing Mortality Rates
o Behavioral Risk factors your cancer
o Risk factors beyond personal control
o Psychological risk factors and cancers
Chronic Illness
o The impact of chronic illness
o Following a cardiac rehabilitation
o Coping with cancer
o Adjusting with diabetes
Preventing Tobacco Use
o Smoking & the Respiratory System
o Choosing to Smoke
o Health Consequences of Tobacco Use
o Effects of Quitting.
Alcohol Consumption
o The effects of Alcohol
o Why do people drink?
o Changing problem drinking
Obesity and Overweight
o The Digestive System
o Overeating and Obesity
o Eating Disorders.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Albery Ian & Munafo Marcus. (2008), Health Psychology, SAGE Publications
2. Korchin S, Modern Clinical Psychology Basic Books, UK (Latest Edition).
3. Brannon, L. & Feist, J. (2005). Health Psychology: An introduction, Sage Publications.
4. Brown J, AK, Health Psychology, McGraw Hill NY, 1990.
5. Murphy David F., 2000, Health, London Sage.
6. Brannon, L. & Feist, J. (2000). Health Psychology: An Introduction
PSY-402 Psychotherapy Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to Psychotherapy
o The Modules
o The Training Programme
o The Process of Learning
Basic Listening Skills
o What is listening in Psychotherapy?
o Listening to what is not spoken
Working Alliance
o Tasks bonds and goals
o Factors Influencing the strength of the working alliance
o Managing Boundaries
o Sessions
Inductive Reasoning to Determine Pattern
o Dysfunctional Patterns
o Identifying Patterns
o Home Work
Strategies for Change
o Elements of Change
o Strategies
o Sessions
Resistance
o Sources and Forms of Resistance
o Responding to Resistance
Transference and Counter Transference
o Classification of Transference and counter transference
o Sings of Transference and counter transference
Termination
o Goals and Content of Termination
o The Process of Termination
o Types of Termination
o After Termination
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Beitaman, B., & Yoe, D. (2004). Learning Psychotherapy, 2nd ed. Norton
2. Richard, S. (2004). Theories of Psychotherapy & Counseling
PSY-403 Internship (6-8 Weeks) Credit Hours: 03
PSY- 404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03
Cognitive Psychology:
History, method and paradigm
Basic Processes:
Perceiving object and recognizing patterns
Paying attention
Forming and using new memory traces
Retrieving memories from long term storage
Representation and organization of knowledge
Narrative and autobiographical memory
Memory for general knowledge
Concepts and categorization
Visual imagery
Use and manipulation of information
Language
Thinking and problem solving
Reasoning
Making decisions
Individual and situational differences in cognition
Cognitive development through adolescence
Individual and gender differences in cognition
Cognition in cross-cultural perspective
Book Recommended:
Galotti, K.M,. (1999) Cognitive Psychology in and out of the laboratory, 2nd Ed. Wads worth.
PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03
Introduction
o Definition and Scope
o Religious Faith, Intrinsic and Extrinsic orientation
o Fundamentals of Islam and their psychological significance
Islamic Vs Modern Concepts of Mental Health
o Perspective of Muslim philosophers
o Integrated personality (Al-Ghastly, IBM Arabia, Shahwaliullah, Roomi and Iqbal)
o Western criteria of mental health
o Personality Development in Islam
o Muslim concept of man with especial reference to Ghzali and Razi
o Shahwaliullahs concept of individual and society: Typology
Historical background of Muslim Psychology: Survey of Muslim
o Contribution to Psychology, Differences between Shariat and Tariqat
o Concept of abnormality in Islam (Psychological closeness to God).
o Doctrine of Tasauwuf with reference to Sufi Sacruts
o Comparison with Modern Psychology
o Kohibergs Moral Development and its relationship to religious techniques
o Educational System Prevalent in Pakistani Culture (institutions)
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-
1. Ajmal, M, (1983), Muslim Contribution to Psychotherapy, Institute of Psychology,
Quaid-e-Azam University Islamabad
2. Ali Azhar Rizvi, (2001), Muslim Psychology, Lahore Book Deput
3. Sharif, M.M, (2007), A History of Muslim Philosophy, Royal Book Company
4. Nasar Husain, (2001), History of Muslim Philosophy, Routledge
5. Azeemi Khawja Shams-Ud-Din, (2003), Meditation, BZU Press Multan
PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to Child Psychology
o Nature and Aims
o Methods
o Cross-Sectional and Longitudinal Approaches
The Nature of Childhood
o Historical Perspective
o Child as miniature adult
o Child as victim
o Cultural Perspective
o Variations in Child rearing Practices
o Individualistic and Collectivistic Orientations
o Personality Development viewed cross-cultural
Beginning Life
o Our Inheritance
o From Conception to Birth
o The Newborn’s Adjustment to the world
o Forming Relationships
o The Nature of Relationships
o Family
o Developing Attachments
o Relationships among Peers
Emotional Development
o Nature and Functions of Emotions
o Children’s Concept of Emotion
o Socialization of Emotions
o Emotional Competence
Piaget’s Theory of Cognitive Development
o Aims and Methods
o Stages of Cognitive Development
o Pros and Cons of Piagetion Theory
Child as Apprentice Vygotsky’s Theory of Socio-Cognitive Development
o From other assistance to self-assistance
o Evaluation
Children as Information Processors
o Modeling Mental Activity
o The Nature of Thought
o Organizing the Mind
o Memorizing
o Thinking about People
Using Language
o Nature and functions of language
o Developmental course of language
o Impairing language acquisition
Towards Adulthood
o Becoming a Person
o Continuity and Change
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Schaffer, H. (2004). Introducing Child Psychology, Blackwell Publishing
2. Parke, R. & Locke, V. (2003). Child Psychology: A Contemporary Viewpoint. McGraw
Hill
PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03
Introduction:
Aims and scope Brief History Role of a Forensic Psychologist Perspectives of Forensic Psychology
Assessment and Intervention Status of Forensic Psychology in the World Status of Forensic Psychology
in Pakistan.
Recommended Books
Aamodt, M. (2004).Applied industrial/organizational
psychology. (4th ed.). UK: Wadsworth, a division of Thompson Learning. Baron, R. A. (2004).Social
psychology (10th ed.). UK: Pearson Education. Bartol, C. R. (2012).Introduction to forensic psychology:
Research
and application. SAGE publications Inc. Cox. H, R. (2007). Sports psychology: Concepts and
applications. (6thed.). McGraw Hill Companies. Fulero, S. M., &Wrightsman. (2009). Forensic
Psychology (3rd ed.). Australia: Wadsworth. Gelso, C.&Fretz, B. (2001).Counseling psychology:
Practices, issues, and intervention. USA: Harcourt, Inc. Hurlock, E. (1980). Developmental psychology:
A life span
approach. (5thed.). TATA McGrawhill. Kaur, R. (2006). Child psychology: New trends &innovations.
India: Deep and Deep Publications PVT, Ltd Kring, A. M. (2010). Abnormal psychology (11th ed.). UK:
John Wiley and Sons. Levin, M., & Perkins, D. D. (2004).Principles of community
psychology: Perspectives and
applications (3rd ed.). USA: Oxford University Press. Singh, P. (2004). Organizational psychology.India:
Centrum Press.
PSY-408 Human Resource Management (Optional) Credit Hours: 03
Changing Nature of Human Resource Management
o Nature of Human Resource Management
o Human Resource Management Challenges
o Human Resource Management and Careers
Strategic Human Resource Management
o Human Resource as a core competency
o Human Resource planning
o Managing Human Resource surplus or shortage
o Human Resource performance and Bench Marking
o Human Resource information system
Managing Diversity and equal employment (EEO)
o Diversity Training
o EEO issues and Race, national Origin and Citizenship
o Sexual harassment and work place relationship
o Individuals with disabilities in the work force
Job Analysis
o Nature of Job Analysis
o Stages in Job Analysis
o Method of Job Analysis
o Job Description and Job Specification
Recruitment
o Strategic recruiting decisions
o Internal Vs external recruiting
o Recruiting evaluation
Selection and Placement
o The Selection Process
o Selection Testing and Interview
o Background investigation
Training Human Resources
o Nature of Training
o Training Needs Assessment
o Training design and delivery
o Training Evaluation
Career Development
o Developing Human Resources
o Development needs analysis
o Succession Planning
o Management Development
Performance Management and Appraisal
o Identifying and Measuring employee performance
o Use of performance appraisal
o Who conducts appraisal?
o Methods for appraisal performance
o Rates Errors
o Appraisal Feed back
Compensation Strategies and Practices
o Nature of Compensation
o Pay Structures
o Development of Basic Pay System
Benefits
o Nature and types of benefits
o Security and retirements benefits
o Health care benefits
o Benefits administration
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Mathis, R., & Jackson, J. (2007). Human Resource Management, Thomson
2. Casico Wayne F, (2005). Managing Human Resources, McGraw Hill
3. R.Wayne Mody, Robert M. Neo, (2008) 7th ed. Human Resource management, Prentice
Hall Inc.
**********
BS 8th Semester
Course Code Course Title Credit Hrs.
PSY-451 Women Psychology 03
PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance 03
PSY-453 Thesis 03
PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) 03
PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) 03
PSY-456 Military Psychology ( Optional) 03
PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional) 03
PSY-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management (Optional) 03
Total 15
PSY-451 Women Psychology Credit Hours: 03
Global-Multicultural psychology of women
o Feminity and Masculinity
o Stereotyping and Discrimination
o Prejudice
Growing Up Female
o Sexual differentiation
o Rearing
o Female Physiology
Theories of Feminity
o Sigmund Freud
o Keren Horney
o Nancy Chodorow
o Social Learning theories
Getting the Message
o Self-Confidence
o Assertiveness
o Entitlement
o Use of Power by females
Communication and Friendships
o Verbal Communication
o Non-Verbal Communication
o Friendship between Women
o Diversity in Women’s Friends
o Women’s friendship with men
Family and intimate relationship
o Content of intimate relationship
o Couple bond
o Families and Parenthood
Women at Work
o Job, Family and house hold tasks
o Equity and Discrimination
o Sexual Harassment in the workplace
o Stress
Physical Health, Mental Health of Women
o Women’s Strength and Fitness
o Women and Physical Illness around the world
o Depression in Women
o Psycho Therapy
Violence against women
o Dating Violence
o Husbands abusing Wifes
o Rape
o Torture of Women
o Strategies to protect women
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Lips, H. (2006). A New Psychology of Women, 3rd ed. Quebeeon World Toirffield Inc
2. Lee, J and Shaw, S. (2004). Women’s Woices, Feministivisim, 2nd ed. McGraw Hill Inc
PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance Credit Hours: 03
1. Tolerance: Definition features and Range.
2. Tolerance, Acceptance and understanding.
3. Comparing communication in culture with high and low tolerance for ambiguity. Tolerance and
social anxiety tolerance and Islam.
4. The psychology of social and cultural diversity, inter group and outer group evaluation:
multicultural approaches and factors on recognition.
5. Psychological implication:
Personality development: Age, Gender moral values. Tolerance in youth.
Brain Activity and mental health.
Social psychology support and training.
6. Drugs/Substance related disorders and Tolerance, Tolerance limit Tolerance level.
Types of tolerance
7. How Psychology help to promote tolerance.
Intervention that target social charge.
Promote diversity, perception and social inclusion.
Engage people
Facilitate cultural assimilation in communication.
Recommended Books:
1. Distress tolerance; theory research and clinical application (2011) Michal J. alonsky, Amit
Bernstein, Anka A Vujanavie Guldord Press: USA
2. Co-operation, tolerance and Prejudice A contribution to social and medical Psychology. Samuel
Lawy (1948), Digital Print 2007, Social Psychology Vol: 7
3. Tolerance in 21st century prospect and challenges (2006) Gerson Moreno-Riano Lexington
Book USA.
PSY-453 Thesis Credit Hours: 03
PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03
Introduction to Criminology
o Concept of crime and criminal law
o Elements of crime
o Concept of law
o Source of law
Measurement of Crimes
o Perception of Crime
o Emergence of Scientific criminology
o Source of Crime data
o Characteristics of Offenders
o Characteristics of Victims
Biological explanation of Criminal Behavior
o Phrenology
o Neurological Factors
o Neuro Chemistry
o Genetics
Psychological Explanations of Criminal Behavior
o Mid and Crime
o Psychiatric Approach
o Personality Theory
o Cognitive Development Theory
o Learning Theory
Sociological Theories of Criminal Behavior
o Ecological Theories
o Anomie
o Study of Gangs
o Subculture Theories
o Caballing Theories
Types of Crimes
o Violent Crimes
o Property Crimes
o Organized Crimes
o Terrorism
Corrections in Community
o Diversion
o Parole
o Megan’s Laws
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Willium, K. (2004). Textbook on Criminology, 5th ed. Oxford University Press.
2. Reid, S. (1997). Crime and Criminology. McGraw Hill Inc.
PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03
- Basic Issues in Person environment Relationship.
- Effects of Environmental Stressors-Temperature.
- Humidity Pollution.
- Chemical.
- Noise.
- Population Density.
- Urbanization & Crowding.
- Territoriality.
- Privacy & Personal Space.
- Application of Environmental Psychology.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Veitch R & Ark Klein D., Environmental Psychology, Prentice Hall NJ, 1995.
PSY-456 Military Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03
Introduction
o Use of Psychology during two world wars
o Psychology and Military
Vision
o Structure and function of eye
o Color Blinders
o Camouflage, Counter camouflage
Hearing
o Structure and function of ear
o Role of smell in war, sensitivity
o Equilibrium and body orientation
o Topographical orientation
Efficiency
o Efficiency and work habits
o Boredom
o Effects of environmental conditions on efficiency
Selection and Recruitment
o Psychological assessment of army personal
o Army’s general classification test
o Aptitude Tests
Motives
o Needs
o Psychological Mechanism
o Frustration
Morale
o Determinists of Morale
o Effects of De-morale
Adjustment
o Factors of adjustment in army
o Defence escape mechanism
o Mental breakdown
Learning
o Learning and practice
o Theories of Learning
o Problem solving patterns
o Effective methods of teaching in army
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Borny, E. G. (1975). Psychology for the armed forces
2. Segal, D. R.., & Goldman, N. (1976). The Social Psychology of Military Psychology
PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional ) Credit Hours: 03
Overview
o Past, Present and Future of Parapsychology
General Characteristics of PSI-Phenomena
Telepathy
o State of Cholinergia and Andrenergia
o Telepathic network and unconscious relays
o The dynamic centre of mobile consciousness
Altered state of consciousness
o Precognition
o Hypothesis
Clairvoyance
o Percognition
o Premonition
Psychokinesis, sub-conscious mind and psychic energy
Human aura
Psychometry (object reading)
Automatic writing
Medium ship
OOBE (Out of body experience) and astral projection
Mirror and crystal ball gazing
Metaphysical healing
Visualization
BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -
1. Berande, S. (1986). The limits of influence; New York: Routledge & Kegan
2. Broughton, R. (1992). Parapsychology and contemporary sciences; New York: Consultant
3. Durbou, A. (1982). Parapsychology and contemporary sciences; New York: Counsultant
4. Ehrenwald, J. (1978). The ESP experience; New York: Basic Books
5. Freeman, J. (1975). The Master Key; Washington: Unity Books
6. Greenhouse, H. (1972). The Book of Psychic Knowledge; London: Cargi Books
7. Kastenbaum, R. (1982). Death Society and Human Experiences, London: Charles E, Merrill
8. Leshan, L. (1974). Clairvoyant Reality; London: Turnstone Press
9. Mody, R. (1977). Life after Life; Corgi Books
10. Murphy, G. (1961). William James on Psychical Research; London: Chatto & Windus
11. Puharich, A. (1984). Beyond Telepathy; London: Souvenir Press
12. Randall, J.L. (1984). Parapsychology; New York: Harper & Row
13. Smith, B. (1982). Meditation; London: George Allen & Unwind
Psy-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management Credit Hours: 03
1. Basic Human Behavior – (S-O-R)
2. Theories and concept about behavior Classical and operant conditioning
3. Stimulus Central of behavior, motivation and reinforcement Information and decision
4. Target behavior and nature of organism
5. Theory and practice of behavior modification reinforcement in motivation
6. Applied behavior assessment Research case, research design, Data evolution program development and
learning process.
7. Competencies in critical analyzing behavior
8. Behavior analytical research proposal caring out behavior research in the field. writing applied
research/treatment report
9. Behavioral intervention in the children
10. Behavioral modification for various type of clients and mental abnormalities
11. Assertion training, systematic desemitizating, Bio food training cognition restricting, modeling and
aversive method.
BOOKSRECOMMENDED Gambrill, E. D. (1977). Behaviour modification: Handbook of assessment, intervention and evaluation.
London: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Martin, G., & Pear, J. (1983). Behavior modification: What it is and how
to doit. (2nd ed.). New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Miltenberger, R. G. (1997). Behaviour modification:
Principles and procedures. New York: Brooks / Cole publishing Company. 54 Spiegler, M. D., &
Guevremont, D. C. (1998). Contemporary behaviour
therapy. (3rd ed.). London: Brooks / Cole Publishing Company. Turner, S. M., Calhoun, K. S., & Adams,
H. E. (1981). Handbook of clinical behaviour therapy. New York: John Wiley & Sons.
CURRICULUM OF SOCIOLOGY
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN
BS Sociology Program Scheme of Studies
From 2017 Onwards
Duration: 4 year (8th Semester) Total Credit Hours: 133
1st SEMESTER
Course Code Course Title Credits
ENG-101 ENGLISH-I 3+0
PAKS-101 PAKISTAN STUDIES 2+0
STAT-101 MATHEMATICS /STAT-I 3+0
PSY-101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 3+0
GSCI-101 EVERYDAY SCIENCE 3+0
SOC-101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 3+0
17
2nd SEMESTER
Course Code Course Title Credits
ENG-102 ENGLISH-II 3+0
ISL-101 ISLAMIC STUDIES 2+0
STAT-102 SOCIAL STATISTICS 3+0
SOC-151 SOCIAL WORK 3+0
ECON-101 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS 3+0
SOC-152 SOCIAL THOUGHT 3+0
17
3rd SEMESTER
Course Code Course Title Credits
ENG-201 ENGLISH III 3+0
COMP-101 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER 3+0
POL-101 POLITICAL SCIENCE 3+0
ENV-101 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 3+0
SOC-201 CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES 3+0
15
4th SEMESTER
Course Code Course Title Credits
ENG-202 ENGLISH-IV 3+0
LAW-101 INTRODUCTION TO LAW 3+0
SOC-251 CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 3+0
SOC-252 PAKISTANI SOCIETY AND CULTURE 3+0
SOC-253 GENDER STUDIES 3+0
15
5th Semester
Course Code Course Title Credits
SOC-301 CRIMINOLOGY 3+0
SOC-302 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 3+1
SOC-303 SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT 3+0
SOC-304 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 3+1
MGT-306 PROJECT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT 3+0
17
6TH SEMESTER
Course Code Course Title Credits
SOC-351 RESEARCH DESIGN AND SOCIOMETRY 3+0
SOC-352 ANTHROPOLOGY 3+0
SOC-353 POPULATION STUDIES 3+1
SOC-354 RURAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0
SOC-355 URBAN SOCIOLOGY 3+0
16
7th SEMESTER
Course Code Course Title Credits
SOC-401 SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE 3+0
SOC-402 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0
SOC-403 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION 3+0
SOC-404 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0
SOC-405 RESEARCH PROJECT INTERNSHIP 3+0
MGT-307 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND HRD 3+0
18
8th SEMESTER
Course Code Course Title Credits
SOC-451 SOCIAL CHANGE AND TRANSFORMATION 3+0
SOC-452 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 3+0
SOC-453 SOCIOLOGY OF GLOBALIZATION 3+0
SOC-454 CLINICAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0
SOC-455 SOCIOLOGY OF LAW AND HUMAN RIGHTS 3+0
SOC-456 RESEARCH PROJECT/ INTERNSHIP 3+0
18
SUB TOTAL 133
English I
BS Sociology
Course Code: ENG- 101, Semester-1
Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.
Course Contents
Basics of Grammar
Parts of speech and use of articles
Sentence structure, active and passive voice
Practice in unified sentence
Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure
Transitive and intransitive verbs
Punctuation and spelling
Comprehension
Answers to questions on a given text
Discussion
General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of
the teacher keeping in view the level of students)
Listening
To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers
Translation skills
Urdu to English
Paragraph writing
Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher
Presentation skills
Introduction
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
Recommended books:
1. Functional English
a) Grammar
1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1.
Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492
2. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2.
Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506
b) Writing
1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise
Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405
7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.
c) Reading/Comprehension
1. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford
Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.
d) Speaking
PAKISTAN STUDIES
BS Sociology
Course Code: PAKS- 101, Semester-1
Introduction/Objectives
Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan,
ideological background of Pakistan.
Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age
and posing challenges to Pakistan.
Course Outline
1. Historical Perspective
a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad
Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah.
b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism
c. People and Land
i. Indus Civilization
ii. Muslim advent
iii. Location and geo-physical features.
2. Government and Politics in Pakistan
Political and constitutional phases:
a. 1947-58
b. 1958-71
c. 1971-77
d. 1977-88
e. 1988-99
f. 1999 onward
3. Contemporary Pakistan
a. Economic institutions and issues
b. Society and social structure
c. Ethnicity
d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges
e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan
Books Recommended
1. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980.
2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis.
Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993.
4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994.
5. Wilcox, Wayne.The Emergence of Banglades., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute
of Public Policy Research, 1972.
6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road,
nd.
7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy
Studies, Islamabad.
8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson & sons
Ltd, 1980.
9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980.
10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National
Institute of Historical and cultural Research, 1998.
11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967.
12. Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and
Cultural Research, 1976.
13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987.
14. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National
Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1993.
SOCIAL STATISTICS
BS Sociology
Course Code: STAT- 101, Semester-1
Unit 1. What is Statistics?
Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics,
Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant
digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing
of Data. Exercises.
Unit 2. Presentation of Data
Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency
distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their
Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve,
Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types
of frequency curves. Exercises.
Unit 3. Measures of Central Tendency
Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation
between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages.
properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of
outliers and their detection. Exercises.
Unit 4. Measures of Dispersion
Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean
Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the
standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation,
Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises.
Unit 5. Probability and Probability Distributions.
Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution.
Exercises
Unit 6. Sampling and Sampling Distributions
Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors,
sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling,
Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and
proportions. Exercises.
Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing
Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II
errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general
procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises.
Unit 8. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and
proportion for small and large samples, Exercises
Unit 9. Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population
means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table.
Exercises
Unit 10. Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes
Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of
attributes. Exercises.
Unit 11. Regression and Correlation
Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation
of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear
correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its
parameters. Examples
Recommended Books
1 Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc.
New York.
2 Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana
Bazar Faisalabad.
Note: General Courses from other Departments
Details of courses may be developed by the concerned universities according to their
Selection of Courses as recommended by their Board of Studies.
Course Name: Introduction to Psychology
Basic and Social Sciences
Course Code: PSY- 101, Semester-1
Course Outline: Historical Background of Psychology
Greek Period
Development of Psychology as a Science
Schools of Psychology
Perspectives in Psychology
Research Methods in Psychology
Observation Method (Introspection, External Observation)
Survey Method
Interview Method
Case Study Method
Biological Basis of Behavior
Nervous System
Central Nervous System
Brain and Spinal Cord
Autonomic Nervous System
Sympathetic Nervous System
Sympathetic Nervous System
Sensation
Five Senses
Structure and Function of Eye
Structure and Function of Ear
Structure and Function of Nose
Structure and Function of Tongue
Structure and Function of Skin
Perception
Definition
Depth perception
Laws of Perceptual Organization
Attention
Definition
Span of Attention
Fluctuation in Attention
Conditions of Attention
Learning
Nature of Learning
Types of Learning
Classical Conditioning
Instrumental Conditioning
Fearing by Trail and Error
Learning by Insight
Learning by Imitation
Learning by Modeling
Vicarious Conditioning
Motivation
Nature of Motives
Instincts
Drive and Drive Level
Types of Motives
Maslow’s Theory of Motivation
Herzberg Theory of Motivation
Atkinson’s Theory of Motivation
Emotion
Nature of Emotions
Expression of Emotions
Psychology of Emotion
Cannon Bard Theory of Emotion
Singer Schacstea Theory of Emotion
Memory
Sensory Memory
Short term Memory
Long term Memory
Process of Memory
Retention, Recall, Recognition
Impact of Learning on Memory
Suggested Books
Edward, E. Smith Nolen-Hoeksema & Barbava, L. (2003) Introduction to Psychology 14th
Ed.
Robin, K & Orew, W(2005) Psychology, 4thEd. New York
Robert, E. Feldman, (2006) Understanding Psychology, 5th Ed. New York.
Murphy G. & Korach, J.K (2007) Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology
Sahakian W.S. (1976) History and System of Psychology
Wolmen, B.B (Latest Ed.) Contemporary Theories in System in Psychology
Schultz D.P & Schultz, S.E (1996) A History of Modern Psychology
Everyday Science
BS Sociology
Course Code: GSCI- 101, Semester-1
Physical Science Universe and cosmos, Big Bang and the expanding un verse, Age of universe, Black holes,
Galaxy, Milky way, Stars, Solar System.
Earth Sciences
Structure of earth, Magnetic field, Atmosphere and life, Plate techonics, Drifting
continents, Minerals, Continental shelf, Earth quakes, volcanoes, Hurricanes, Humicam, cyclones,
Hurricanes.
Physics
The nature of matter, Atomic no. and Atomic mass, Symbol and isotopes. Quantum theory,
Nucleus of an atom, Quark, Radioactivity, Half life and radioactive dating, Hook’s Law,
Elastically the Kinetic theory of gases, Solutions, Mixtures, Compounds, Freezing of water,
Thermodynamics.
Chemistry
The atomic theory of Matter, Atomic, Elements, Molecules, Compounds and mixtures,
Chemical symbols and Chemical bonding, Chemical reactions, Coil, age metals, Barbon and
Carbon cycle, Fertilizers, Soaps and Detergents.
Biological Sciences
Basis of life, Classification of animals, Classification of man, major animal groups, Cell,
Genes, Nucleic acids, Proteins, Enzymes, Metabolism. Biochemical energy, Hormones and
endocrine glands, chemical nature of hormones, Vaccines, Antibiotics, Photosynthesis, Respirator.
Human Physiology and Anatomy
Bones and muscles, digestive System, Circulatory System Excretory System, Nervous
system.
Environment Science
Atmosphere, Ozone depletion, Pollution, Acid Rain.
Reading List
Fundamentals of Physics (4th Ed.) by Haliday, Resnick Walhen
Physics by Resnick, Walken, Halliday
Concepts of Modern Physics by Arthur Beisen
General Science Student Edition. AGS publishing (2004)
Zoology. 5th Ed. By Miller and Harley
INTRODUCTIONS TO SOCIOLOGY
Course Code: SOC 101, Semester-1
Objectives: The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the
discipline. The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and
structures, socio-economic changes and social processes. The course will provide due foundation
for further studies in the field of sociology.
Course outline
1. Introduction
a. Definition, Scope and subject Matter
b. Sociology as a Science
c. Historical back ground of sociology
2. Basic concepts
a. Group, Community, Society
b. Associations
i. Non-Voluntary
ii. Voluntary
c. Organization
i. Informal
ii. Formal
d. Social Interaction
i. Levels of Social Interaction
ii. Process of social interaction
a) Cooperation
b) Competition
c) Conflict
d) Accommodation
e) Acculturation and diffusion
f) Assimilation
g) Amalgamation
3. Social groups
a. Definition & Functions
b. Types of social groups
i. In and out groups
ii. Primary and secondary group
iii. Reference groups
iv. Informal and formal groups
v. Pressure groups
4. Culture
a. Definition, aspects and characteristics of culture
i. Material and non material culture
ii. Ideal and real culture
b. Elements of culture
i. Beliefs
ii. Values
iii. Norms and social sanctions
c. Organizations of culture
i. Traits
ii. Complexes
iii. Patterns
iv. Ethos
v. Theme
d. Other related concepts
i. Cultural Relativism
ii. Sub cultures
iii. Ethnocentrism and Egocentrism
iv. Cultural lag
5. Socialization & Personality
a. Personality, Factors in Personality Formation
b. Impact of tolerance on an individual’s personality
c. Socialization, Agencies of Socialization
d. Role & Status
6. Deviance and social control
a. Deviance and its types
b. Social control and its need
c. Forms of Social control
d. Methods & Agencies of Social control
7. Collective Behavior
a. Role of tolerance in collective behavior
b. Crowd behavior
c. Public opinion
d. Public opinion
e. Propaganda
f. Social movements
g. Leadership
English-II
BS Sociology
Course Code: ENG- 102, Semester II Objectives: Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs.
Course Contents
Paragraph writing
Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph
Essay writing
Introduction
CV and job application
Translation skills
Urdu to English
Study skills
Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis
writing and comprehension
Academic skills
Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet
Presentation skills
Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation)
Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review
Recommended books:
Communication Skills
a) Grammar
1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third
edition. Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN 0 19 431350 6.
b) Writing
1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise
Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019 435405
7 Pages 45-53 (note taking).
2. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills.
Fourth Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435406 5 (particularly good for writing
memos, introduction to presentations, descriptive and argumentative writing).
c) Reading
1. Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary
Skills. Third Impression 1991. ISBN 0 19 453403 0.
2. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan
3. Study Skills by Riachard Yorky.
ISLAMIC STUDIES
BS Sociology
Course Code: ISL- 101, Semester II Objectives:
This course is aimed at:
1 To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies
2 To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization
3 To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships
4 To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious
life.
Detail of Courses
Introduction to Quranic Studies
1) Basic Concepts of Quran
2) History of Quran
3) Uloom-ul -Quran
Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286)
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi
(Verse No-1-18)
3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11)
4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77)
5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154)
Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58.)
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment
3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I
1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood)
2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II
1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina
3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina
Introduction to Sunnah
1) Basic Concepts of Hadith
2) History of Hadith
3) Kinds of Hadith
4) Uloom –ul-Hadith
5) Sunnah & Hadith
6) Legal Position of Sunnah
Selected Study from Text of Hadith
Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law
5) Islam and Sectarianism
Islamic Culture & Civilization
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization
2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization
3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization
4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues
Islam & Science
1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science
2) Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science
3) Quranic & Science
Islamic Economic System
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System
2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics
3) Islamic Concept of Riba
4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce
Political System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System
2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty
3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam
Islamic History
1) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida
2) Period of Ummayyads
3) Period of Abbasids
Social System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam
2) Elements of Family
3) Ethical Values of Islam
Reference Books:
1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI, Islamabad
2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”
3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam
4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,”
5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication
Islamabad, Pakistan.
6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research
Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)
7) Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”
Islamic Book Service (1982)
8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep
Publications New Delhi (1989)
9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama
Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)
SOCIAL STATISTICS
BS Sociology
Course Code: STAT- 102, Semester II Unit 1. What is Statistics?
Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics,
Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant
digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing
of Data. Exercises.
Unit 2. Presentation of Data
Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency
distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their
Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve,
Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types
of frequency curves. Exercises.
Unit 3. Measures of Central Tendency
Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation
between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages.
properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of
outliers and their detection. Exercises.
Unit 4. Measures of Dispersion
Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The
Mean Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale,
Interpretation of the standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance
and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises.
Unit 5. Probability and Probability Distributions.
Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution.
Exercises
Unit 6. Sampling and Sampling Distributions
Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors,
sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling,
Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and
proportions. Exercises.
Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing
Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II
errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general
procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises.
Unit 8. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and
proportion for small and large samples, Exercises
Unit 9. Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of
population means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and
ANOVA Table. Exercises
Unit 10. Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes
Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of
attributes. Exercises.
Unit 11. Regression and Correlation
Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation
of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear
correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its
parameters. Examples
Recommended Books
1 Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc.
New York.
2 Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana
Bazar Faisalabad.
Note: General Courses from other Departments
Details of courses may be developed by the concerned universities according to their
Selection of Courses as recommended by their Board of Studies.
SOCIAL THOUGHT
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 152, Semester-II
Objective
The course will provide familiarity about history of social thought, stages of social
development and change. The course will emphasize contributions of Western, Eastern and
Muslim Thinkers towards social thought and social development.
Course outline
1. Introduction
a. Historical Development of Social Philosophy
2. Early Social Thought
a. Folk Thinking
b. Greek
c. Egyptian
d. Babylonian
e. Chinese
f. Indian Social Thought
3. Contribution of Muslim Thinkers in Social thought
a. Abuzaz Ghafari
i. Wealth Theory
b. Imam Ghazali
i. Causes of group life
ii. Social justice
iii. Educational reforms
c. Ibn-E-Khuldun
i. Philosophy of history
ii. Science of culture
iii. Ethnocentrism
iv. Rise & fall of nations
v. Causes of social life
d. Shah Waliullah
i. Evolution of society
ii. Causes of social life
iii. Societal disease
iv. Concept of perfect society
e. Moulana Ubedullah Sindhi
i. Basic Human Ethics
f. Allama Iqbal
i. Concept of self
ii. Theory of religion
Recommended books
1. Barnes, H.E. (Ed.) 1966. An introduction to the History of Sociology. Chicago: The
University of Chicago Press.
2. Bogardus, Emory S. 1960. The Development of Social thought 4th ed. NewYork:
Longmans, Green & Co.
3. Coser, Lewis A. 1971. Masters of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical and Social
Context. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publishers.
4. Coser, Lowis A. 1977. Masters of Sociological Thought, New York: Harcourt Brace
Jovanarich Publisher.
5. Kinlock, Graham C. 1987. Sociological Theory: Its Development and Major Paradigms.
New York: McGraw Hill Inc.
6. Keat, Russel and John Urry. 1982. Social Theory as Science. London: Routledge and
Kegan Paul Ltd.
7. Ritzer, George. 2000. Sociological Theory. 5th ed. York: McGraw Hill Book Co.
8. Turner J.H. 2003. The Structure of Sociological Theory. 7th ed. Australia: Thomson
Wadsworth
9. Zeitlin, Irving M. 1981. Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory. New
Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc.
10. Turner, J.H. 1987. The Structure of Sociological Theory Homewood Illinois: Dorsey Press.
11. Ritzer, George, 1988. Sociological Theory. Singapore: McGraw Hill.
12. Coser, L.A. 1971. Maste of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical Social Context. New
York, Harcourt Brace.
13. Dubin Robert. 1978. Theory Building. New York: Maxwell, Macmillan.
ENGLISH III
BS Sociology
Course Code: ENG- 201, Semester-III
Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking
Course Contents
Presentation skills
Essay writing
Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative
Academic writing
How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper
How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form,
clarity, consistency)
Technical Report writing
Progress report writing
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
Recommended books
Technical Writing and Presentation Skills
a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing
1. Writing, Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills, Third Impression
1992 ISBN 0 19 435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive,
argumentative and report writing).
2. College Writing Skills by John Langan, Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.
3. Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R.
Mandell. St. Martin’s Press.
b) Presentation Skills
c) Reading
The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compliled by norther Illinois University,
General Editiors: Janice Neulib: Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephere Ruffus and Maurice
Scharton. (A reader which will give students exposure to the best of twentieth century
literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students).
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER
BS Sociology
Course Code: COMP- 101, Semester-III
Course Contents
1. Introduction to Computer, Characteristics, Components
2. History, Generation, Computer System, Basic Machine Organization
3. Types of Computer, Hardware & Software, Machine Cycle, Instruction Cycle
4. Introduction of Internet, Types of ISP, Uses of Internet, Advantage & Disadvantage of
Internet
5. Application Software
6. Practical MS-Office, Internet Applications
7. System Unit and its Components, Motherboard, Types of CPU, System Clock
8. Types of RAM and ROM, Buses, Registers
9. Storage Devices, Types, Functions of Operating System
10. System Software and its Types
11. Operating System, Types, Functions of Operating System
12. Input and Output Devices
13. Utility Programs
14. Data Communication and Networks
15. Types of Computer Networks and Architecture of Networks
16. Network Topologies Protocols, Communication Devices
Books Recommended
1. Rajmohan Joshi. Introduction to computer.
2. Kirishna Kant, M. M. Srinivasan. Introduction to computer system performance evolution.
3. Helene G. Kershner. Introduction to computer literacy.
4. D. Ravichandran. Introduction to computer and communication.
POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY
BS Sociology
Course Code: ENG- 201, Semester-III
Course Contents
1. Meaning and Scope of Political Sociology
2. The Study of Social and Political Behaviour
3. Social Classification, Social Stratification: Status Power, Symbols
4. Political Socialization Role of Family, Tribe, Race, Education and Religion
5. Political Communication: Information Media, Press, Modes of Political Communication
and Control
6. Rural Urban Cultural Patterns: Socio-Political Sociology
7. Public Opinion: Nature, Formation, Role Measurement of Public Opinion
8. Individual and Collective Political Behaviour, Determinants-Modes, Including Anomic
Political Behaviour.
Books Recommended
1. Michael Rush and Philip Althoff. An Introduction to Political Sociology
2. W.G. Runciaman, Social Science and Political Theory
3. Oran R. Young. System of Political Science
4. Karl W. Deutsch. The Nerves of Government: Models of Political Communication and
Control
5. Lucian W. Pye ed. Communication and Political Development
6. Parsons Talcott The Structure of Social Action
ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIOLOGY
BS Sociology
Course Code: ENV- 101, Semester-III
Course Overview and Goals:
The course aims to learn about environmental sociology and explore the relationship between
human societies and the larger natural environment of which they are a part. It also reviews the
history of resource use, wilderness preservation, pollution, various environmental movements,
and other developments with significant ecological implications.
Course Contents:
Introduction:
i. Definition and Concepts of Environmental Sociology
ii. Scope and Importance of Environmental Sociology
Industrialization or Capitalism
i. Ecological Conditions before the Industrial Revolution
ii. The Environment at the Time of the Industrial Revolution.
The Modern Economy and its Ecological Implications
i. Expansion and Conservation
ii. Imperialism and Ecology
Consumer Society
i. Consumption and Materialism
ii. The Fetishism of the Commodity and its Secret
iii. The State of Consumption Today
iv. Modern Environmentalism
The Origins of Modern Environmentalism
i. The Ideology of Scientific Conservationism
ii. The Growth of the Wilderness Idea
A New Paradigm Emerges
i. The Ecology of Affluence
ii. Sixties Seedtime
Environmental Movements
i. Environmental Movements in Taiwan
ii. Environmental Movements in Thailand
iii. Environmental Movements in the Philippines
iv. Culture and Asian Styles of Environmental Movements
Exploring Environmental Problems/Issues
i. Air Pollution
ii. Water Pollution
iii. Noise Pollution
iv. Depletion of Ozone layer
Social Justice and environmental issues
i. Gender, Justice, and Environmental Issues
ii. Race, Justice, and Environmental Issue
iii. Social Class, Justice, and Environmental Issues
Causes of Environmental Disruption:
i. The state and policy: Imperialism,
ii. Exclusion and ecological violence as state policy
iii. The science of nature and the nature of science
Recommended Books:
1. Bell, Michael Mayerfeld (2004). An Invitation to Environmental Sociology. Thousand
2. Bell, Michael Mayerfeld. 2004. An Invitation to Environmental Sociology. Thousand Oaks,
California: Pine Forge Press.
3. Brown, Janet W., Pamela S. Chasek, and Gareth Porter. 2000. Global Environmental
Politics. Boulder,
4. Brown, Lester R. 2001. "Eradicating Hunger." Pp. 43-62 in State of the World 2001, edited
by Lester R.
5. Drew. 1996. "Ecology and the Common Good: Catholic Social Teaching and
Environmental Colorado: Westview Press.
6. Environment, Development and Social Movements. London and New York: Routledge.
7. Eric Darier (ed.) (1999). Discourses of the Environment. Malden, Penn:
8. Frey, R. Scott , R. Scott (ed.) (2001). The Environment and Society Reader. Boston,
9. Frey, R. Scott. 2001. "Environmental Problems from the Local to the Global." Pp. 4-25 in
The Environment
10. Gardner, Gary, Erik Assadourian, and Radhika Sarin. 2004. "The State of Consumption
Today." Pp. 3-21 in State of the World 2004, edited by Linda Starke. Washington: World
Watch Institute.
11. Gardner, Gary. 2003. "Engaging Religion in the Quest for a Sustainable World." Pp. 152-
176 in State of the World 2003, edited by Linda Starke. Washington: World watch Institute.
12. Gunter, Valerie and S. K. Smith (2007). Volatile Places: A Sociology of communities and
Haven: Yale University Press.
13. Humphrey, C. R., T. L. Lewis, and F. H. Buttel (2003). Environment, Energy, and Joseph
Murphy and Maurie J. Cohen. New York: Pergamon.
14. Ken Conca, GeofFrey, R. Scott D. Dabelko (eds.) (2004). Green planet blues :London,
Toronto: Allyn and Bacon.
15. Murphy, Joseph, and Maurie J. Cohen. 2001. "Consumption, Environment, and Public
Policy." Pp. 3-17 in Exploring Sustainable Consumption: Environmental Policy and the
Social Sciences.
16. Murphy, Raymond. 1994. Rationality and Nature: A Sociological Inquiry into a hanging
Relationship.
17. Narayanan, Vasudha. 2001. "Water, Wood, and Wisdom: Ecological Perspectives from the
Hindu Oaks: Pine Forge.
18. Paehlke, Robert C. (1989). Environmentalism and the future progressive politics. New
Press.
19. Richard Peet, and Michael Watts (eds.) (2004). Liberation Ecologies, Second Edition:
Society: Exemplary Works. Thomson.
20. Sale, Kirkpatrick. 1993. The Green Revolution: The American Environmental
CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 201, Semester-III
Objective:
The course provides a review of classical sociological theorists to contemporary
sociological thinking. It focuses on the content and utility of classical theories in terms of
understanding social world. While the course provides a general history of sociological theory,
the focus remains on examining how classical theories have provided the basis for a better
understanding of the character and dynamics of societies around the world. The contents of the
course also help understand the nature of contemporary sociological theories.
Course Outline
1. Background
a. Social Forces
b. Intellectual Forces
c. French Revolution
d. Enlightenment
2. Development of Sociological Theory
a. Theory and Knowledge
b. Process of Theorizing
c. Types of Sociological Theories
d. Inductive and Deductive
e. Process of theorizing
f. Fact, Propositions, and Laws
g. Sociological Theory between 1600 -1800 AD
3. August Comte
a. Positivism
b. The law of Human Progress
c. Hierarchy of the Sciences
d. Social Static & Dynamic
2. Emile Durkheim
a. Rules of Sociological methods
b. Division of Labour
c. Social Solidarity
d. Theory of Religion
e. Theory of Suicide
3. W. G. Sumner
a. Folkways and Mores
b. Ingroup and outgroup
c. Basic motives
4. Karl Marx
a. Communist Manifesto
b. Socialism
c. Stages of Social Evolution
5. Herbert Spencer
a. The law of Social Evolution
b. Concept of Society
c. Laissez-faire
6. Max Weber
a. Sociology of Religion
b. Bureaucracy
c. Protestant Ethic and the Sprit of Capitalism
Recommended Books:
1. Farganis, James (2000). “Readings in Social Theory: The Classic Tradition to Post-
Modernism (3rd Ed.)”. Boston: McGraw Hill.
2. Kinloch, Graham C. (1977). “Sociological Theory: Its Development and Major Paradigms”
New York: McGraw Hill.
3. Ritzer, George (2002). Sociological Theory (10th edition). New York: McGraw Hill.
4. Blalock, Hubert M. (1969) Theory Construction from Verbal to Mathematical Formulation
(Ed). N.J.; Prentice Hall Inc.
5. Bronner, Stephen Erick (latest ed.) Critical Theory and Society-A Reader, London;
Routledge and Kegan paul.
6. Cooley, C.H. (1962). Social Organization, New York: Scrichnes Books.
7. John, J. Macionis. 2004. Sociology, 10th edition. Hardcover
8. Ross, H. Laurence (1963). Perspectives on the Social Order, New York: McGraw-Hill
Book Company, Inc.
9. Imasheff, N. and G.A. Theoderson, (1976) Sociological Theory: Its Nature and Growth,
New York: Random House.
10. Calhon, Craig. Ed. 2007. Contemporary Sociological Theory. 2nd ed. Malden, USA:
Blackwell Publishing.
11. Wallace, Ruth A. & Alison Wold. 1991. Contemporary Sociological Theory. Continuing
the Classical Tradition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall
12. Waters. Malcolm. 1994. Modern Sociological Theory. London: Sage Publications
13. Appelrouth Scott. 2007. Sociological Theory in the Contemporary Era: Text and Readings.
London: Pine Forge Press.
The Women University Multan
BS Sociology
Course Code: ENG- 101, Semester-IV
Letter writing
Formal letter
Bad news letter
Special letter
letter of congratulations
letter about reservation
letters of condolence
Professional skills
C.V writing and job application
Job application
Interview skills
English literature
Poetry
The man he killed.
Across the Indus
Meeting at night
Stopping by woods on a snowy evening
We are seven
Echoing Green
Prose and essays
Three days to see
Of marriage and single life
Of parent and children
Short story
The necklace
Ta-na-E-ka
Drama
Romeo and Juliet
Hamlet
Merchant of Venice
INTRODUCTION TO LAW
BS Sociology
Course Code: LAW- 101, Semester-IV
Course Contents
1. Introduction
i. Definition (Background and Definition of Jurists)
ii. Source of Law
iii. Kinds of Law (According to Classifications)
2. Schools of Jurisprudence
i. Analytical School
ii. Historical School
iii. Philosophical School
iv. Comparative School
v. Sociological School
3. International Law
i. Definition
ii. Nature
iii. Source of International Law
4. Islamic Law
i. Definition
ii. Source of Islamic Law
iii. Importance of “UTEHAD”
5. Great System of Law
i. European Legal System
ii. Roman Law
iii. British Common Law
iv. Muslim Legal System
v. Hindu Legal System
6. Major Concepts
i. Law and Morility
ii. Law and Liberty
iii. Law and Rights
iv. Role of Law
v. Administrative Law
vi. Natural Law
Books Recommended
1. Banakar, R. and Max Travers 92002) Introduction to Law and Social Theory (Oxford: Hart
Publishing).
2. Barzilai, Gad (2003) Communities and Law: Politics and Cultures of Legal Identities (Ann
Arbor: University of Michigan Press).
3. Cotterrell, Roger (2006) Law, Culture and Society: Legal Ideas in the Mirror of Social
Theory (Aldershot: Ashgate).
4. Encyclopedia of Law and Society: American and Global Perspectives, edited by David S.
Clark. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 251, Semester-IV
Objective:
This course will introduce students to some of the major contemporary theoretical
perspectives in sociology, including: functionalism, conflict theory, symbolic interactionism,
identity theory, rational choice theory, and feminist theory. To explore these perspectives,
contributions of various theorists will be examined. Capabilities to evaluate sociological theories
critically will be developed. An attempt will be made to apply theories to understand current social
problems and issues Pakistan and the world are facing.
Course Outline
1. Neo-structural Functionalists
a. Talcott Parsons
b. Robert K. Merton.
2. Critical Conflict Theory
a. Thorstein Veblen
b. Ralf Dahrendorf
c. C. Wright Mills
3. Frankfurt School of Thought
a. Jurgen Habbermas
4. Social Behaviourism and Interactionism
a. Phenomenology (Husserl, Alferd Schutz),
b. Systematic Social Behaviouism (George Simmel)
c. Symbolic Interaction ( C.H.Cooly, G.H Mead)
5. Evolving Contemporary Feminist Theory
a. Feminism
b. Historical development
c. Gender theories.
Recommended Books:
1. Calhoun, Craig Et El. (2002). “Contemporary Sociological Theory”. Blackwell Publisher
Ltd.
2. Coser, L A (1971), Master of Sociological Thought; Ideas In Historical Social Context, New
York, Harcourt Brace.
3. Dubin Robert (1978); Theory Building, New York, Maxwell, Macmillan
4. Farganis, James (2000). “Readings In Social Theory: The Classic Tradition to Post-
Modernism (3rd Ed.)”. Boston: Mcgraw Hill.
5. Kinloch, Graham C. (1977). “Sociological Theory: Its Development And Major Paradigms”
New York: Mcgraw Hill.
6. Ritzer, Georg (2002). Sociological Theory (10th Edition). New York: Mcgraw Hill.
7. Turner J H (1987), The Structure Of Sociological Theory, Homewood Illinois; Dorsey Press.
PAKISTANI SOCIETY AND CULTURE
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 252, Semester-IV
Objective:
The course aims to make students learn about the nature and structure of Pakistani society.
It aims to impart knowledge about national culture and sub-cultures of Pakistan. The course will
develop understanding about the integrated function of various social institutions in the country.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. Definition of Society
b. Characteristics of Pakistani Society
c. Social Stratification, Cast, Class & Ethnicity
d. Social Institutions in Pakistan
i. Family
ii. Religion
iii. Economy
iv. Politics
v. Education
vi. Recreational
2. Educational Dynamics
a. Illiteracy
b. Literacy
c. Universal Primary Education Concept
d. Schools; Technical & Higher Education
e. Status of Formal and Informal Education
3. Historical Perspective of Pakistani Culture
3.1 Provincial Culture
a. Culture of Punjab
b. Culture of Sindh
c. Culture of NWFP
d. Culture of Balochistan
e. Culture of Kashmir & Northern Areas
4. Urban and Rural Division of Pakistan
a. Rural Society
b. Urban Society
5. Minority and Their Belief
6. Major Social Problems
7. Major Occupation and Production Activities
Recommended Books:
1. Ahmad, Akbar S. (1990). “Pakistani Society”. Karachi: Royal Books Co.
2. Hafeez, Sabiha. (). “Pakistan Changing Society.
GENDER STUDIES
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 253, Semester-IV Objective:
The concepts about gender relations will be learnt. The historical movements and feminist
perspectives about gender relation will be explored. The course will provide understanding about
globalization and its role towards changing gender relation in various societies around the world.
Special emphasis shall be given to Muslim and Pakistani societies. Specific areas of gender
discrimination (both for men and women) will also be learnt.
Course outlines
1. Introduction
a. Definition, Concepts and Importance
b. Gender Studies in International Setting
c. Gender Studies in Pakistani Perspective
d. Feminism
2. Major Feminist Perspectives
a. Liberal Feminism
b. Radical Feminism
c. Marxist Feminism
d. Theological Feminism
3. Gender and Human Rights
a. Definition and Nature of Human Rights
b. Collective Rights
c. Ethnic Minority Rights
d. Fundamental Rights
e. Property Rights
4. Gender and Politics
a. Gender and Third World Politics
b. Women Political Leaders, Past and Present
c. Women in the Legislatures and Executive of the Law
d. Power and Patriarchy
e. Women in Pakistani political Setup
f. Women Participation in Local Government System
5. Gender and Education
a. Gender and Education
b. Gender, Origin and Development of Education
c. Gender Education and Religion
d. Gender Education and Polity
e. Gender Education and Economy
f. Gender Education and Social Mobility
g. Gender and Forms of Education
6. Gender and Population
a. Population composition
b. Sex Composition
c. Gender and Family Size
d. Gender and Reproductive Role
e. Gender and Youth Problem
f. Gender and Population Issues
g. Changing Perspective of Gender Role in Population
7. Gender and Development
a. Gender Roles
b. Access to Resources
c. Gender Disparity
d. Problems of Gender Development
e. The Role of Development Aid in Gender Development
f. The Role of non-Government Organizations in Gender development
g. Journey from WID to GAD
Recommended Books:
1. Beauvoir, Simone De (2007), The second Sex, Vintage.
2. Bornsterin, Kate (1995), Gender outlaw: on Men, Women and Rest of US, Vintage.
3. Butler, Judith (2004), Undoing Gender, Routledge.
4. Butler; Judith (2006), Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity, Rutledge.
Criminology
Course Code: SOC-301, Semester V 1-Introduction
a. Social Construction of Crimes and Criminals
b. Types of Criminal and Crime
c. Law and Crime
d. Deviancy
e. Sin
f. Vice
g. Crime and Social Organization
h. Crime and Social Problem
i. Criminology and its Scope
j. Criminology and Criminal Law
2-Approaches to Criminal Behavior
a. Biological and Environmental Factors
b. Psychological and psychiatric Determents
c. Sociological and Economic Approaches
d. Islamic Point of View
3-Crime and Criminals
a. The Occasional Criminals
b. The Habitual Criminals
c. The Professional Criminals
d. The White-Collar Crimes
e. The Organized Crimes
f. Corporate Crimes
g. Custom Based Deviance and Crimes
4-Detection of Crimes
a. Agencies of Detection Formal-Infrormal
b. Techniques of Detection
c. Problems of Detection
5-Reformative Treatment of Criminals:
a. Corporal Punishments
b. Capital Punishment
c. Imprisonment
d. Prison and Related Problems
e. Probation, Parole and Rehabilitation
6-Explanation of Criminal Behavior
a. Rational Choice Theory/Exchange Theory
b. Choice and Trait Theories
c. Social Reaction Theories
d. Social Process Theories
e. Social Structural Theories
7-Trial and Conviction of Offenders
a. Agencies: Formal and Informal
b. Criminal Courts: Procedures and Problems
8-Prevention of Crimes
a. Long Term Measures
b. Short Term Measures
9-Punitive and Reformative Treatment of Criminals
a. Corporal Punishment
b. Imprisonment
c. Probation
d. Parole
e. Rehabilitation of Criminals
f. Prison and Related Problems
Research Methodology
Course Code: SOC-302, Semester V 1-Introduction:
k. Definition of Research Methodology
l. Characteristics of Research Design
m. Types of Research Design
n. Components of Research Design
2-Measuring the Social Phenomenon, Dimensional Setting:
e. Purpose of Scaling
f. Types of Scale
g. Rating Scales
h. Use of Multi-Dimensional Scaling
3-Conducting Applied Research:
h. Participatory Rapid Appraisal Techniques
i. Feasibility Studies
j. Impact Assessment Techniques
4-Data Analysis and Interpretation:
d. Basic Consideration
e. Introduction to Single and Bi-Variates
f. Introduction to Multi-Variate Analysis
g. Fundamentals of Factor Analysis
h. Computer Use for Data Analysis
5-Report Writing:
f. Contents Formulation
g. Format of Report
h. Report Writing Style
i. Composing and Formatting
j. Graphic and Pictorial Presentation
k. Literature Citing and Bibliography
l. Footnotes and Endnotes
Sociology of Development
Course Code: SOC-303, Semester V 1-Introduction
o. Defining basic Concepts
p. GDP, GNP and their relation with Socio-Economic Status
q. Key Themes and Issues in Sociology of Development
2-Historical Perspectives on Development (Modernization Theory)
i. Introduction of Modernization Theory
j. The Theoretical Origins of Modernization Theory
k. Modernization Theory
l. Summary of Modernization Theory and its Implications
m. The Critique of Modernization Theory
n. Conclusion
3-Historical Perspective of Development (Underdevelopment Theory)
k. Introduction of Underdevelopment Theory
l. The Theoretical Origins of Underdevelopment Theory
m. Underdevelopment Theory
n. Summary of Underdevelopment Theory and its Implications
o. The Critique of Underdevelopment Theory
p. Conclusion
4-Political Development
i. Introduction
j. Third World Politics: the Analysis of Instability
k. Military Intervention in Third World
l. conclusion
5-Development Planning & Aid
m. Introduction
n. The Failure of Development Aid
o. Rural Development Programs
p. Conclusion
6-Gender & Development
a. Transitional Practices in the Third World
b. Socialist Societies in the Global System
c. Problems of Development
d. Models of Case Studies of Development
e. Problems and Prospects of Sociology of Development
f. The Role of Development Aid in Development
g. The Role of Non-Government Organization in Development
7-Demographic Transitional Theories Related with Development
8-Development in Pakistan: a case study
9-Conclusion
Community Development
Course Code: SOC-304, Semester V
1-Introduction
r. Meaning, Scope and Subject Matter
s. Historical Development
2-Theories and Approaches of Community Development
3-Process of Community Development
o. Community Mobilization
p. Community Participation
q. Resource Mobilization
4-Community Development
q. Community Development in Pakistan
r. History of Community Development before Partition of Sub-continent
s. Community Development with Reference to Village Aid Program
5-Role of International Organizations in Participatory Community Development
6-Community Concepts and Definition
a. The nature of Community
b. Methodology and Organization of Community
c. Development and Role of Social Welfare Councils in Community Development
7-Community Organization and Related Services
m. Family and Child Welfare
n. Cottage Industries
o. Adult Education
p. Skill Development and Health
q. Housing
r. Water and Sanitation
s. Development in Rural/Urban Areas of Pakistan
8-Cooperation and Community Development
q. Principles and Methods of Cooperation
r. History of Cooperative Movement in Pakistan
s. Role of Cooperative Societies in Community Development
9-Community Development Programs in Underdeveloped Countries of Asia, Africa:
India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Bangladesh, Kenya, Thailand, Egypt and Philippine
Project Planning and Management
Course Code: MGT-306, Semester-V
1-Introduction
t. Definition, Need, Identification, Selection and Scope of the Project
u. Characteristics of Project, Types of Project
v. Project Cycle
w. Cause and Effect Diagram
x. Project Objectives
2-Project Planning
r. Development of Indicators
s. Preparing Project Proposal
t. Logical Framework Analysis
u. Key Components of Project
v. Potential Problem Analysis
w. Field Force Formation Strategy
3-Project Management
t. Organization of Resources
u. Task Allocation, Role Taking
v. Coordination in Project Team
w. Accountability within Project
x. Conflict Resolution
y. Time Management
z. Liaison with External Agencies
aa. Preparation of Technical Progress Reports
bb. Preparation of Financial Progress Reports
cc. Writing of Minutes and Reports of Project Meetings
4-Project Monitoring and Evaluation
t. Checking Deviation and Progress Monitoring
u. Follow-up, Managing Deviation
v. Definition and Difference Between M&E
w. Need for Evaluation
x. Steps in Evaluation, Collecting Necessary Data, Expanding Logframe Matrix for
Evaluation, Checking Deviation, Adjusting Deviation
5-Impact Assessment
t. Definition, Concepts & Meaning
u. Types of Impact Assessment
i. Social Impact Assessment
ii. Economic Impact Assessment
iii. Physical Impact Assessment
iv. Environmental Impact Assessment
v. Methods and Techniques of Impact Assessment
RESEARCH DESIGN AND SOCIOMETRY
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: SOC- 351, Semester-VI
Objective:
The course aims to understand social measurement, research design, and scientific ways to assess
social phenomena. The focus will be on quantitative measurement; however, qualitative
assessment with concepts and themes will also be taught.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. Definition of research design
b. Characteristics of research design
c. Types of research design
d. Components of research design.
2. Measuring the Social Phenomena, Dimensional Scaling
a. Purpose of scaling
b. Types of scales
c. Rating scales.
d. Use of multi-dimensional scaling
3. Conducting Applied Research
a. Participatory Rapid Appraisal Techniques
b. Feasibility studies
c. Impact Assessment Techniques
4. Data Analysis and Interpretation
a. Basic considerations
b. Introduction to Single and Bi-Variates
c. Introduction to multivariate analysis
d. Fundamentals of factor analysis
e. Computer Use For data Analysis
5. Report Writing
a. Contents Formulation
b. Format of Report
c. Report Writing Style
d. Composing and Formatting
e. Graphic and Pictorial Presentation
f. Literature Citing and Bibliography
g. Footnotes and Endnotes
Recommended Books:
1. Neuman, W. Lawrence (2000). “Social Research Methods”. New York: Allyn and
Bacon.
2. Baker, Therese L. (1989). “Doing Social Research”. McGraw Hill.
3. Babbie, Earl (2005). “The Practice of Social Research”. Belmont, California:
Wordsworth.
4. Miller, D. C. (1991). “Research Design and Social Measurement”. London: Sage
Publication.
ANTHROPOLOGY
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: SOC- 352, Semester-VI
Objective:
The course aims to introduce the pertinent concepts and theories about evolution of humans and
culture. The course will dilate branches of anthropology including physical anthropology,
archaeology, socio-cultural anthropology, and linguistic anthropology.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. Definition, Concept and Branches: physical, social, archaeology, liguisitics
b. Relationship of anthropology with other social sciences,
c. Relation between sociology and anthropology
d. Anthropological research techniques
e. Growth of anthropological theories
2. Evolution
a. Evolution of Evolution
b. Mendel’s Law of Segregatio
c. Mitosis & Meiosis
3. How we discover Past
a. Kinds of evidence
b. Analyze & dating the evidence
c. Site creation
4. The Living Primates
a. Common features of primates
b. Classification of primates
c. Hominoids
5. Primates Evolution: From Early Primates to Hominoids
a. Eon, Eras & Epochs
b. Cenozoic Era In detail
6. The first Hominoids
a. Australopithecus Anamensis
b. Australopithecus afarensis & africanus
c. Australopithecus Robustus
d. Homo heidelbergensis/neanderthalensis.
e. Homos habilis
f. Homo erectus
g. Homo Sapiens
7. The Stone Age
a. Paleolithic
b. Mesolithic
c. Neolithic
8. Culture
a. The nature of culture
b. Definition, Properties and Taxonomy
c. the evolution and growth of culture
d. universal aspects of culture
e. Material and Non-Material aspects
f. Cultural Diversity and Integration
g. Globalization and culture
9. Origin of Cities & States
10. Origin of Food Production & Settled Life
11. Language and Communication
a. Origin of language
b. Structure of language
c. Socio-linguistics
d. Nonverbal communication
12. Marriage
a. Kinship
b. Types of Marriage
c. Concept of Incest Taboo
d. Kinship systems,
e. Rule of decent
f. Types of decent system
13. Political System
a. Kind of political systems
b. Political system and economic system
14. Religion
a. Origin, functions of religion
b. Religion and cultural ecology
c. Religion and social control
d. Kinds of religion
e. Witchcraft and Sorcery
Recommended Books:-
1. Ahmad, Akbar S. 1990. Pakistani Society, Karachi, Royal Books Co.
2. Bernard, H. Russel. 1994. Research Methods in Anthropology, Qualitative and Quantitative
Approaches. London: Sage Publications
3. Bodley, John H. 1994. Cultural Anthropology, California: Mayfield Publishing Co.
4. Brogger, Jan. 1993. Social Anthropology and the Lonely Crowd. New Delhi: Reliance
Publishing
5. Ember, Carol R. & Ember Melvin. 1990. Anthropology, 6th ed. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice
Hall, Ince. Harper and Row
6. Harris Marvin. 1987. Cultural Anthropology. New York: Harper and Row
7. Harris Marvin. 1985. Culture, People, nature; An Introduction to General Anthropology
London: Harper and Row
8. Hertzler J. O. 1981. The Social Structure of Islam. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press
9. Kennedy, Charles H. 1992. Pakistan London: Westview Press, Oxford
10. David Pocock, (1998) “Understanding Social Anthropology”. The athlone press London;
11. Eliotd Chapple & Carletons S. coon (2004) Principles of Anthropology cosmo publications,
India;
12. Fellmann/Getis/ Fellmann (1985) Human Geography (Land scope of human activates). wm
brown publishers;
13. Gray Ferraro (2004) An Applied Perspective (Fifth Edition) Thomsan, Wadsworth;
14. Irfan Habib (2004) Prehistory Peoples history of India (1) Fiction house Mozang Road
Lahore;
15. Irfan Habib (2004) The Indus Civilization, Peoples history of India (2) Fiction house
Mozang Road Lahore;
16. Joy Hendry (1999) An Introduction to Social Anthropology (Macmillan Press);
17. Nigel Rapport & Joanna overing (2005) Socil & Cultural Anthropology Rout ledge,
London & New york;
18. Salahuddin A Kahn (1996) Anthropology As Science The Problem of Indigenization in
Pakistan Sang-e-meel Publication lok vira Publishing house Lahore.
19. Vijay Kumar Thakur & Irfan Habib (2004) The Vedic Age, Peoples history of India (3)
Fiction house Mozang Road Lahore.
20. Bernard, H. Russell (1994). Research Methods in Anthropology; Qualitative and
Quantitative Approaches. London: Sage Publications.
21. Bodley, Jhon H. (1994). Cultural Anthropology. California: Mayfield Publishing Co.
22. Embers N Embers (1990) Social and Cultural Anthropology: Printice Hall. New
York/London
23. Ember, Carol R. and Ember, Melvin (1990). Anthropology. (6 ed. Englewood Cliffs:
Prentice Hall Inc.
24. Harris, Marvin (1987). Cultural Anthropology, New York: Harper and Row.
25. Park, Michael Alan, (1986). Anthropology: An Introduction, New York: Harper and Row.
26. Harris, Morven (1985). Culture, People, Nature; An Introduction to General Anthropology.
London: Harper and Row.
27. Bodily John H. (1994) Cultural Anthropology, California, Mayfield Publication Co.
28. Harris Marrier (1987), Cultural Anthropology, Newark, Hanper & Co.
POPOULATION STUDIES
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: SOC- 353, Semester-VI
Objective:
Relevant concepts of population dynamics shall be explored. The theories in relation to population
growth will be shared. The concept of culture and social values regarding population growth will
be emphasized. The variables including fertility, mortality, and migration shall be studied with
reference to change in population in a given area. Population policies about growth and control
will be learnt.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. The significance of population study
b. Scope of Population studies
c. Sources of population data
2. Population growth in Pakistan
a. Historical trends
b. Present population situation
c. Future prospects.
3. Demographic processes
a. Fertility: socio-economic variables affecting fertility
b. Mortality: Socio-economic variables affecting mortality
c. Migration:
4. The structure of Pakistan's population
a. Geographic distribution
b. Age and Sex structure
c. Education, Dependency burdens. Birth rates: their relationships to GNP growth
rates and income distribution.
5. Population related problems of Pakistan
a. Economic factors behind high fertility rate
b. Social, cultural and, ethnic factors behind high fertility rates
c. Mortality especially maternal and Infant mortality.
6. The population debates
a. Some conflicting opinions
b. The micro-economic theory of fertility
c. The demand for children in developing countries
7. Theories of Population
a. Theory of demographic transition
b. Malthusian population trap and its criticism
c. Ibn-e-Khaldun theory.
PRACTICAL
Students have to submit a comprehensive research report demonstrating various dimensions of
Pakistan population based on data collected from different relevant government and non-
government organization
Recommended Books:-
1. Hans Raj (1993) Population Studies, Indian council of Social Research sciences New
Delhi;
2. K.Srinivasan 1998, Basic Demographic Techniques & Applications, Sage Publication.
Andrew Hinde, 1998. Demographic Methods, Oxford.
3. Paul Demeny (2003) Geoffrey Mcnicoll Encyclopedia of Population Macmillan Reference
U.S.A (Thomson/Gale);
4. Peterson, William, (1975), Population, New York, Macmillan.
5. Todero, M.P., 2000, Economics Development in the Third World. Longman, London.
6. United Nations (2004). Population Division, Department of Economic and Social Affairs.
Retrieved February 13, 2004.
7. United Nations Economic Commission for Europe - Official Web Site
8. United States Census Bureau (2005). Census Bureau - Countries Ranked by Population.
Retrieved February 13, 2005.
9. UNO. 2000. Population Trends, World population Monitoring, Population Growth
Structure and Distribution 1999. Department of Economics and Social Affairs, Population
Division. U.N.O.
10. Weeks John R (1992), Population: An Introduction to Concepts and Issues. Belmart
California, Wadsworth Publishing Company.
RURAL SOCIOLOGY
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: SOC- 354, Semester-VI Objective:
The course aims at providing knowledge of basic concepts of rural sociology to the students.
Moreover an in-depth understanding of structure of rural society will be carried out. The course
focuses on issues relating to the study of rural people and places, as well as rural related issues in
both advanced and developing countries. This course is designed to explore the changing nature
of rural development in the global economy.
Course Outline
1. Introduction to Rural Sociology
a. Rural Sociology as a Science
b. Rural Sociology and Other Social Sciences.
2. Basic Concepts and Processes
a. An understanding of the Rural Social System
b. Caste and "baradari" structure
c. Fractions, dispute and "We-groups".
3. Problems of small and fragmented holding
a. Landless tenants and agricultural labor.
4. Social stratification and social differentiation
b. Basic Concepts and action:
c. Group, Role and Status, Norms and Values, Folkways and Mores
d. Social Systems and Sub-systems
e. Rural Culture, Social Processes in Rural Society,
5. Rural Social Institutions, Technology and Rural Society.
6. Social Change and Rural Society
a. Rural Settlement
b. Small scale farming
c. Feudalism, Capitalism, Family farming
d. Agrarian politics and village development,
7. Relationship between technological and socio economic aspect of rural society.
a. Gender and Development
b. Role and status of Rural Woman
c. Pattern of Rural Settlement
8. Rural Resources
a. Land Tenure System, size of landholdings.
b. Rural Social structure, provision of services in rural area; health, education and
sanitation etc.
Recommended Books:-
1. Chitamber, J.B. "(2003)"Introductory Rural Sociology, 2nd Edition, New Age
International (P) Limited Publisher, New Delhi.
2. Chitamber, J.B. (1975), An Introduction to Rural Sociology, New Delhi Balley Eastern
Ltd.
3. Dalal, B. (2003). Rural Planning in Developing Countries, New Delhi, Earthscan.
4. Doshi, Shambhu Lal, Prakash Chandra Jain. 1999 - Rural Sociology
5. Khan Hameed A. (1985) Rural Development in Pakistan Lahore,
6. Khan, Nowshad (2000) Rural Poverty Alleviation, National Book Foundation, Islamabad
7. Kolb. John. H.L. (1989), A Study of Rural Sociology (4th Edition) Houghton Mifflin.
8. Sahibzada, Mohibul Haq. 1997. Poverty Alleviation. Institute of Policy Studies. Islamabad.
9. Setty, E.2002, New Approaches to Rural Development Amal Publications Pvt.Ltd.
10. Social Policy and Development Centre.2000. Social Development in Pakistan, New York,
Oxford University Press.
URBAN SOCIOLOGY
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: SOC- 355, Semester-VI
Objective:
The course provides knowledge of the concepts and approaches of urban sociology. It targets at
providing necessary skills to the students for the solution of urban social issues. The causes,
theories and affects of urbanization will also be explored. The study of human ecology, urban
ways of life, neighbourhood, residential differentiation and gentrification, urban protest, and
comparative urbanism (Hungary, China and Japan) will be carried out.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. Definition of Basic Concepts
b. Urbanization and Urbanism, Community, Town, City, Metropolis and Megalopolis.
2. Urban Sociology
a. Scope and Field of Study
b. The Rise, and Decline of Cities
c. Origin of Urban Life
3. The Rise of Modern City
a. Growth of Cities
b. Factors in Urbanization and Urban Growth
c. Growth of Cities-planned Development.
4. Trends of Urbanization in Pakistan.
5. The Ecology of the City
a. Human Ecology-meaning and Relationship with Urban Sociology
b. Location of the City.
6. The Social Relations in the City
a. The Small Groups - Their Functions and Role Structure
b. The Urban Attitudes, Ideals and Values,
7. The Urban Economic System, Rest and Recreational Activities in the City.
8. The Disorganized Areas
a. Slums, Katchi Abadies and Their Development
b. Lack of Coordination in Various Social Systems in the City
c. Juvenile Delinquency and Street Crime in the City.
9. Main Social Problems of the Cities, Their Origin, Causative Factors and Remedial Measures.
10. Welfare Agencies in the City - Their Structure and Functioning, Adjustment of migrants in
the City, Town Planning, Social and Welfare Planning, Meaning, Need and Scope,
Planning and Development of the City, House Planning, Neighborhood Planning,
Voluntary Associations, The Future of the City.
Recommended Books:
1. Bardo, John W. (1982). Urban Sociology. New York: MacGraw-Hill, Inc.
2. Bardo. John W. (1982) Urban Society. New York, McGraw Hill Inc.
3. Berry, Briyan (1977). Contemporary Urban Ecology. New York: Macmillan.
4. Brenner, Neil & Roger Keil (ed.) (2006). The Global Cities Reader. Routledge, London &
New York.
5. Ecology, San Francisco: W.H. Freeman and Co.
6. Ehrlich, Paul R. and Annix St (1970). Population Resources and Environment. Issues in
Human
7. Fitzpatrick, Kevin, & Mark LaGory, (2000), Unhealthy Places: The Ecology of Risk in the
Urban Landscape, Routledge: London.
8. Gibbs, Jack P. (1961). Urban Research Methods. New York: D. Van Nostrand Co.
9. Gottdiener, M. & Leslie Budd (2005) Key concepts in Urban Studies. Sage, London.
10. Hambery, Amos H. (1950). Human Ecology, New York: The Ronald Press.
11. Khan, Mahmood H., (1998), Climbing the Development Ladder with NGO Support:
Experiences of Rural People in Pakistan, Karachi, Oxford University Press.
12. Khan, Shoaib S., (1981), Rural Development in Pakistan, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing
House.
13. Lamba, P. S. & S. S. Salanki (1992). Impact of Urbanization and Industrialization on Rural
Society. New Delhi: Wiley Eastern Limited.
14. Lamba, P.S. and.S.S. Salanki, (1992), Impact of urbanization and industrialization on rural
society. New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Limited.
15. Nabeel; Hamdi (1995), Housing without Houses. WCIB 4HH, UK.
16. Parker, Simon (2004) Urban Theory and the Urban Experience Encountering the City.
Routledge, London
17. Quim, James A. (1995), Urban Sociology, New York, America Park Co.
18. Unders Tanding, Karachi, Arif Hassan, 2001, City Press, Karachi.
SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 401, Semester-VIl Objective:
The course focuses at providing basic concepts and models of health sciences. The psycho-socio
and cultural assessment of health seeking behavioral patterns and the role of therapeutic
management group will be examined. The indigenous healing system and contemporary medical
system will be studied.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. Medical Sociology, and the field of medical sociology
b. Contribution of sociology to medicine.
2. Health and disease
a. Social definition of illness
b. Health and disease as deviant behavior
c. Social cultural causes of disease
3. Sociological perspectives on health & Illness
a. Functionalist Approach
b. Conflict Approach
c. Interactionist Approach
d. Labeling Approach
4. Illness Behavior and Perceptions of Illness
a. Illness Behavior
b. Cultural Influences on Illness Behavior
c. Sociological and Demographic Influences
d. Lay Beliefs About Health and Illness
e. Self medication
f. Sick Role
5. Social Determinants of Health
a. The Social Gradient
b. Stress
c. Early Life
d. Life Expectancy
e. Social support networks
f. Education and literacy
g. Employment/Working conditions
h. Social environments
i. Addiction
j. Food
k. Transport
6. Patient and Doctor
a. Doctors view of disease and the patient
b. Patient’s perspective of illness
c. Patient doctor relationship
d. Patient-nurses relation
7. Sociology of medical care
a. Hospitals
b. Origin and development.
Hospitals as social organization: problems of Quackery.
8. Interpersonal relationship in medical settings.
9. Mental illness in sociological perspective.
10. Complementary & alternative Medicine (CAM)
Recommended Books:
1. A.P Dixit (2005) Global Hiv/Aids Trends, Vista International Publications house New
Delhi;
2. Bauggartner, Teda (1994), Conducting and reading research in health and human
performance. England, Brow and Benchmarn Publishers.
3. David Tucket (Ed), An Introduction to Medical Sociology, London, Taritocl Publication,
1976.
4. David Tucket. 1982. An Introduction to Medical Sociology. Tavistock Publication,
London.
5. David, Mechanic, Medical Sociology, New York. The Free Press, 1960.
6. David, Mechanic. 1990. Medical Sociology. The Free Press. New York
7. Diarmuid O Donovan (2008) The State of Health Atlas University of California Press;
8. G. C Satpathy (2003) Prevention of HIV/AIDS & Drug Abuse Isha Books;
9. G.C. Satpalhy (2003) Prevention of Hiv/Aids & Drug abuse, isha Books, New Delhi.
10. Global Health Challenges for Human Security (ed.) Lincoln Chen et el. Global Equity. UK
2003.
11. Jai P Narain (2004) Aids in Asia the challenge a head , Sage Publications New Delhi;
12. Julia A Ericksen (2008) Taking charge of Breast Cancer University of California Press;
13. Meena Sharma (2006) Aids, Awareness Through Community Participation Kalpaz
Publications Delhi;
14. Moon, Graham (1995) Society and Health. An Introduction to Social Science for Health
Professional. London. Routledge.
15. Moward E. Treaman at. Al. Handbook of Medical Sociology, Englewood Cliffs, NJ
Prentice Hall, Inc. 1963.
16. P Dixit (2005) Global HIV/AIDS Trends, Vista International Publishing House Delhi
110053;
17. Rose Weitz (2004) The Sociology of health, Illness & health care a critical approach
Thomson wads worth.
18. Rubina Sehgal(2004)The Trouble Times; Sustainable Development in the age of extreme.
Islamabad.
19. Schilla Mclean and G. Mahar. 1983. Medicine, Morals and Law, Gower Publishing Co.
Ltd. UK.
20. Shah, Ilyas (1998) Community Medicine . Karachi.
21. The Body, Culture and Society: An Introduction by Philip, Hancock et. el. Open University
Press. Buckingham.
22. The Sociology of Health and Medicine: A Critical Introduction by Ellen Annandale. Polity
Press 1998.
POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: SOC- 402, Semester-VIl
Course Contents
9. Meaning and Scope of Political Sociology
10. The Study of Social and Political Behaviour
11. Social Classification, Social Stratification: Status Power, Symbols
12. Political Socialization Role of Family, Tribe, Race, Education and Religion
13. Political Communication: Information Media, Press, Modes of Political Communication
and Control
14. Rural Urban Cultural Patterns: Socio-Political Sociology
15. Public Opinion: Nature, Formation, Role Measurement of Public Opinion
16. Individual and Collective Political Behaviour, Determinants-Modes, Including Anomic
Political Behaviour.
Books Recommended
7. Michael Rush and Philip Althoff. An Introduction to Political Sociology
8. W.G. Runciaman, Social Science and Political Theory
9. Oran R. Young. System of Political Science
10. Karl W. Deutsch. The Nerves of Government: Models of Political Communication and
Control
11. Lucian W. Pye ed. Communication and Political Development
12. Parsons Talcott The Structure of Social Action
SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 403, Semester-VIl
Objective:
The course provides students with the sociological insight of education. Core concepts, levels,
educational institutions, theories, educational policies and reforms will be studied. Relationship of
education with socio-economic development will also be discussed.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. The Concept of Education
b. Origin and Development of Education
c. Forms of Education, Formal, Non-formal
d. Contemporary Education System.
2. Sociological Theory and Education
a. Education and Socialization
b. Social Stratification and Education
3. Roles of Education
a. Education and Social Mobility
b. Functions of Education
c. Education and Democracy
d. Education for Leadership
4. School as an Organization
a. Definitions and Theoretical Models
b. Bureaucratization and Professionalization of Schooling
5. The Sociology of School as an Agent of Change
a. The Social Construction of Curriculum
b. Education and Development
6. Relationship between Education and the Economy
a. Reconstructions Views of Education and Economic Development
b. Manpower Planning
c. Demand and Supply of Educational Institutions in Developing Countries.
7. Education and other social institutions.
a. Education Policy and Reforms
b. Private and Public Sectors of Education
c. Education Problems
d. Quality of Education
e. Investment in Education
f. Status of Education in Pakistan
Recommended Books:
1. Ballantine, Jeanne H. (1993), The Sociology of Education. A Systematic Analysis. New Gercy
Prentice Hall.
2. Ballantine, Jeanne H. (1993). The Sociology of Education: A Systematic Analysis. New
Gersy: Prentice Hall.
3. Banks, Olive (1971). The Sociology of Education. London: B. T. Batsford Ltd.
4. Best, John W. (1992), research in Education, New Delhi, Prentice Hall.
5. Best, John W. (1992). Research in Education. New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
6. Brubacher, L.S. (1970). Modern Philosophies of Education. New Delhi: Macgraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd.
7. Cosin, B.R. and others (latest ed.). School and Society: A Sociological Reader. London:
Routledge and Kegan Paul.
8. Dale, R.G. Eland and M. MacDonald (1976). Schooling and Capitalism. London: Routledge
and Keg a Paul.
9. David Levinson, Peter W. Cookson, Alan R. Sadovnik. 2002. Education and Sociology: An
Encyclopedia
10. Evetts, J. The Sociology of Educational Ideas. London: Rutledge and Kegan Paul.
11. Hirst, P.H. and R.S. Peter (1970). The Logic of Education. London: Routledge and Keg and
Paul.
12. Ottaway, Andrew Kenneth Cosway. 2003. Education and Society: International Library of
Sociology
13. Singh, Dr. Achyut Kumar, (1992), Education and National Character. New Delhi, Ashish
Publishing House.
14. Stephen J. Ball .2000. Sociology of Education: Major Themes
15. Torres,Carlos Alberto, Ari Antikainen. 2002. The International Handbook on the Sociology
of Education: An International.
INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: SOC- 404, Semester-VIl Objective:
The course will provide familiarity about the basic concepts, theories and process of industrial
sociology.
Course Outlines:
1. Introduction:
a. Industry and Society
b. Industry and Social Stratification
c. Work, Occupation, Industry, Organization, Factory and Management
2. Industrialization:
a. Social Theory of Productive System
b. Antecedent of Industrialization in west
3. Theories of Industrialization
4. Formal Organization:
a. Bureaucracy
b. Organizational Charts (Structure)
c. Trade Union, and theories of Unionism
5. Work ethics in Islam
a. Division of Labor
b. Work ethics
c. Distribution of Wealth
6. Industrialization in Pakistan
a. Historical view of Industrial Development
b. Problems and Prospects of Industrialization in Sociological Perspective
c. Industrial Relationship in Pakistan
7. Trade Unionism in Pakistan
a. Labor Movement
b. Trade Unionism
c. Union Leadership and Collective Bargaining
38. Laboure Policies in Pakistan
a. Historical Perspective and social change
b. Analysis of wages
Field Visit:
The students will visit different industries to study human relations in industry. They will meet the
employer and employees to discuss their problems and submit a comprehensive report.
Suggested Readings:
1. Hall, R.H., (1995) Organization: Structure, Process and Outcomes, prentice Hall, California.
2. Health, Christian, luff Pual (2000) Technology in action Cambridge University Press.
3. Theobland. (1994). Understanding Industrial Society: A Sociological Guide. St. Merton
Press, New York.
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: MGT- 307, Semester-VIl Objective:
The course will help the students to understand the meaning, concepts and theories of formal and
informal organization. A detailed discussion, sharing and participation on organizational structure,
process, human resource management and general problems of organization with special reference
to Pakistan will be carried out.
Course Outlines
1. Introduction
a. Meaning and difference between social organization
b. formal and informal organization
c. Characteristics of formal organization.
2. Theories of Formal Organization:
a. classical organizational theories
b. neoclassical theories
c. System approach to organization.
3. Foundations of Individual Behavior
a. Key biographical characteristics.
b. Types of ability.
c. Shape the behavior of others.
d. Distinguish between the four schedules of reinforcement.
e. Role of punishment in learning.
f. Practice self-management
g. Exhibit effective discipline skills.
4. Foundations of group Behavior
5. Values, attitude & Job satisfaction
6. Personality & emotions & their role in Effectiveness of Organization
a. What is Personality
b. Five Model of Personality Dimensions
c. Personality Attributes Influencing OB
d. What Are Emotions
e. Emotions Dimension
f. OB Applications of Understanding Emotions
7. Organizational Structure and Human Resource Management:
a. Meaning and interrelationship of organizational size
b. Complexity and formalization.
8. Organizational Processes:
a. Motivation, power and authority
b. Leadership
c. Communication
d. Conflict
e. Decision making
9. Human Resource Management.
a. Role of human resource development in organization and socialization of employees
b. Training and development of employees
c. Career planning and human resource development
d. Meaning and problems of performance appraisal.
10. General problems in organization of Pakistan:
a. Structural problem
b. Operational problems
c. Behavior problems
Recommended Books:
1. Ahuja KK. (1993). Management and Organization Dehli CBS Publishers and Distributors.
2. R obbins , S. P. (2003). Organizational Behavior
3. Arndt sorge & Malcolm Wasner (1998) IEBM Hand book of Organization Behaviour;
4. Betty Jane Punnett. 2004. International Perspectives on Organizational Behavior and
Human Resource ...
5. Davis, Newstoms (1992), Organizational Behavior. Human Behavior at work
6. Deborah eade (2005) Development NGOS & Civil Society Oxfam GB New Delhi
International Thomson Business Press;
7. H. Berberoğlu . 1993. Human Resources Management and Organizational Behaviour in
the Hospitality ...
8. Hofmeister, J., "Global and Local Balance in Human Resources Leadership," in Losey, M.,
Meisinger, S., and Ulrich, D., (eds.), The Future of Human Resource Management (Virginia:
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2005), pp. 361-369
9. Luthans, 1998,Organization Behavior, McGraw Hill
10. New York. McGraw Hill Inc.
11. Nick wates (2000) the community Planning Earthscan publication ltd London.
12. Peterson R.B. and I. Tracy (1979), Systematic Management of Human Resources. UK.
Adison-Wasty Pub. Co.
13. Ph. D. Robert G. Delcampo, Ph.D., Robert G. DelCampo, Kristie M. Boudwin, Sherri L.
Hines. 2007. That's What She Said! a Guide to Using "The Office" to Demonstrate ...
14. Randall S. Schuler, Paul F. Buller. 1996.Cases in Management, Organizational Behavior
and Human Resource Management
15. Rao,TV (2000) Human Resourse Development National Book Foundation Islamabad.
16. Robert Kreitner, Angelo Kinicki. 2007. Organizational Behavior
17. Singh, K.2000, Rural Development: Principles, Policies and Management. New Delhi.
18. Weihrich and Koontz (1993). Management: A Global Perspective (10th ed.) New York:
MacGraw-Hill, Inc.
19. Weihrich and Koontz (1993). Management: A Global Perspective 10th Edition, New York:
McGraw Hill Inc.
20. Werther, William B. and Davis K. (1993). Human Resources and Personnel Management
(4thed.), New York: Macgraw-Hill, Inc.
SOCIAL CHANGE AND TRANSFORMATION
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 451, Semester-VIII Objective:
The course highlights the basic concepts, causes, resistance to social change and transformation.
The Evolutionary, cyclic and conflict theoretical approaches and models of social change will be
discussed. It also focuses on the relationship of change with respect to socio-economic and political
aspects of development.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. Various dimensions of social change
b. Magnitude, rate and direction of social change
c. Identification of social change.
d. Factors affecting social change
2. Theories of social change.
3. Analysis of social change
a. Types of social change
b. Dynamics of social change: dynamics of social change in Pakistan.
4. Trends and prospects of social change in the Third World.
5. Analysis of economic development in modern and modernizing countries.
6. Sociology of economic development
a. Development-nature and scope
b. Sociological and economic concepts of development
c. Development continuum-under-development
7. Social and economic development
a. Instruments
b. Approaches to development
c. Implications of development,
8. Rural and urban sections of economic development
a. Sustainable development
b. Problems in development
c. Availability of physical resources
d. Non-availability of technical know-how
e. Availability of appropriate human resources
f. Socio-cultural constraints of development
g. Social implications of development.
Recommended Books
1. Elzioni, A, and E. Elzioni, (eds), Social Change, New York: Basic Book Inc, 1964.
2. Etzioni, Amitai and Etzioni Eva (1964 eds.). Social Change - Sources, Patterns and
Consequences, New York: Basic Books, Inc.
3. Ghimire, K.B. and Pimbert, M.P, (1997), Social Change and Conservation, London,
Earthscan.
4. Gouldner, Alvin W and Miller S.M. (1965 eds.). Applied Sociology; Opportunities and
Problems, New York: Free Press.
5. Halperin, Sandra. 2004. War and Social Change in Modern Europe: The Great
Transformation Revisisted
6. Hunter, G. (1969). Modernizing Peasant Societies, London: Oxford University Press.
7. Khan, S. R., Ed. (2000). 50 years of Pakistan's Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press.
8. Kingston, Jeff. 2004. Japan's Quiet Transformation: Social Change and Civil Society in the
Twenty
9. Lapiere, R.T. Social Change, New York: McGraw Hill Book Co., 1965.
10. Moore, W.E, Social Change, Englawood Cliffs, N.J. Prentice Hall Inc, 1974.
11. Organisational Transformation and Social Change by EBSCO Publishing (Firm) - 2004
12. Schelkle, Waltraud.2000. Paradigms of Social Change: Modernization, Development,
Transformation
13. Schuerkens, Ulrike. 2004. Global Forces and Local Life-worlds: Social Transformations
14. Smith, A.D, The Concept of Social Change: A Critique of the Functionalist Theory of
Social Change, London, Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1973.
15. Swansen, G.E. Social Change, Glenview, III, Scott, Foresman and Co. 1971.
SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION
BS Sociology Program
Course Code: SOC- 452, Semester-VIII
Objective:
The course focuses on providing knowledge to the students regarding core concepts, theories and
function of religion in the integration of society. Sociological analysis of the major religions with
special focus on Islam will be carried out.
Course Outline
1. Introduction
a. Definition of Religion
b. Elements of Religion.
2. Theories of Religion
a. Sociological theories of religion
b. Psycho-analytical theory of religion
c. Evolutionary Sociological approaches
3. The Sociological Functions of Religion
a. Universal Order of Religion
b. Pragmatism in Religion
c. Integrating Power of Religion, and Religion and Social Ideals.
4. Sociological Analysis of major world religions: Islam Judaism, Hinduism, Christianity,
Confucianism and Buddhism.
a. Religion as Agency of Social Control.
b. Sociology of Islam:
5. The world view of Islam
a. Human Nature and Human Personality
b. Prophet’s Sunnah as the Normative matrix of Islamic culture and Society
c. Normative Foundation of Islamic Social Structure of Society
d. Major Components of Social Structure
e. Groups and Institutions in Islamic Society
f. Institution of family and its place in the Islamic Social Scheme, socialization in Islamic
Framework, persuasion and Motivation and their relation to Socialization Development
of Attitudes.
6. Education as the mean of Socialization status of Ulama in the Muslim Society epilogue.
Recommended Books:
1. Binder, Leonard (1963). Religion and Politics in Pakistan. California: University of
California Press.
2. Evan, Prithard E.F. (1965). Theories of Primitive Religions. Oxford: Claneolan Press.
3. Ghazli-al-Muhammad. Sociology of Islam. Draft Report. International Islamic
4. Islam and Contemporary Society (ed.) by Salem Azzan. Islamic Council of Europe and
Longman. London and New York 1982.
5. Johnstone, Ronald L. (1975), Religion and Society in Interaction. The Sociology of
Religion, New Jersey Prentice-Hall.
6. Johnstone, Ronald L. (1975). Religion and Society in Interaction: The Sociology of Religion.
New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
7. Religion in Society: A Sociology of Religion (6th Ed.) by Ronald L. Johnstone. Upper
Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 2001.
8. Religious Fundamentalism in Developing Countries by Santosh C. Saha and Thomas Carr
Greenwood Press. Westport, Connecticut. 2004.
9. Schneider, Louis (1964). Religion, Culture and Society: A Reader in the Sociology of
Religion. New York: John Wiley and Sons.
10. Schneider, Louis (1970). Sociological Approach to Religion. New York: Wiley and Sons.
11. Sociology of Religion: A Reader by Susanne C. Monahan, William A. Mirola, and Michael
O. Emerson. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 2001.
12. The Discipline of Religion: Structure, Meaning and Rhetoric by Russell T McCuteheon.
Routledge. London & New York 2003.
13. Thompson, Ian (1988). Religion: Sociology in Focus Series. London: Longman.
14. Thompson. Ian. (1988), Religion, Sociology in Focus Series. London Longman.
15. Vernon, Glenn M. (1962), Sociology of Religion, NewYork McGraw Hill. Vernon, Glenn
M. (1962). Sociology of Religion. New York: MacGraw-Hill.
SOCIOLOGY OF GLOBALIZATION
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 453, Semester-VIII Objective:
This course provides familiarity regarding the basic concepts and models of globalization. It will
examine the global economy and its impact on local economy as well as social and cultural change
especially on South Asian countries. The role of media regarding globalization will also be
discussed.
Course Outline
1. Introduction and Overview of Sociology of Globalization
a. Sociology of globalization, globalization: myth or reality;
b. Characteristics of globalization, globalization, modernization & Europeanization;
globalization and cultural leveling.
2. Theories of globalization, global stratification, global inequalities, globalization and local
identity.
3. The Rise of Globalization
a. The Second Globalization: Creating the Post-War Political-Economic Order
b. The Rise of Neoliberalism
4. Globalization and Corporations
a. X-HOUR: From Bureaucracy to Networks
b. Corporate Governance and Strategy
c. Multinational Corporations
5. Political Globalization
a. Global Politics, Governance, Transnational State, etc.
b. Power and Transnational Politics
c. Emergence of Global Classes, Local Actors in Global Politics.
6. Technology and globalization, global economy and the digital networks.
7. Globalization and Workers
a. Changes in Work
b. Social Inequality
c. Training for Global Competition
8. Globalization and the State
a. Welfare Reform
b. Tax Reform
c. Regulatory Reform
9. Globalization and Culture
10. Transnational Social Movements, Transnational Civil Society, Globalization and the
Environment
11. Globalization and Race/Ethnicity, Transnational Migrations, Transnational Communities,
Transnationalism.
12. Globalization and Women/Gender
13. Globalization, Resistance, Hegemonies and Counterhegemonies, Alternative Futures
14. The Global village: Recovering Place and Social Practices.
15. The Making of International Migrations – WTO
16. Globalization and Social Institution
Recommended Books:
1. Ellwood,w.(2001) The no-nonsense guide to Globalization
2. Frank, T (2001) One market under god, Anchor Books
3. Janoski, Thomas. 2005. The Handbook of Political Sociology: States, Civil Societies, and
Globalization
4. Nash, Kate Contemporary Political Sociology: Globalization, Politics, and Power
5. Roland Robertson, Kathleen E. White. 2003. Globalization: Critical Concepts in Sociology
6. Sassen, Saskia. 2007. A Sociology of Globalization
7. Sklair, L (2001) The transnational capitalist class, Blackwell
8. Timothy J. Scrase, Todd Joseph Miles Holden, Scott Baum. 2003. Globalization, Culture
and Inequality in Asia
9. Ehrenreich and Hochschild (eds), Global Woman: Nannies, Maids, and Sex Workers
10. Jan Nederveen-Pieterse, Globalization and Culture: Global Melange
11. William I. Robinson, Promoting Polyarchy
12. William I. Robinson, A Theory of Global Capitalism
13. Michael Buroawoy, et. Al. (eds.), Global Ethnographies
14. Joseph Stiglitz. Globalization and Its Discontents
15. Osterhammel and Petersson. Globalization: A Short History.
16. Kristensen and Zeitlin. Local Players in Global Games (pp. xii-xxii; 1-187; 301-322)
(Continue reading)
17. Bronfenbrenner. Global Unions
18. Linda Weiss. The Myth of the Powerless State
CLINICAL SOCIOLOGY
BS Sociology
Course Code: SOC- 454, Semester-VIII Objective:
The course will emphasize on concepts, theories, communication and relationship with client as
well as ethics in clinical sociology. It will enable the students with the skills of intervention,
process of intervention and clinical sociology practices. It will also enable the students to learn
mediation and conflict resolution, evaluation and preventive programming.
Course Outline
1 Introduction
a. Sociological Practice
i) Applied Sociology
ii) Clinical Sociology
b. Interrelation and Difference Between Clinical and Applied Sociology
2 Theories in Clinical Sociology
3 Communication and Relationships with Clients
4 Ethic in Clinical Sociology
5 Intervention
a. Levels of Intervention
i. With Individuals
ii. With Families
iii. With Groups
iv. With Communities
v. With Formal Organizations
b. The Process of Intervention
i. Assessment
ii. Programme Planning
iii. Programme Implementation
iv. Programme Evaluation
6 Clinical Sociology Practice
a. Mediation and Conflict Resolution
b. Evaluation
c. Preventive Programming
7 Application of Clinical Sociology to Contemporary Social Problems: Case Studies
Recommended Books:
1. Howard M. Rebach, John G. Bruhn. 2001. Handbook of Clinical Sociology
2. Jan M Fritz – 1996. The Clinical Sociology Resource Book
3. Jan Marie Fritz. 2007. International Clinical Sociology
4. Roger A. Straus. 2001. Using Sociology: An Introduction from the Applied and Clinical
Perspectives.
CURRICULUM OF POLITICAL SCIENCE &
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
BS POLITICAL SCIENCE & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
SCHEME OF STUDIES
FROM 2019-2023 & ONWARDS
Duration 04 Years (8 SEMESTERS)
Credit Hours 132
2019 to 2023 & Onwards
Scheme of Studies
1ST YEAR
Semester I
Course Codes Course Title Credit
Hours
ENG-101 English –I 3+0
ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0
PIR-101 Introduction to Political Science -I 3+0
MATH-101 Mathematics-I 3+0
ECON-101 Introduction to Economics ( General –I) 3+0
PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology ( General –II) 3+0
TOTAL: 17
Semester II
Course Codes Course Title Credit
Hours
ENG-102 English-II 3+0
PIR-101 Pakistan Studies 2+0
PIR-151 Introduction to Political Science-II 3+0
MASS-101 Introduction to Mass Communication 3+0
ECON- 206 Economy of Pakistan
( General –III)
3+0
SOC-252 Pakistani Society And Culture ( General –IV) 3+0
TOTAL:17
2ND YEAR
Semester III
Semester IV
3RD YEAR
Semester- V
Course
Codes
Course Title Credit
Hours
ENG-201 English-III 3+0
COMP-201 Introduction to Basics in Computer 3+0
PIR-201 Political Systems ( Developed ) 4+0
LAW-101 Introduction to Law ( General –V) 3+0
SOC-253 Gender Studies ( General –VI) 3+0
TOTAL:16
Course
Codes
Course Title Credit Hours
ENG-202 English ( IV ) 3+0
PIR-251 Political Systems ( Developing ) 4+0
PIR-252 Pakistan Movement 4+0
PIR-253 Introduction to International Relations 3+0
GEOG-101 Introduction to Geography
( General –VII)
3+0
TOTAL:17
Course
Codes
Course Title Credit Hours
PIR-301 Western Political Philosophy -I 4+0
PIR-302 Muslim Political Philosophy 3+0
PIR-303 Comparative and Developmental Politics- I 4+0
PIR-305 Public Administration 4+0
PIR-306 Theories of International Relations: A
Comparative Study
3+0
TOTAL:18
Semester VI
4th Year
Semester VII
Semester VIII
Total Cr hrs= 130
Course
Codes
Course Title Credit Hours
PIR-351 Western Political Philosophy -II 4+0
PIR-353 Comparative and Developmental Politics- II 3+0
PIR-354 History of International Relations 4+0
PIR-356 Foreign Policy of Pakistan 3+0
PIR-357 Political Geography 3+0
TOTAL:17
Course
Codes
Course Title Credit Hours
PIR-401 Methods of Study and Research 4+0
PIR-402 Foreign Policy Analysis 4+0
PIR-403 Public International Law - I 3+0
PIR-404 Diplomacy 3+0
PIR-405 Foreign Policies of UK, USA 4+0
TOTAL:18
Course
Codes
Course Title Credit Hours
PIR-451 Public International Law- II 3+0
PIR-452 International Organizations 3+0
PIR-453 Political Economy 4+0
PIR-454 Local Government in Pakistan 3+0
TOTAL:13
Objectives:
The objective of this course this is to introduce the students with the fundamentals
of the subject of Political Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the
forthcoming semesters. The very basic concepts and terminology commonly used
in the further courses of studies are taught to make the students friendly with the
subject.
Course Contents:
1. Definition, Nature, Scope and Subfields of Political Science.
2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences.
3. Approaches to the study of Political Science: Traditional and Modern.
4. Basic concepts of Political: Power, Authority, Legitimacy, Nation and
Sovereignty.
5. State, its origin and evolution; Western and Islamic concepts of State,
Forms of State: Unitary, Federation, Confederation.
a) Definition , Nature and conditions for successful Democracy
b) Virtue of Tolerance in Democratic Process.
6. Organs of Government: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary.
7. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential, Authoritarian.
Note:Subfields of Political Science include: Political Philosophy/Theory;
Comparative Politics; International Relations; Public Administration/
Public Policy; Local Government, etc.
Recommended Books:
1. Chaudhry Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu), Lahore Standard Book
Depot, 1996.
2. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State),
Jamshoro, Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985.
3. MazherulHaq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland,
1996.
4. Michael G. Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction, London: Prentice
Hall, 1997.
5. Mohammad Sarwar, Introduction to Political Science, Lahore
IlmiKutubKhana, 1996.
6. Robert Jackson and Dorreen Jackson, A Comparative Introduction to
Political Science (New Jersey, Prentice_Hall, 1997).
7. Rodee Anderson etc. Introduction to Political Science, Islamabad,
National Book Foundation, Latest Edition.
Semester-I
PIR-101 Introduction to Political Science - I 03 Credit Hours
8. R. C. Agarwal, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi,
S. Chand & Co., 2006.
9. V. D. Mahajan, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi,
S. Chand & Co., 2006.
10. Ian Mackenzi (Ed.), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide, Edinburg,
University Press, 2005.
11. Introduction to Political Science: By Gaig Parsons 3rd Edition Parson
Education 2019.
12. Political Science: An Introduction Global Edition by Michall G. Roskin
Robert L. Cord, James A. Medeires 7th Edition Pearson Education
Limited,2016.
13. Power and Choice: An Introduction to Political Science: by W. Phillips
Shively 2nd Edition Mc GramHill Gigher Education 2013.
14. Kamran, Democracy Governance in Pakistan (2017).
15. Sayeed, Political System of Pakistan (2107).
16. Sayeed, Politics in Pakistan the Nature & Direction of Change (2017).
English I (Functional English)
Basics of Grammar
1. Parts of speech and their functions
(Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Adjectives, Conjunction, Interjection)
2. Use of Articles
3. Sentence Skills
Classification by Purpose
(Declarative, Interrogative, Imperative, Exclamative)
Classification by Structure
(Complex, Compound, Compound Complex)
4. Analysis of phrase, clause
5. Preposition
6. Transitive and intransitive verbs
7. Active and Passive Voice
8. Speaking Skills
Communication via Dialogue formation
Expressing your likes and dislikes
Group discussion
My Dreams
Picture Description
Games activities
9. Reading Skills
Aims of Reading
Kinds of Reading
Faulty Reading Habits
SQ3Rs
10. Writing Skills
Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing)
11. Dictionary Skills
(Meaning, Usage, Pronunciation, Syllabication, Etymology, Stress, Parts of speech, Synonyms,
Antonyms)
Semester-I
ENG-101 English-I 03 Credit Hours
Recommended Books:
17. Functional English
a) Grammar
1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercise 1.
Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492
2. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercise 2.
Third edition, Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506
b) Writing
1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and
Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN
019435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.
c) Reading/Comprehension
1. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford
Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.
d) Speaking
Semester-I
General I
ECON-101
Introduction to Economics 03 Credit Hours
1. Introduction
Nature and scope of Economics (Different school of thought, Definition of
Economics, Subject matter of economics), Classification of economics, Scope and
definition of Microeconomics, basic concepts (Production, Consumption, Income,
Resources, Consumers, Producers).
2. Demand, Supply and Equilibrium
Concept of demand, Demand function, Law of demand, Changes in demand
(Expansion, contraction, Rise and fall in demand), Elasticity of demand (Concept,
measurement and kinds of elasticity of demand), Importance of Elasticity of
demand. Supply (concept), Supply function, Law of supply, Changes in supply,
Supply elasticity (concept, measurement and measurement and importance),
Market Equilibrium.
3. Theory of Consumer Behavior
Concept of consumer’s behavior, Utility, Types of utility. Measurement of utility
(Law of diminishing marginal utility, law of Equi-marginal utility, Consumer’s
Equilibrium, Utility function.
4. Theory of Production Cost and Revenue
Concept of production, Production function, Factors of production, Laws of
return, Concept of cost, Cost function, Kinds of cost in view of time period,
Short-run cost and Long-run cost, Concept of revenue, Kinds of revenue, Revenue
Analysis under perfect and imperfect competition.
5. Market Structure
Concept of market, kinds of market, Concept of firm, Concept of profit, Concept
of perfect competition (assumption), Price and output determination (equilibrium
of the firm), under perfect competition in short-run and long-run. Concept of
monopoly, Equilibrium of the firm under monopoly.
Recommended Books:
1. Micheal Parkin. 2004, Economics, 5th Ed., Addision Wesley
2. Muhammad Ramzan Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed Khan,
“Fundamentals of Economics”, MKG Publications, Multan. (latest edition)
3. Paul A. Samualson and W.D Nordhaus. 2004 Economics, 18th Ed.
McGraw Hills, Inc.
4. John Sloman, Economics (latest edition)
5. Miller, Microeconomic Theory (latest edition)
Semester I
General II PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology 03 Credit Hours
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Psychology
2. Definition Applied fields and goals of Psychology
3. Rise of psychology as science
4. Major Trends in Development of Psychology
5. Sensation:
Sensory, procession, Vision, Audition
6. Perception:
Attentional Process, Organizational process in perception, identification and Recognition
processes
7. Learning and Behavior:
Classic Conditioning, Operanl Conditioning, Observational Learning
8. Memory:
Sensory Memory, Short-term Memory, Learning and Encoding in LTM
9. Motivation and Emotion:
Definition and types of motives (Primary, Secondary, Basic Emotions and Culture
Theories of Emotions, Functions of Emotions
10. Personality:
Definition and Assessment of Personality, Theories of personality, Psychodynamic Theory
Behaviorist Theory, humanistic theory, Trait theory
11. Social psychology:
Social Cognition, Attitudes and their Formation, Prejudice, Social Influences and Groups
Behavior, Interpersonal Attraction and Loving
Recommended Books:
Lahey, Benamin (2000). Psychology McGraw Hill
Feladman, Robert S. (2002) Understanding Psychology, McGraw Hill
Gerow Josh, R (1997) Psychology: an introduction Longman
Carlson neil R, and buskist, William, (1997) Psychology , Allyn and Bacon
Zimbardo Philips G Gerring Richard J. (1996) Psychology and Life, Harper Collions
Semester-I
ISL-101 Islamic Studies 02 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is aimed at;
1. To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies
2. To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization
3. To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships
4. To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and
religious life.
Detail of Courses
Introduction to Quranic Studies
1) Basic Concepts of Quran
2) History of Quran
3) Uloom-ul-Quran
Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286)
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi
(Verse No-1-18)
3) Verses of Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithul (Verse No-1-11)
4) Verses of Surah Al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No. 63-77)
5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam (Verse No-152-154)
Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58)
2) Verses of Surah Al Hashar (18,1920) Related to thinking, Day of Judgement
3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakr, Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)
Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I
1) Life of Mohammed Bin Abdullh (Before Prophet Hood)
2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah
3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah
Seerat of Holy Prophet ( S.A.W) II
1) Life of Holy Prophet ( S.A.W ) in Madina
2) Important events of life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina
3) Important lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina
Introduction to Sunnah
1) Basic Concepts of Hadith
2) History of Hadith
3) Kinds of Hadith
4) Uloom-ul-Hadith
5) Sunnah & Hadith
6) Legal Positions of Sunnah
Selected Study from Text of Hadith
Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence
4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law
5) Islam and Sectarianism
Islamic Culture & Civilization
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization
2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization
3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization
4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues
Islam & Science
1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science
2) Contribution of Muslims in the Development of Science
3) Quranic & Science
Islamic Economic System
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System
2) Means of Distribution of Wealth in Islamic Economics
3) Islamic Concepts of Riba
4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce
Political System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System
2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty
3) Basic Institutions of Govt in Islam
Islamic History
1) Period of Khilafat-E-Rashida
2) Period of Ummayyads
3) Period of Abbasids
Social System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam
2) Elements of Family
3) Ethical Values of Islam
Recommended Books:
1. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Emergence of Islam” IRI Islambad
2. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Muslim Conduct of State”
3. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Introduction to Islam”
4. Maulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi
5. Hussain Hamid Hassan, An Introduction to the study of Islamic Law” leaf
publication Islamabad, Pakistan.
6. Ahmad Hasan, “ Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute,
International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993)
7. Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” Islamic
Books Service (1982).
8. H.S. Bhatia, :”Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep
Publications New Dehli (1989).
9. Dr. Muhammad Zia Ul Haq “ Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama Iqbal
Open University, Islamabad (2001)
Semester-I
MATH-101 Mathematics -I 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The objective of this course this is to prepare the students, not majoring in
mathematics, with the essential tool of algebra to apply the concepts and the techniques in
their respective disciplines.
Course Contents:
1. Preliminaries Real-number system, complex numbers, introduction to sets,
set operations, functions, types of functions.
Matrices, introduction to matrices, types, matrix inverse, determinants,
system of linear equations, Cramer’s rule.
2. Quadratic Equations: Solution of quadratic equations, qualitative analysis
of roots of a quadratic equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations,
cube roots of unity, relation between roots and coefficients of quadratic
equations.
3. Sequences and Series: Arithmetic progression, geometric progression,
harmonic progression.
4. Binomial Theorem: Introduction to mathematical induction, binomial
theorem with rational and irrational indices.
5. Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities.
Recommended Books:
1. Dolciani MP, Wooton W, Beckenback EF, Sharron S, Algebra 2 and Trigonometry,
1978, Houghton & Mifflin,
2. Boston (suggested text)
3. Kaufmann JE, College Algebra and Trigonometry, 1987, PWS-Kent Company,
Boston.
4. Swokowski EW, Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry (6th edition), 1986,
PWS-Kent Company, Boston.
Semester II
General -III
ECON-206
Economy of Pakistan 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The objective of this course is development and growth of economics, a
comprehensive definition of economic development, and common characteristics of
developing countries.
Course Contents:
8. Factors of economics development. Technology and economic development.
Obstacles to science development. Remedial measures to overcome economic
development. Market imperfections, poverty and its measurement, various circle
of poverty.
9. Mineral and power recourses of Pakistan, natural recourses and economic
development. Capital formation. Qualitative and quantitative aspects of
Pakistan’s population. Explosion family planning. Importance of population for
economic development. Unemployment problems. Human capital formation.
Manpower planning.
10. Role of agriculture sector. Food and cash crops. Farm Mechanization. Collective
and cooperative farming. Problems of agriculture sector and solution. Food
shortage problem in Pakistan. Tax on agriculture income. Livestock. Forests in
Pakistan.
11. Role of agriculture credit. Rural credit its types and sources. Rural credit its
problems and solutions. Problems of agricultural marketing and solutions.
Importance and objectives of agriculture price policy. Land tenure system in
Pakistan.
12. Role of industrial sector. Problems of industrial sector and solution. Principal
manufacturing industries in Pakistan. Industrial promotion measures taken by
Government. Small and medium enterprises. Agro based industries. Localization
of industries.
13. Role of foreign trade in economic development, major Exports and imports of
Pakistan. Foreign trade performance of Pakistan. Exports promotion measures
taken by Government. BOP (Cause of deficit and solutions). Devaluation of
Currency.
14. Transports and communication system in Pakistan. Role of transport and
communication sectors in Pakistan. Pakistan Railways, Pakistan Motorways.
15. Meaning and definition of economic planning. Need and role of economic
planning. Aims and objectives o economic planning. Pre requisites for effective
economic planning factors including the effective economic planning.
16. Components of federal Budget. Economic importance of Budget. Fiscal policy.
Deficit flouncing. Tax structure in Pakistan.
Recommended Books:
10. Muhammad Ramzan, Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed khan, “ Economics o
Pakistan” MKG Publications, Multan. ( Latest Edition).
11. Kh. Amjad Saeed, ( Latent), “ The Economic of Pakistan” SA Saluman
Publications.
12. Waqar Ahmad and Rashid Ahmad, the management of Pakistan’ s Economy.
Oxford University Press, Karachi.
13. Chaudhary M. Aslam, Human Resource development.
14. Pakistan Economic Surveys, Published by Government of Pakistan, (Insets
issues).
15. Annual Report of State Bank of Pakistan and CBR year books. (Insets issues).
Semester-1I
ENG-102 English-II 03 Credit Hours
English-II (Communication Skills)
1. Grammar:
a) Verbs, Auxiliary Modals Mood
b) Cohesive devices (Recognizing and interpreting devices)
2. Speaking Skills:
a) Presentation Skills
b) Personality development (Emphasis on content, style and
pronunciation)
c) Group discussion
d) Taking part in Seminar
e) Effective Classroom interaction
3. Reading Skills:
a) Strategies to improve reading speed
b) Skimming, Scanning, Inference, Prediction, Anticipation
4. Writing Skills
a) Paragraph Writing (Techniques of writing: descriptive,
Narrative, Expository, Argumentative)
b) Letter Writing (Incitation, Regrets, Routines)
c) Emails writing, Use of library and internet
d) Note taking an note making
e) Outlining and summarizing
5. Listening Skills:
a) Introduction
b) Extensive and Intensive listening
c) Stress, Intonation, Rhythm
Recommended Books:
e) Grammar
3. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercise 2.
Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1986. ISBN 019431506
f) Writing
2. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and
Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN
019435405 7 Pages 45-53 (Not Taking).
3. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skill.
Fourth impression 1992. ( Particularly good for writing memos, introduction to
presentations. Descriptive and argumentative writing). ISBN 01943534065
g) Reading
1. Reading. Advanced. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary
Skills. 3rd impression 1991. ISBN 0194534030.
2. Reading and study Skills by John Langan
3. Study Skills by Riachard Yorky.
Semester II
MASS-101
Introduction to Mass
Communication 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of
the subject of journalism. The very basic concepts and terminologies used in MASS Media
to make the students friendly with the subject.
Course Contents:
17. Brief history of Journalism in Pakistan
18. What is journalism –Brief study of various types of Journalism – Daily Press –
periodical press—Electronic Journalism—(Radio , T.V, and online Newspapers.
19. What is news ?
Brief introduction to different types of news, news sources of newspapers.
20. News and news values
Brief introduction to the structure of the news ( Headline, Lead or Intro, Body or
Text, End.) qualities or responsibilities of sub- editor.
21. The brief study of the other important contents of newspaper, editorial , column,
Feature ( Introduction, Role in society and its various types ) .
22. Short notes on Media terminologies ( Press note , Handout, Press release , Hard
news and soft news, Publicity, Propaganda , Advertising Public opinion ,
Caption , Letter to the editor, print line , By line , Date line , News agencies ,Beat
, CPNE, APNS, PFUJ, Public Relation, Documentary, PPO, RPPO, PEMRA,
Code of ethics ) , Pres Communique.
Recommended Books:
16. M. Imtiaz Shahid, Mass communication, Introducing New Trends( English ) ,
Advanced publishers, Lahore , 2010.
17. Mirza Muhammad Yousaf , Faqiha Abbas, Exploring Journalism, A one
Publishers, Lahore , Third Edition , 2009.
18. Dr. Miskeen Ali Hijazi, G.m. Naqash, Mass Communication. Theory and
practice, A one Publishers , Lahore,2004.
19. Abdul-ul-Salam Kurshid, Fann-e-sahafat, Maktabba-e- Karwan, Lahore,
20. Dr. Mohidi Hassan, Dr. Abdul-ul-Salam , Journalisim for Ali, Aziz, Book Depot,
Lahore.
Semester-II
Course Code
PIR-101
Pakistan Studies 02 Credit Hours
Objectives:
Develop vision of historical perspective govt, politics,
contemporaryPakistan ideological background of Pakistan.
Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising
in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan.
Course Contents:
Mid Term
23. Historical Perspective
a) Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan and
Allama Iqbal.
b) Quaid-e-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah
c) Factors leading to Muslim Separatism
d) Ali Garh movement, All India Muslim League, Lucknow Pact, Khilafat
Movement, Nehru Report, 14 Points of Quaid-e-Azam, Allahbad Address,
Congress Ministries 1937, Lahore Resolution, Cabinet Mission Plan,
3rd June 1947 Plan, Independence Act 1947.
e) Location and Geo-Strategic Importance of Pakistan.
Final Term
24. Govt and politics in Pakistan and constitution development of Pakistan.
a) 1947-58. I. Objective Resolution. II. Causes of the failure of parliamentary
democracy in Pakistan. III. Salient features of 1956 constitution.
1958-69 Ayub Khan’s Reform.
b) Salient features of 1962’s constitution.
1969-71, 1971’s Election, LFO.
c) Causes of separation of East Pakistan.
1971-1977 Bhutto’s Reforms
d) Salient features of 1973’s constitution.
1977-88 Zia’s Islamization.
8th Amendment.
1988-1999 Political Development.
e) 1999-Onward.
25. Foreign policy of Pakistan and Challenges.
Recommended Books:
21. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 198.
22. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press,
2000.
23. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: An Historical
analysis. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993.
24. Khalid Bin Sayeed, Pakistan the Formative Phase 1857-1948
25. Inamullah Khawaja, The creation of Pakistan.
26. Maya Tudor, The Promise of Power, The Origins of Democracy In India an
Autocracy in Pakistan.
27. Aysha Jalal, the Sole Spokesman: Junnah, The Muslim League, and the Demand
for Pakistan.
28. Stephon P.Cohen, The Idea of Pakistan.
Semester II
General –IV SOC-252 Pakistani Society And Culture 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The course aims to make students learn about the nature and structure of Pakistani
Society. It aims to impart knowledge about National Culture and sub –Culture of Pakistan.
The course will develop understanding about the integrated functions of various social
institutions in the country.
Course Contents:
26. Introduction
a) Definition of society
b) Characteristics of Pakistani Society
c) Social Stratification , Cast & Class & Ethnicity
d) Social Institutions in Pakistan
I. Family
II. Religion
III. Economy
IV. Politics
V. Education
VI. Recreational
27. Educational Dynamics
a) Illiteracy
b) Literacy
c) Universal Primary Education Concept
d) Schools , Technical & Higher Education
e) Status of Formal and Informal Education
28. Historical Perspective of Pakistani Culture
a. Provisional Culture
a) Cultural of Punjab
b) Cultural of Sindh
c) Cultural of NWFP
d) Cultural of Balochistan
e) Cultural of Kashmir & Northern Areas
29. Urban and Rural Division of Pakistan
a) Rural Society
b) Urban Society
30. Minority and their Belief
31. Major Social Problems
32. Major Occupation and Production Activities
Recommended Books:
29. Hameed, Abdul , 1965 Interrelationship of living standard, Education and
information and social change.
30. Koernig, Samuel, 1970. Sociology – An introduction to the science of society .
Roberts Publications, London.
31. 1959. The Sociological Imagination. New York : Oxford University Press.
32. Ashok Narang , Political Sociology , Murari Lal & Sons , 2006.
33. The Muslim Family Laws Ordinance No. VIII of 1961, Ministry of Law, Govt. Of
Pakistan, Rawalpindi.
34. 58. Young , Kimball & Mack, Raymond, w.1959. Sociology and social Life ,
American Book, N.Y.
Semester-II
PIR-151 Introduction to Political Science-II 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The objective of this course this is the continuation of Political Science-I. It mainly
emphasizes on the functional aspects of the politics in a society. The students are to be
enabled to understand the functioning of the political system, study its various components
and actors influencing this functioning.
Course Contents:
33. Political System: Definition, Characteristics & Functions.
34. Law: Definition, Sources , kinds, ; its relationship with morality, individual
Liberty & rights & duties .
35. Constitution: Definition, kinds and amendments.
a) Virtue of Tolerance in constitutional process.
36. Political Parties: kinds, structures & Functions .
37. Interests groups: kinds , functions, relationship with Political Parties .
38. Public Opinion: Definition, Formulation , assessment.
39. Electoral process: mechanism, kinds of representation, requirements of impartial
elections.
40. Political Ideologies: Liberalism, fascism , Nazism , socialism, Marxism,
nationalism .
41. Rise of liberalism in Europe.
Recommended Books:
35. Chaudhry Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu), Lahore Standard Book Depot,
1996.
36. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State),
Jamshoro, Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985.
37. MazherulHaq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland, 1996.
38. Michael G. Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction, London: Prentice Hall,
1997.
39. Mohammad Sarwar, Introduction to Political Science, Lahore IlmiKutubKhana,
1996.
40. Robert Jackson and Dorreen Jackson, A Comparative Introduction to Political
Science (New Jersey, Prentice_Hall, 1997).
41. Rodee Anderson etc. Introduction to Political Science, Islamabad, National Book
Foundation, Latest Edition.
42. R. C. Agarwal, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi, S. Chand
& Co., 2006.
43. V. D. Mahajan, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi, S.
Chand & Co., 2006.
44. Ian Mackenzi (Ed.), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide, Edinburg,
University Press, 2005.
45. Political Sciece : A Comparative Introduction by Rod Hague, Mortin Harrop,
John Mc Comick second edition Macmillam Education UK, 2016
46. A Novel Approach to Politics: Introducing Political Science: by Douglas A. Van
Bella 3rd edition SAGE Publications 2017.
Semester III
COMP- 201 Introduction to Basics In Computer 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Computers, Concepts , Functions, Applications, Hardware .
2. Types Of Computer .
3. Input/outputs.
4. Software.
5. Systems Software .
6. Application Software .
7. Customized Software .
8. Word Processing .
9. Spreadsheet.
10. Tools of Statistical Analyses using Computer .
11. Database Application.
12. Internet browser.
13. E-mail: Personal Organizers.
14. Multimedia Applications.
15. Business Application.
16. Accounts.
17. Payroll.
18. Production.
19. Market Planning.
Recommended Books:
47. Peter Norton ‘s (2002 ) Introduction to Computers.
48. Long and long ( 1999), Introduction to Computers .
Semester III
ENG- 201
English - III
03 Credit Hours
English-III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills)
Grammar:
a) Phrasal Verbs
b) Commonly Confused Words (e.g. Homonyms, Homographs, Homophones)
Writing Skills:
a) Essay writing (Descriptive, Narrative, Analytical. Persuasive)
b) Precis Writing/ Summarizing (rules and Practice)
c) Report Writing
Technical Report Writing
Investigation Report Writing
Short Report Writing
d) How to write a proposal for research paper/ term paper
e) How to write research paper/ term paper (emphasis on style, content, language,
form, clarity, consistency)
Presentation Skills:
a) Discussion and Practice
b) Oral Communication
c) Picture Discussion
Recommended Books:
a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing
1. Writing Advance by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression
1992. ISBN 0194354073 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive,
argumentative and report writing).
2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education 2004.
3. Patterns of College Writing (4the edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R.
Mandell. St. Martins Press
4. The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther Illinois
University. General Editions: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen Ruffus
and Maurice Scharto. (Note: A reader which will give students exposure to the
best of twentieth century literature, without taking the taste of engineering
students).
Semester III
General VI SOC-253 Gender Studies 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course aims at introducing the students the construction of gender in
society with reference to class, race and sexuality. Its highlights the gender role and their
sociological characteristics.
Course Contents:
1. Definition and nature of gender studies.
2. Gender studies as an interdisciplinary subject and its relationship with other
social and natural sciences .
3. Contemporary construct of sex and gender studies .
4. Gender and immediate area of concern family work , education , law and
sexuality .
5. Gender and popular culture .
6. Theoretical aspects of gender .
7. Gender and issues of race , class and ethnicity.
8. Political and Cultural aspect of sex and gender .
9. Gender relation in everyday life .
10. Gender, everyday life and engendering .
Recommended Books:
49. Caroline B . Brettell , Gender in Cross Cultural Perspective , Pearson Education ,
New Jersey , USA, 2011.
50. Dr. Abdul Hameed Malik , Sociology of Gender Relations , National Book
Center , 2005.
51. Gender Trouble , Judith Butler , 1989.
52. Feminism Is for Everybody : Passionate Politics , Bell Hooks, 2000.
53. The Second Sex , Simone de Beauvoir , 1949.
54. Karen Hagemann , Palgrave Macmillan , 2013.
55. Marysia Zalewski, Feminist International Relations , Exquisite Corpse , Book
New Limited , London,2013.
Semester III
General –V LAW-101
Introduction to Law
03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
One of the primary objectives of this course is to familiarize the reader with the purpose,
content, scope and significance of law in our contemporary society. This paper better
serves its purpose when combined with Jurisprudence or the science of Law. The
purposive direction of this course aims at legal socialization of its readers. This course
latently aims at realizing the need of social equilibrium in a modern society. This can be
achieved by appreciating the nature and direction of change by the understanding of Law.
Contents:
1. Introduction
I. Definition ( Background and definition of Jurists )
II. Source of Law
III. Kind of Law ( According to Classification )
2. International Law
I. Definition
II. Nature
3. Islamic Law
I. Definition
II. Source of Islamic Law
III. Importance of “ Ijtehad ”
4. Great Systems of Law
I. Muslim Legal System
5. Major Concepts I. Law and Morality
II. Law and Liberty
III. Law and Rights
IV. Rule of Law
Recommended Books:
1. Phil Harris , An Introduction to Law,2006.
2. Dr. Vidya Dhar Mahajan ,Political Theory ( Principles of Political Science ) , S.
Chand & Company PVT.LTD, 2013.
3. N.D Arora , Political Science , McGraw Hill Education ( India ) Private
Limited,2013.
4. Muhammad Asif Malik, Interbational Law (Including Muslim International Law)
, Publishers Emporium Ahatta Shahdarian, Urdu Bazar, Lahore, 2011.
5. Mazher ul Haq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland ,
1996.
6. Introduction to Political Science revised and enlarged edition 216 by Pro, Dr.
Muhammad Sarwar Imle kitab khana.
7. Political Science, Theory & Practical by Mazhar-ui-Haq eight edition 2015.
Semester III
PIR- 201 Political Systems (Developed) 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The course is designed to given an understanding to the students about the
functioning of the developed political systems and their structure. In this course
efforts are made to cover the various aspects of Political Systems of UK and USA.
The purpose of this course is to generate awareness among the students about the
actual functioning of these political systems and find out the reasons of its
malfunctioning and solution of various problems faced in it.
Course Contents:
Following aspects of the political systems of UK and USA shall be studied.
42. Historical background and development;
a ) A detailed explanation of Renaissance in Europe
43. Constitutional/legal foundations of the system;
44. Political process and political recruitment;
a) Political parties and pressure groups
b) Functioning of the organs of the governmental legislature, executive and
judiciary
c) Political environmental factors influencing the politics such as
geographic, socio-economic, international scenario, media etc.
45. Political culture
Recommended Books:
56. F.N Forman and N. D J Baldwin, British Politics, London: MacMillan, 1991.
57. G. Q Wilson, AmericanGovernment: Institutions and Politics, 3rd edition,
Health& Co., n.d.
58. Harold J Laski, Parliamentary Government in England, London, Allen &
Unwin, 1960.
59. J. M. Colomer, Political Institutions in Europe, London, 1966.
60. M. Carter Gwendolen and John H. Hertz, Major Foreign Powers, New York:
Harcourt, Brace & World, INC, 1967.
61. P. G Cocker, Contemporary British Politics and Government, Kent, Tudor
Business Publishishing Ltd, 1993.
62. Pomper McWilliams Baker, American Government, McMillan Publishing Co,
London, 1993.
63. Ramsay Muir, How Britain is Governed, London, Constable & Co., 1940.
64. Robert G. Neumann, European Government, New York: McGraw-Hill, INC,
1968.
65. Thomas E. Patterson, The American democracy, Boston, McGraw Hill
College, 1999.
Semester IV
ENG-202 English -IV
03 Credit Hours
English-IV (Drama, Poetry, Literary, Criticism)
1.Letter Writing
Formal Letter
a) Good News Letter
b) Bad News Latter
Special Letter
a) Letters of congratulations
b) Letters about reservation
c) Letters of Invitation
d) Letters of Condolence
2.Professional Skills.
a) CV Writing & Job Application
b) Job Application
c) Interview skills
3.English Literature
Poetry
a)The man he killed ( Thomas Hardy )
b) Across the Indus ( Taufeeq Rafat )
c)Meeting at Night ( Robert Browning )
d) We are seven ( William Wordsworth)
e)Echoing Green ( William Blakes)
4.Prose & Essays
a) Three days to see ( Helen Keller )
b) Of Marriage & Single Life
c) Francis Bacon
d) Of Parents and Children
5.Short Story
a) The Necklace ( Maupassant )
b) TA-NA-E-E-KA( Mary Whitebird )
6.Drama ( Selected reading )
a) Romeo & Julier ( Balcony Scene: Act –II Scene 2) (William Shakespeare)
b) Hamlet ( 4th Soliloquy : Act –III Scene I )
c) Merchant of Venice ( Court : Act-IV Scene I )
Recommended Books:
66. English for Undergraduates Oxford University Press.
67. Himstreet, & Baty ( 1984) Business Communication Principles and Methods (
Seven Edition ). Boston , Massachusetts, Cant Publishing Company .
68. Howe, D.H . ( 2005) English for Undergraduates Karachi : OUP.
69. Queen, D( ed) ( 1985) Configuration. Washington, D.C: VSIA.
70. Raman, M& Singh, P: 9 2006) Business Communication New Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
Course Contents:
Part A)
1. Definition of Geography
2. Physical Geography
3. Distribution of land and water
4. Internal structure of earth
5. Rocks and their types
6. Major land forms – Mountains , Plains, Plateaus, Earthquake and
volcanoes .
7. Composition of Atmosphere .
8. Temperature
9. Air Pressure
10. Winds
11. Humidity.
12. Oceans- Composition , Relief of ocean Basin .
Part B)
13. Regional Geography of Pakistan
14. Location, Position , Area , Population, Administrative divisions,
15. Physiographic, Climate
Recommended Books:
1. Arbogast, A. F. (2007) Discovering Physical Geography, John Wiley and Sons, London.
2. Christopherson, R. W. (2009) Geo systems: An introduction to Physical Geography,
Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
3. Guinness, J. P. & Nagle, G. (2011) Geography, Hodder Education, London.
4. Miller, G. T. (2008) Living in the Environment, Principles, connections and Solutions,
Wadsworth, USA.
5. Agnew, J. A., Mitchell, K., &Toal, G. (Eds.). (2008). A companion to political geography.
John Wiley & Sons.
6. Tim Marshal, Prisoners of Geography, Scribner, 2016.
Semester IV
General –VII
GEOG-101
Introduction to Geography
03 Credit Hours
Semester IV
PIR- 253
Introduction to International
Relations
03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is designed to focus on the dynamics of International Relations ,
National Interests , power factor and state behavior as a guide to understand the nature of
real politick. The course will enable the students to analyze the basic approaches and
fundamental concepts of International Relations.
Course Contents:
1. Introduction, Nature and Scope of International Relations.
2. Approaches to the study of International Relations
a) Realism
b) Idealism ( Liberalism )
c) Behaviouralism
3. Modern State System and Sovereignty.
4. Doctrine of Power in International Relations.
a) Elements of Power
b) Balance of Power
5. National Interests in International Relations.
6. Concept of Nationalism.
7. Concept of Diplomacy .
a) Status of diplomacy during cold war
b) Status of diplomacy in the post cold war era
c) Status of diplomacy after 9/11
8. Ideologies in the 21st Century
a) Clash of civilization ( Islam vs the west )
b) End of History
Recommended Books:
71. Bruce Russett , Grasping the Democratic Peace : Principles for post cold War
World , Princeton , Princeton University Press, 1993.
72. Chris Brown , Understanding International Relations, London , Palgrave , 2005.
73. Hans J. Morgenthau, Politics among Nations , New York , McGraw Hill , 1993.
74. J. Steans and L. Pettiford , International Relations: Perspectives and themes,
Harlow , Pearson Education Press, 2005.
75. James E. Dougherty and Robert L.Pfaltzraff Jr. Contending Theories of
International Relations : Comprehensive Survey , Ed ( New York ) , Harper and
Row Publishers , 1981.
76. John T. Rourke , International Politics on the World Stage , Boston , Boston
University Press, 2004.
77. Karen A Mingst, Essentials of International Relations , London, W.W.Norton &
Company , 2004.
78. Robert Jervis and Art Robert , International Politics: Enduring Concepts and
Contemporary Issues, New York , Addison Wesley , 2003.
79. Robert Jervis , Perception and Misperception in International Politics , Princeton ,
Princeton University Press, 1976.
80. Essentials of International Relations (Eighth Edition) by Karen A.
Mingst (Author), Heather Elko McKibben (Author), Ivan M. Arreguín-
Toft (Author) W. W. Norton & Company (December 1, 2018)
81. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches by Richard
Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University Press; 7 edition
(February 15, 2019)
82. The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations
by Seventh Edition, Edited by John Baylis, Steve Smith, and Patricia Owens,
Oxford University Press(2017).
83. An Introduction to International Relations: by Richard Devetak Jim George 2017.
84. An Introduction to International Relations: by Philip Alam Reynolds 5th edition
Routledge Taylor and Francis Group Loudon and Newyourk 2016.
Semester IV
PIR – 252
Pakistan Movement 04 Credit Hours
Course Contents:
1. All Indian Muslim League : Objectives & Priorities
2. Imitative towards the establishment the responsible Government
( 1940-1935 )
3. Fluctuating trends in the subsequent developments in Pakistan Movements .
4. The Second world war and its impacts in Pakistan Movement.
5. Establishment of British Raj and its impacts on Indian Muslims
6. Politics of All Indian National Congress and Muslims Grievances .
7. Gradual involvements of the Muslims In Political Process and the role played
by eminent Muslims Leaders.
8. The Cripps mission and Congress Revolt , Jinnah Gandhi talks , Shimal
Conference & elections , the cabinet mission
9. The interim the Government and transfer of Power.
Recommended Books:
1. Sultan, Politics of the all India Muslim League, edition 2016, 1924-1940
2. Tal Bot, History of Modern South Asia, Politics, States, Diasporas (2016).
3. Andrew Neywood, Political Ideas and Concept (2016-17)
Semester IV
PIR - 251
Political Systems ( Developing ) 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is designed to enable the students for a comparative study of the political
Systems of Pakistan, India, Turkey & Iran. This study will not only provide the students
with basic knowledge about the actual functioning of these political systems , but also
enable them to make a meaningful comprehension among any of the countries and find out
the reasons of malfunctioning, if any.
Course Contents:
Following aspects of the political systems of the countries under reference shall be
studied:
9. Historical background and development :
10. Constitutional / Legal foundations of the system :
a) Provisions regarding rights of minorities in the constitution of Pakistan
11. Political process :
a) Political Parties and Pressure groups :
b) Functioning of the organs of the government : Legislature , executive and
Judiciary .
c) Political environmental factors influencing , the politics such as geographic ,
socio economic , International Scenario , media etc.
12. Political Culture : Salient features , public participation ideological orientations ,
Nature of civil military relations .
Recommended Books:
85. Iqbal Ahmad, (Ed.) The Islamic Revolution in Iran, Lahore 1980.
86. Durga Das Basu , Introduction to the Constitutions of India New Delhi , prentice
–Hall , latest edition .
87. Sheikh javeed Ahmed, Political System of Iran , ( Lahore : University Book
Corner ,2004.
88. Ergun Ozbudun , Contemporary Turkish Politics : Challenges to Democratic
Consolidation ( Lynner Lienner2000) .
89. Khalid Bin Syeed , Political Systems of Pakistan, Oxford University , Press ,
1967.
90. M.P Singh , Indian Political System ( Manak Publishers , N.D ) .
91. Rai Shakeel Akhtar , Turkey : In New World Perspective , Lahore : Sang-e-Meel Publications N.D.
92. Hamid Khan , Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan, Lahore , Oxford U . Press, 2001.
93. Political Science, N.D Arora Mc Gram Hill Educations (India) Private Limited.
94. Comparative Politics, Caramani. D (2014), New York Oxford University
cataloging publications.
95. Current Debates in Comparative Politics, second edition by J. Tyler Dickovick
and Jonathan Eastwood, published in 2018.
Semester IV
PIR - 251
Political Systems ( Developing ) 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is designed to enable the students for a comparative study of the political
Systems of Pakistan, India, Turkey & Iran. This study will not only provide the students
with basic knowledge about the actual functioning of these political systems , but also
enable them to make a meaningful comprehension among any of the countries and find out
the reasons of malfunctioning, if any.
Course Contents:
Following aspects of the political systems of the countries under reference shall be
studied:
13. Historical background and development :
14. Constitutional / Legal foundations of the system :
a) Provisions regarding rights of minorities in the constitution of Pakistan
15. Political process :
d) Political Parties and Pressure groups :
e) Functioning of the organs of the government : Legislature , executive and
Judiciary .
f) Political environmental factors influencing , the politics such as geographic ,
socio economic , International Scenario , media etc.
16. Political Culture : Salient features , public participation ideological orientations ,
Nature of civil military relations .
Recommended Books:
96. Iqbal Ahmad, (Ed.) The Islamic Revolution in Iran, Lahore 1980.
97. Durga Das Basu , Introduction to the Constitutions of India New Delhi , prentice
–Hall , latest edition .
98. Sheikh javeed Ahmed, Political System of Iran , ( Lahore : University Book
Corner ,2004.
99. Ergun Ozbudun , Contemporary Turkish Politics : Challenges to Democratic
Consolidation ( Lynner Lienner2000) .
100. Khalid Bin Syeed , Political Systems of Pakistan, Oxford University ,
Press , 1967.
101. M.P Singh , Indian Political System ( Manak Publishers , N.D ) .
102. Rai Shakeel Akhtar , Turkey : In New World Perspective , Lahore : Sang-e-Meel Publications N.D.
103. Hamid Khan , Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan, Lahore , Oxford U . Press, 2001.
104. Political Science, N.D Arora Mc Gram Hill Educations (India) Private
Limited.
105. Comparative Politics, Caramani. D (2014), New York Oxford University
cataloging publications.
106. Current Debates in Comparative Politics, second edition by J. Tyler
Dickovick and Jonathan Eastwood, published in 2018.
Semester V
PIR-302
Muslim Political Philosophy
03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is designed to aquaint the students with the major political concepts of
Islam, the structural functional aspect of Islamic Polity, the writings of prominent Muslim
thinkers with the prospects relating to the application of Islamic principles to modern times
.
Course Contents:
a) The political concepts and institutions in Islam .
1. Khilafat
2. Shura
3. Justice ( Adl)
4. Sovereignty
5. Equality
6. Status of Minorities in an Islamic State .
b) Muslim Political Thinkers :
1. Al-Mawardi
2. Al-Farabi
3. Al- Ghazali
4. Ibn-e- Khuldun
5. Allama Muhammad Iqbal
Recommended Books:
107. M.M sharif , History Of Muslim Philosophy , Lahore , Sang-e-meel ,
Publication , Latest edition.
108. Haroon Khan Sherwani , Muslim Political Thought & Administration ,
Lahore , Ashraf Publications , 1962.
109. E.J.Rosenthal , Political Thought in medieval Islam , Oxford University
Press, 1967.
110. Rashid Ahmed , Musalamano Kay Siasi Afkar ( Urdu ) , Lahore , Urdu
Bazar .
111. Watt. Montgomery , Islamic Political Thoughts , Edinburgh University
Press , Latest Edition .
112. Mumtaz Ahmed (ed) , State , Politics and Islam , American Trust
Publications , Indianapolis , 1986 .
113. Muqadema Ibne Khaldoon ( Urdu Translation ) .
114. Allama Muhammad Iqbal , Reconstruction of Religious Thought in Islam ,
Lahore, Shaikh Ghulam Ali & Sons.
115. Gerhard Bowering, Islamic Political Thought: An Introduction, Princeton
University, 2015.
116. Dr. Muhammad Daud Rahber, Sir Muhammad Iqbal, A Modern
Interpreter of Islam, Pakistan Writers cooperative society, 2017.
117. Muhammad Aslam Chaudhary, Muslim Political Thought, Publishers
emporium, 2018.
Semester V
PIR - 305
Public Administration
04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is designed to familiarize the students with the fundamentals of
government and administration. Students will thus gain knowledge regarding the
practical working of government as the functional arm of the state. This will also
enable the students to become successful managers regardless of the fields they opt
for as their future Careers.
Course Contents:
1. Definition , Scope , Relationship with other social sciences, public and
Private Administration.
2. Approaches : Traditional , Behavioural and post Behavioural.
3. Rise of the Big Government and the Contributory Factors .
4. Bureaucracy, Concept, Nature and Functions Max Weber’s Ideal type,
Criticism and the Changing view of Bureaucracy .
5. Functional Elements of administration :
a) Organization, its type , principles and theories .
b) Planning , Rationale and Principles .
c) Personnel Administration, its techniques and functions .
d) Communication, types and channels.
6. Decision Making: Models and Processes .
7. Administrative Accountability: The Role of legislature, judiciary, public
advocacy groups, ombudsman and the media .
8. Financial Administration: Budgeting, Auditing and the problems of
financial discipline.
9. Public policy making with reference to the policy making structures in
Pakistan.
10. Administrative Structure of Pakistan: Nature, Organizations &
Management Processes in the Centre and the Provinces.
11. Public –Private Collaboration, and the role of NGOs .
Recommended Books:
118. A.R. Tyagi , Public Administration : Principles and Practices ,
Lahore Naeem Publishers, 1990.
119. Felix A. Nigro , Llyod Nigro , Modern Public Administration ( 7th
ed.), New York , Harper and Row/ Collins , 1988.
120. Harold Koontz and Cyril O’Donnell , Principles Of Management:
An Analysis of Managerial Functions New York, McGraw – Hill, 1972.
121. James E. Morgan , Administrative and Supervisory management
London Prentice- Hall , 1982.
122. John McDonald Pfiffner, Public Administration , New York , John
Wiley & Sons 1975.
123. Marshall E. Dimock, Public Administration , Holt , Rinehart and
Winston , 1953.
124. Raymond W. Cox III , et. al, Public Administration in Theory and
Practice , New Delhi , Pearson Education, Inc, 1994.
125. Richard J.Stillman , Public Administration , Concepts and Cases ,
London Houghton Mifflin , 1976.
126. Shahid Ali Rizvi , Nazmiyat –e-Amma ( Urdu) , Karachi
Makataba-e- Faridi 1982.
Semester – V
PIR-306
Theories of International Relations: A
Comparative Study 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The objective of this course is to understand and differentiate between the main approaches
in international relations as well as to apply them for developing the related theories and
sub-theories. The major purposes of this course are to provide the students with the
opportunity to explore international relations in a variety of ways, and to familiarize them
with the major theoretical traditions, which explain the world politics. It would enable the
students to grasp the main themes of the theories that have been most influential over the
past two centuries. It would also explain the recent theoretical work in world politics by
providing an up-to-date survey of the foundational and anti-foundational theoretical
literature. Thus the learners will be able to understand the main themes of the various
theories and be able to assess their comparative strengths and weaknesses.
Course Contents:
1. Introduction to Theories, Paradigms, Concepts in International Relations
2. Foundational Theories:
3. Realism
a) Timeless wisdom of Realism
b) Essentials of Realism: State, survival and self help
c) Kinds of Realism: Structural Realism, Historical and Practical
d) Realism, Liberal Realism
e) Neo-Realism
4. Liberalism
a) Liberal Debate
b) Varieties of Liberalism: Idealism, Liberal Institutionalism and
c) Liberal Internationalism
d) Crisis of Liberalism
5. Marxist Theories
a) Essential Elements of Marxist Theories
b) World System Theory
c) Dependensia
d) Gramscianism
e) Critical theory
f) Neo-Marxism
6. Feminist Theory
a) Liberal feminism
b) Marxist / Socialist feminism
c) Post-modern feminism
d) Stand-point feminism
Core Books:
1. Griffiths, Martin Fifty Key Thinkers in International Relations, London:
Routledge 1999
2. Robert Owen Keohance, Neoliberalism and its Critics, NY: Columbia
University Press, 1986
3. Scott Burchill, Theories of International Relations, NY: Palgrave, 2005
4. Malhotra Vinay Kumar and Alexander A. Sergonin, Theories and
Approaches to International Relations, New Delhi Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd. 2001
Recommended Books:
1. Emma Rothschild, What is Security? Daedalus, Vol. 124, NO. 3
(Summer 1995)
2. Art, Robert. nd Kenneth Waltz (eds), The Use of Power: Military Power
and International Politics, Lanham: Rowman Littlefield Publishers, Inc.
1999/2004
3. Jervis, Robert “Theories of War in an Era of Leading Power Peace,
American Political Science Review 96, 1 March 2002): 1-14
4. John Mewsheimer, The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, NY: W.W.
Norforvi and Company 2002 (Chs 9 and 10)
5. Approaches to World Order, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1999.
6. Dougherty Jones and and Robert Pfaltzgraff L Jr., Contending Theories
of Intentional Relations, NY: Harper & Row,1981
7. Barry Buzan, UleWaever and Jappe de Wilde, Security: A new
Framework for Analysis, Boulder: Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc 1988.
8. Theories of International Relations by Scott Burchill, Edition: 5TH
13,Publisher: Palgrave
2013.
9. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches by Richard
Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University Press; 7 edition
(February 15, 2019)
10. Contestation and Constitution of Norms in International Relations by Antre Wunir
published August 2018, publisher Cambridge University ISBN 978-1-107-16952-4
11. European Integration Theory Oxford University Press, 209 Antre Wunir,Thomas
Diez ISBN 9780199226092.
.
Semester V
PIR - 301
Western Political Philosophy I
04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is designed to provide students grounding in evolution of Greek
Political Thought and Institutions. The Significance of this course is that Greek
philosophy and institutions provided the basis for further development of the
political studies .
Course Contents:
12. Political Institutions in ancient Greece.
13. The Philosophy of Socrates .
14. Political Philosophy of Plato .
15. Political Philosophy of Aristotle .
Recommended Books:
127. Ebenstein , Political Thought From Plato To Present, London ,
1986.
128. Judd Herman , Political Thought From Plato To Present, Islamabad
, National Book Foundation , 1982.
129. Earnest Barker , Greek Political Thought : Plato & Aristotle ,
London 1964.
130. G.H. Sabine , History Of Political Thought , London ,1980.
131. D.R. Bhandari , History Of European Political Thought , New
Delhi, 1962.
132. If you are an Egalitataing how you are so rich? Revised edition
ISBN-13 978-674006935, Aruthor G.A.Cohen.
133. Anarchy, State and Utopia by Robert Nozick, Published Nvember
12,2013. ISBN-13 978-0465051007, publisher basic books.
Semester VI
PIR-353
Comparative and Developmental
Politics –II 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is in continuation of “Theory of Comparative and Developmental
Politics –I”. Its purpose is to acquaint the students with a broader framework within
which a political systems develops, the various theories put forward and models
designed . The role played in the process by elite institutions such as civil and
military bureaucracies will also be taken into account.
Course Contents:
1. Political Development: meaning of political Development and common
characteristics.
2. Indicators of Political Development;
3. Socio Political Change and modernization; Major theories and their
functional implications.
4. Major issues of National identity and integration : Legitimacy , Role of
Bureaucracy and Military Elite , Charismatic Leadership.
Recommended Books:
134. Arthur Hughes, American Government , 3rd Edition , 1980.
135. David Easton , The System Analysis of Political Life , New York,
Wilde , Latest edition.
136. G.A Almond and J. Coleman , The politics of Developing Areas,
Princeton University Press, Latest edition .
137. G.A Almond , Comparative Politics, Princeton University
Press,1966.
138. G.M Career , Major Foreign powers , New York , 1972 .
139. J.C. Johari, New Comparative Government , New Dehli , Lotus
Press,2006.
140. Leonard Binder , Crisis and Sequences in Political Development ,
Princeton University Press, 1971.
141. Roy C. Macridis, Comparative Politics , London , The Dorsey
Press, 1972.
142. Ward and Macridis, Modern Political Systems ( Asia ) , New
Jersey , Prentice Hall, 1976.
Semester -VI
PIR-356 Foreign Policy of Pakistan 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The purpose of this course is to understand the background of foreign policy of
Pakistan in proper reference to context. Moreover, the students will be taught about the
main determinants, guiding principles, desired and acquired objectives in the age of
competing national interest of the state and also taught Pakistan relations with various
countries, its role in selected regional and international organizations, its policy and
strategy towards non-state actors will be analyzed. Furthermore, foreign policy of Pakistan
toward various regional and global issues would be discussed too.
Course Content:
1. Introduction to Pakistan’s Foreign Policy
a) Major determinants, principles and objectives
b) Geo-Political and Geo-strategic setting
c) Foreign policy-making process
d) Divergence and convergence in government and public perceptions
2. Pakistan’s Foreign pol. Phases of P icy (Brief Review)
a) Phase I (1947-1953): The Formative Phase.
b) Phase II (1954-62): The Period of Alignment.
c) Phase III (1962-1971) Bilateralism
d) Phase IV (1971 – 1979) Post 1971 Pakistan: New direction of
Foreign Policy
e) Phase V (1979 – 1988) Pakistan and Soviet Military Intervention in
Afghanistan
f) Phase VI (1989 – 2001) The End of Cold War, the New World Order
and Pakistan.
g) Phase VII (2001 onward) Post 9/11 to-date
3. Pakistan Relations with the Muslim countries: General overview
4. Relations with selected countries:
a) Relations with the United States
b) Relations with China
c) Relations with Russia
d) Relations with India
5. Pakistan’s Nuclear Policy: A brief review
6. Pakistan in the United Nations
7. Pakistan’s foreign policy: Latest trends and transformations
Core Books:
1. Abdul Sattar, Pakistan Foreign Policy: A Concise History-1947 to 2016
(London: Oxford Publication, 2017).
2. Burke, S.M., Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, An Historical Analysis, Karachi:
Oxford University Press, 1980.
3. Amin, Shahid M. Pakistan Foreign Policy: A Reappraisal, Oxford
University Press, Karachi, 2010.
Recommended Books:
1. Shahi, Agha Pakistan Security and Foreign Policy. Lahore: Progressive
Publishers, 1988.
2. Ahmad, Ishtiaq and Bashir Aamir, India and Pakistan Charting a Path to
Peace. Pan Graphics Islamabad 2004.
3. Bhutto, Z. A., The Third World: New Directions. Karachi: Oxford University
Press, 1973.
4. Bhutto, Z. A. The Myth of Independence, Karachi. Oxford University
Press, 1969.
5. Hasan, Masuma (Ed.) Pakistan in a Changing World. Karachi: PIIA, 1978.
6. Ali, MehrunnisaReading in Pakistan Foreign Policy 1971-1988, New
Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001.
7. Shah, Mehtab Ali The Foreign Policy of Pakistan: Ethnic Impacts on
Diplomacy, Oxford: I. B. Tauris, 1997.
8. Mujtaba, Rizvi. The Frontiers of Pakistan, Karachi: National Publishing
House, 1971.
9. Hussain, RiffatPakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Reader, 2 Volumes
Rawalpindi: Feroz Sons, 1988.
10. Jan, Tarik Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: The Years Ahead, Islamabad:
Institute of Policy Studies, 1994.
11. Shahid M. Amin , Pakistan’s Foreign Policy A Reappraisal, Oxford University
Press, 2019.
12. Dr. Iram Khalid, Pakistan Foreign Policy Evolution, Development and Strategies,
Peace publications, 2013.
13. Alex Vatanka, Iran and Pakistan Security, Diplomacy and American
Influence, 2017.
Semester VI
PIR- 354 History of International Relations 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The Course deals with the study of important events in International Relations and
provides a survey on different empirical perspectives of International Relations.
The main objective is to integrate theory and policy in the context of specific
historical cases in international politics.
Course Contents:
46. Origin and development of International Relations.
47. International Relations between the two world wars.
48. Origin and Causes of World War I and II
49. Development in International politics in the Post-Worlds War – II era.
50. Origin and Causes of the Cold War.
51. End of Cold War and its Implications.
52. Collapse of the Soviet Union and the New World Order.
53. Characteristics of the International Politics after 9/11.
54. Contemporary issues in International Relations.
a) Terrorism
b) Religion and Politics
c) Globalization
d) Nuclear Proliferation
Recommended Books:
143. David W. Clonton, The Two Faces of National Interest, Baton
Rouge, Louisiana States University Press 1994.
144. K.J. Holsti, International Politics: A Framework for Analysis, New
Jersey, Prentice Hall, 2004.
145. Lea Brilmayer, American Hegemony: Political Morality in a One
Super Power, new Heaven, Yale University Press, 2004.
146. Martin Griffiths, Realism, Idealism and International Politics, New
York, Routledge, 1995.
147. Paul Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, New York,
Random House, 2001.
148. Peter Beckman, World Politics in the Twentieth Century, New
Jersey, Prentice Hall, 2004.
149. Essentials of International Relations (Eighth Edition) by Karen A.
Mingst (Author), Heather Elko McKibben (Author), Ivan M.
Arreguín-Toft (Author) W. W. Norton & Company (December 1, 2018)
150. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches
by Richard Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University
Press; 7 edition (February 15, 2019)
Semester VI
PIR-357
Political Geography 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The main objective of the course is to develop an understanding for the students about those
dimensions of International Relations and Political Science which are influenced by prominent
geographical factors and features of the world. It focuses on how geography influences the world
politics.
Course Contents:
1. Political Geography:
a) Traditional boundaries
b) Modern boundaries
c) Problematic boundaries
2. Geography of Imperialism
a) The revolutionary heritage
b) Formal imperialism: The creation of empires
c) Informal imperialism: Dominance without empires
3. Human Topography
a) Politics of Identity
b) Politics of Ethnicity
c) Modernity and Digital divide
4. Geography of resources
a) Water resources
b) Oil and Gas
c) Food resources
5. Geopolitics
a) Core and Periphery
b) Choke Points
c) Buffer zones
Recommended Books:
1. Cox, Keven R. Political Geography. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, 2002.
2. Dicken, Peter. Global Shift: Re-shaping the Global Economics Map in the 21st Century.
(4th edition), Sage Publications, London, 2003.
3. Little, Richard and Smith, Michel. Perspective on World Politics. New York: Routledge,
2006.
4. Martin, I. R. A., Political Geography, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993.
5. Miles, Edward L., Global Ocean Politics: The Decision Process on the Law of the Sea,
1973-1982, Martinus: Nijhoff, 1998.
6. Richard, Muir, Political Geography: A New Introduction, New York: Macmillan, 1997.
7. Introduction to Political Geography: Space, Place and Politics by Martin Jones, Rhys
Jones, Michael Woods and Mark Whitehead, Edition: 2nd, Routledge N. Y,2015.
8. Geographies of Globalization by Warwick E. MurrayEdition: 2ND
Routledge N. Y. 2015
9. . Countries and Concepts: Politics, Geography, Culture by Michael G.
RoskinEdition: 13TH
Pearson Publishers 2016.
10. Geopolitics: Geography of International Relations - 3rd edition by Saul Bernard
Cohen : Rowman & Littlefield Pub, Inc. 2015.
11. Introduction to Geopolitics by Colin FlintEdition: 3RD Routledge N. Y.2017.
Semester VI
PIR -351 Western Political Philosophy - II 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is continuation of “ Western Political Philosophy I ”. It is designed to
provide further understanding among the students regarding an evaluation of
Western Political thoughts in medieval and modern period. It deals with the
political philosophy of the most representative thinkers of major political
movements.
Course Contents:
55. Machiavelli
56. Hobbes
57. Locke
58. Rousseau
59. Bentham
60. J.S. Mill
61. Hegel
62. Karl Marx and Lenin
63. Laski
Recommended Books:
151. Bertrand, Russel, A History of Western Philosophy , London,
Allen and Unwin , 1957.
152. D.R. Bhandari, History of European political thought, New Delhi ,
1962.
153. Ebenstein , Political Thought: from Plato to the Present , London
1986.
154. G.H Sabine , History Of Political Thought, London 1980.
155. Judd, Harmon , Political Thought from Plato to the present ,
London , McGraw Hill , 1964.
156. Kymlicka, Will , Contemporary Political Philosophy: An
Introduction London , Oxford University Press, 2006.
157. Paul Kelley ( Ed) , Political Thinkers : from Socrates to present
London, Oxford University Press, 2006.
158. W.A. Dunning , History Of Political Theories , New York ,
McMillan , 1935.
159. Zbigniew Brzezinski , The Grant failure : The Birth and Death of
Communism in the 20th Century , New York, 1990.
Semester VII
PIR - 404 Diplomacy 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
The course endeavors to develop an understanding of the concept of Diplomacy ,
its kinds and learning of negotiation techniques and strategies. Through its study ,
the students would acquire first hand knowledge and insight into the process and
diplomatic method . It also focuses upon analyzing diplomatic procedure as an
integral part of diplomatic practices and diplomatic missions .
Course Contents:
1. Evolution and development of diplomacy.
2. Kinds of Diplomacy and various methods of its implementation.
a) Environmental diplomacy
b) Public diplomacy
3. Diplomacy since World War II .
4. Techniques of diplomacy and crises management.
5. The art of negotiations.
a) Negotiation process
1. Preliminaries
2. Substantives negotiation
b) Negotiation techniques
6. Diplomatic Institutions
a) Consular immunities and privileges
b) Diplomatic missions , functions and organization.
7. Diplomacy in Islam .
Recommended Books:
160. Kassinger, Henry , Diplomacy , New York , Saimon and Schuster
,1994.
161. Iqbal , Afzal , Diplomacy in Islam , latest edition.
162. Hamidullah , M, Muslim conduct of State , Sheik Muhammad
Ashraf Lahore , latest edition .
163. Nicholson , Harold , Diplomacy , Washington, D.C,. Institute for
study of Diplomacy , 1988.
164. Kaplan , Stephen , Diplomacy & Power , Washington D.C.
Brookings , 1981.
165. DiplomacyTheory and Practice by Berridge, G. R.Palgrave
Macmillan UK, 5th Edition, 2015.
166. Satow's Diplomatic Practice 7th Editionby Ivor
Roberts (Editor) Oxford University Press; (March 21, 2018.
Semester VII
PIR- 405 Foreign Policies of UK, USA 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course intends to give an insight to the students the structure of foreign
policies of USA and UK, the essential factors which play significant role in
formulation of their foreign policies, with an emphasis upon analysis of their
relations with other countries.
Course Contents:
A comparative study of Foreign Policies of US and UK is to be made with special
emphasis on the determinants, objectives and diplomatic strategies of these
countries .
Recommended Books:
1. Macridis , R.C, Foreign Policy in the World Politics , NJ: 1976.
2. Schmergel , G. (ed) US Foreign Policy in the 1990’s London : 1991.
3. Spanier , John , American Foreign Policy since World War II, NY, Holt
Rinehar and Winston.
4. Hal Brands, Making the Unipolar Moment: US Foreign Policy and the rise
of the post-cold war order, 2017.
5. Christopher Hill, The future of British Foreign Policy : Security and
diplomacy in a world after Brexit, Polity Press, 2019.
6. Jaffery. D. Sachs, A New Foreign Policy Beyond American
Exceptionalism, Columbia University Press, 2018.
Semester VII
PIR - 402 Foreign Policy Analysis 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is designed to enlighten the students about the concepts and schools
of thought in foreign policy analysis, concentrating particularly on the process of
decision –making in the International System. The students will study the foreign
polices of selected countries in order to understand the policy debate in the light
of great power actions and weak state problems.
Course Contents:
8. Conceptual Framework of Foreign Policy : Definition and its Tools:
9. Various Approaches to the study of Foreign Policy :
10. Kinds of Foreign Policy :
a) Ethical
b) Offensive
c) Traditional
d) Radical
e) Pragmatic
11. Structure and nature of International Politics;
12. Economics as an Instrument in International Politics ;
13. State Strength and weaknesses: Limitations of State Action;
14. Process of Formulation of Foreign Policy in developed and developing
countries.
15. Foreign Policy ; Determinants and objectives .
16. Radical Changes in Foreign Policy after 9/11.
Recommended Books:
167. Charles F.Hermann , et, al New Directions in the study of Foreign
Policy , Boston , Allen & Unwin , 1987.
168. David Louis Cingranelli , Ethics, American Foreign Policy and the
Third World , New York , St.Martins , 1993.
169. Hans J.Morgenthau , Politics Among Nations : The Struggle For
Power And Peace , New York , Alfred A. Knof .1980.
170. James N.Rosenau , Pre -theories of Foreign Policies : One Time
Fad , Realized Fantasy and Normal Field in Charles W.Kegley ( Eds.)
International Events and the Comparative Analysis of Foreign Policy ,
New York University Press, 1998.
171. John G. Ikenberry , ( Ed.) , American Foreign Policy : Theoretical
Essays , Boston , Scott foresman,2001.
172. John R. Faus , China in the World Politics , Boulder , Lynne
Rienner , 2005.
173. K.J.Holsti , International Politics: A Framework for Analysis ,
New Jersey , Prentice-Hall , 2004.
174. P.M. Kamath , and Krishan D. Mathur , Conduct of India’s
Foreign Policy , New Delhi , Longfellow , 2001.
175. S.M. Burke , Pakistan’s Foreign Policy : An Historical Analysis <
London , Palgrave, 2003.
176. Stephen P. Cohen , India : Emerging Power, New York , Oxford
University press, 2002.
Semester VII
PIR - 401 Methods of Study & Research 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course aim at the dissemination of knowledge about the scientific methods
of study and conduction of research. The course is specialty designed to serve the
needs of post graduate students in general, and the students with scholastic bent of
mind, in particular who intend to go for higher education. A familiarity with latest
/ modern methods of study and the basic skills of research will facilitate the future
assignments of would-be scholars. Tutors of this course should ask the students to
prepare their semester assignments of would- be scholars . Tutors of this course
should ask the students to prepare their semester assignments with the application
of basic research techniques .
Course Contents:
17. Approaches to the study of Political Science :
a) Normative ;
b) Positivistic;
c) Disciplinary;
d) Intra-Disciplinary;
e) Behavioral
18. Methods:
a) Comparative;
b) Analytical ;
c) Deductive /Inductive ;
d) Quantitative /Qualitative ;
e) Scientific;
19. Scientific Research :
a) Concepts ;
b) Theories;
c) Facts ;
d) Laws;
e) Generalization;
f) Prediction.
20. Research :
a) Meaning , kinds and importance;
21. Steps involved in Research process:
a) Selection of the problems ;
b) Hypothesis ;
c) Research design( Components);
d) Techniques for the collection of data-Observation , Interviews,
Questionnaires, Security of Documents;
e) Sampling , Sampling Design;
f) Application of Computer.
Recommended Books:
177. Beverly R.Dixon, A Handbook of Social Science Research ,
London. Oxford University Press, 1987.
178. Buttolpa Johnson Janet and Richard A. Joslyn, Political Research
Methods , Eaglewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 1986.
179. C.R. Kothari, Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques,
Mew Delhi, Wiley Eastern Ltd,1985.
180. Chava Nachmias and David Nachmias, Research Methods in
Social Sciences, New York , st. Martines Press, 1981.
181. John W. Creswell, Research Design: Qualitative , Quantitative ,
and Mixed Methods Approaches, New Delhi, Stage Publications,2003.
182. Julian L. Simon and Paul Burstein, Basic Research Methods in
Social Science, New York , Random House, 1985.
183. Margaret Stacey, Methods of Social Research. New York,
Pergamon Press, 1969;
184. Philips W. Shievly, The Draft of Political Research , Englewood
Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, 1980.
185. Singleton( Jr.) Roycea and Burce C. Straits, Approaches to Social
Research (4th ed.), London, Oxford University Press, 2006.
186. W.G Goode and P.K. Hatt, ( Eds.) Methods in Social Research,
New York , McGraw-Hill,1952.
187. Research Methods Information, Systems, and
ContextsbyEditors: Kirsty Williamson Graeme Johanson 2nd Edition
Chandos Publishing November 2017.
188. Qualitative Research Methods for the Social Sciences, Global
EditionBy (a Howard Lune , Bruce L. Berg, 9th edition, Pearson
Education Limited, 2017.
189. Research Methodology- Methods And Techniques by C.R.
Kothari, Gaurav Garg, Age International Publishers, 2018.
Semester VII
PIR - 403 Public International Law - I 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
Objectives of this course is to generate awareness among students regarding the
nature, evolution, development and application of International Law among the
members of the International Community such as states , International Institutions
and individuals . This course also addresses the issue of practicability of
International Law.
Course Contents:
22. Definition, Nature and scope of International Law, Binding Nature of
International Law, Two schools of thoughts about the reality of
International Law .
23. Origin and development of International Law, Theories of International
Law, Relationship between International and Municipal Laws.
24. Sources of International Law.
25. Subjects of International Law: States, Individuals and non-state Entities.
26. State as International Actor: Pre –requisites of statehood, kinds of states.
27. Recognition of state and Government, De-jure and De-facto Recognition,
legal effects of Recognition, Recognition of Insurgency and belligerency
and its impacts.
28. State succession and its effects.
29. State Sovereignty: Acquisition of Territorial Sovereignty.
30. State Jurisdiction : Territorial Jurisdiction, Jurisdiction over Maritime belt,
Contiguous zone , Continental Shelf , Jurisdiction over high seas , right of
hot pursuit on high seas , Jurisdiction over air space and outer space.
Recommended Books:
190. Antonio Cassese, International Law, London, Oxford University
Press 2001.
191. Craig J. Barker , International Law and International Relations,
London, Continuum, 2000.
192. Edward Collins , International Law in a changing world : Cases,
Documents and readings , New York, Random house, 1970.
193. Herbert W, Briggs, The Law of Nations : Cases, Documents and
Notes, London , Steven , 1953.
194. Ian Brownlie , Basic Principles of International Law , London ,
Oxford University Press, 1986.
195. J.G Starke , Introduction to International Law ( 10th ed.) , London,
Butterworths , 1989.
196. J.L. Brierly , The Law of Nations : and Introduction to the Internal
Law of peace, London, Clarendon Press , 1949.
197. L. Oppenheim , International Law: A Treatise ( Vol.I & II) ,
London , Longman , 1955.
198. Malcolm N . Shaw, International Law , London , Cambridge
University Press , 2003.
199. Michael Akehurst , An Introduction to International Law , London
, Allen & Unwin , 1977.
200. Introduction to International Law, J.G Starke
201. International Law & Human Rights, Dr. H.O Agarwal, 21 editon
202. International La, L.N Tnadom- S.K Kapoor
203. Public International Law (Cruz) 2014,Betia/ Menor/ Mai Reamico
Objectives:
This course intents to give an insight to the students into the multiple roles of the
International Organizations in the World Politics. It would enable the students to
have an understanding about the impact and working of these bodies on the
international as well as regional issues.
Course Contents:
64. Conceptual framework of International Organizations .
65. Origin and Development of International Organizations.
66. League of Nations formations , functioning and causes of failure.
67. United Nations formation , functioning aims and objectives.
68. U.N. and its specialized agencies.
69. The role of U.N. in collective security , preventive diplomacy
,peacekeeping operations.
70. Future of U.N.
Recommended Books:
204. A.Leroy Bennett , International Organizations , New York , 2001.
205. Avi Shliam , International Organizations in World Politics , New
York , year book,1975.
206. Buzan , Barry , Regions and Powers . The Structure of
International Society , 2003.
207. David . A .Key (ed) , The United Nations Political Systems, latest
edition .
208. David Armstrong , The Rise of International Organizations , A
SHORT History ,2003.
209. Goodspeed, S.S, The Nature and Function of International
Organizations, latest edition.
210. Mahagan , V.D, International Relations Since19019, S.Chand &
Co, New Delhi ,1993.
Semester VIII
PIR-452 International Organizations 03 Credit Hours
Semester VIII
PIR - 454 Local Government in Pakistan 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This objectives of the course is to acquaint the students about the basic concepts of
Local Government Systems and the essentials required for its successful
functioning . It would deal with the historical development of Local Government
in Pakistan .
Course Contents:
1. Meaning , Nature and Scope of Local Government Systems .
2. Evolution of Local Government Systems in Pakistan .
3. Organizational Structure and Performance of Local Government in
Different Era, Ayub Khan, Zia-ul-Haq , and Pervez Musharraf.
4. Planning and Functional Structures of Local Governments .
5. Sustainability Problem of Local Government .
Recommended Books:
211. Abedine , N, ( 1973 ) , Local Administration And Politics in
Modernizing Societies Bangladesh and Pakistan , Dacca ,National Institute
of Public Administration .
212. Alderfer , Harold, F, (1964) , Local Government in Developing
Countries , New York, McGraw – Hill .
213. Chandler , J.A. (1992) , Local Government in Liberal
Democracies, An Introductory Survey (Ed) London , Routledge .
214. Government of the Punjab , (2001) , Local Government ordinance
Lahore , Govt , Publication .
215. Hassan , Masoodul , (1985) History of Local Government in
Pakistan , Islamabad , Ministry of Local Government and Rural
Development, Government of Pakistan.
216. Hassan , Masoodul , ( 1968) Text Book of Basic Democracy and
Local Government in Pakistan ,Lahore , All Pakistan legal decision.
217. Inaytullah , ( 1964) Basic Democracies, District Administration, and
Development , Peshawar , PARD. 218. Quddos , Syed Abdul (1982) , local Self Government in Pakistan ,
Lahore , Progressive Publishers . 219. Rizvi , Shahid Ali , (1980) , Local Government in Pakistan , A Study in
clash of Ideas , Karachi , Center for the Research on Local Governments.
220. Siddiqui , K( 1992) , Local Government in Asia , A Comparative Study ,
( ed) Dhaka , University Press.
Semester VIII
PIR-453
Political Economy 04 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This Course of study intends to make understand the students about significance
of relationship between Economy and Politics. This helps to explain why and how
Political Economy has become so central to the study of Political Science and
International Relations. It highlights the actors, processes and events in the recent
history of world economy and its relation with Global Politics.
Course Contents:
1. The Evolution of Political Economy
2. Political Economy: Definition, Nature, Scope and Structure
3. International Financial and Trade Institutions
a) IMF
b) IBRD and World Bank
c) GATT and WTO
4. Different Concepts of Political Economy
a) Capitalist Approach
b) Liberal Approach
c) Structuralist & Marxist Approach
d) New approaches to Political Economy
5. International Trade
a) Free and Fair Trade
b) Bilateral and Multilateral Trade
6. Foreign Aid: Techniques, Kinds, Objectives and Implication
7. Political Economy in the post-cold war era
a) The concept of Globalization
b) Future of Political Economy
8. Economic as a weapon in Foreign Policy
9. Global Problems
a) North and South
b) International Debt
c) Population and Political Economy
Recommended Books:
1. Robert Gilpin. The Political Economy of International Relations.
Princeton New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1987.
2. J. Baylis & S. Smith, (3rd edition) The Globalization of World Politics: An
Introduction to International Relations. Oxford: Oxford University Press,
2005.
3. David Balaam and Michael Veseth, (1st edition) International Political
Economy, New Jersey: Princeton Hall, 1996.
4. William Nester, International Relations: Politics and Economics in the 21st
Centurey. Wadsworth Press. USA, 2001.
5. Lloyd Jensen and Lynn H. Miller, Global Challenge: Change and
Continuity in World Politics. Harcourt Brace Company Press, 1997.
6. John T. Rourke, (10th edition) International Politics On The World Stage.
New York: The McGraw-Hill Companies, 2005.
7. Joan EdelmanSpero, The Politics of International Economic Relations, (4th
edition) New York: St. Martins Press, 1990.
8. William W. Keller, d al. Multinationals the Myth of Globalization.
Princeton, N1: Princeton University Press, 1997.
9. International Political Economy: by Jeffry A. Frieden (Author), David A.
Lake (Author), J. Lawrence Broz (Author) Perspectives on Global Power
and Wealth (Sixth Edition) 2017
10. International Political Economy by Thomas Oatley, Routledge; 6thEdition
(August 29, 2018)
11. Political Economy 5th Edition by John Ravenhill Oxford University
Press; 5 edition (February 15, 2017)
12. Introduction to International Political Economy 7th Edition
by David N. Balaam (Author), Bradford Dillman (Author)Routledge; 7
edition (July
31, 2018)
13. Discrimination and Disparities by Thomas Sowell, Basic Books
Publishers; Revised, Enlarged edition (March 5, 2019)
Semester VIII
PIR- 451 Public International Law - II 03 Credit Hours
Objectives:
This course is the continuation of the international Law-I. Its purpose is to
give an understanding to the students regarding the legal frame work for
mutual interaction of the states, both in times of peace and war. It also
covers the legal issues of individuals such as nationality, asylum, extradition
etc.
Course Contents:
6. Individuals in International Law : Nationality , conflict of nationality
laws , acquisition and loss of Nationality .
7. International Humanitarian Law .
8. Extradition : conditions and state practices , offences exempted from
extradition .
9. Asylum : territorial and extra- territorial asylum, Humanitarian aspects
of asylum in International Law .
10. Agents of International Transaction : Diplomatic Envoys , Counsels ,
Rights , Privileges and Immunities of Diplomatic Envoys and
Counsels .
11. Law of Treaties : Kinds and Nomenclatures of treaties , formation of
treaties , invalidation and termination of treaties .
12. International Disputes : peaceful and coercive means of settlement of
International Deputes .
13. Laws of War and Armed Conflicts: differences between combatants
and Non-combatants, Lawful and Unlawful Combatants: Rights of
prisoners of war : War and Human Rights .
14. Islamic concept of Law of War: Rights and duties of Belligerent
parties .
15. Concept of Neutrality and Quasi-Neutrality: differences between
Neutral and Neutralized states: Rights and Duties of Neutral and
Belligerent States.
16. International Law and present-day Challenges .
Recommended Books:
221. August Ray S , Public International Law: Text , cases and readings
, Prentice Hall PIR , (1995 ).
222. Brown Lie , Ian , principles of public International Law , London :
Oxford University press ( 1999 ).
223. Buergenthal, Thomas and Harold G . Maier , Public International
Law in a Nutshell , West Publishing Company , ( 1990).
224. Byers , Michael , Understanding International Law and armed
conflicts , New York Grove Press , ( 2007) .
225. Cassel , A , International Law in a Divided World , London :
Oxford University Press : ( 1986).
226. Dixon , Martin , Text book on International Law . Blackstone
Press Limited, ( 2002 ).
227. Fenwick , Charles H , International Law , New York :
Appleton_Century , ( 1986)
228. Glahn , Gerhard Von , Law Among Nations : An Introduction to
Public International Law .London : Allyn & Bacon , Inc , ( 1995) .
229. Green , Leslie C , The Contemporary Law of Armed Conflicts,
Manchester : Manchester University Press ( 2000) .
230. Starke , A.J.E , International Law , London : Bulleworths , ( 1978)
.
CURRICULUM OF MASS COMMUNICATION
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
Course Outline of BS Mass Communication
Session 2017 intake & onwards
Semester: I
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
ENG-101 English-I 3+0
ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0
ECON-101 Introduction to Economics-I (Principles of Micro
Economics)
3+0
MASS-101 Introduction to Mass Communication 3+0
MASS-102 Gender Studies 3+0
COMP-105 Computer Skills For Mass Communication 3+0
Total 17
Semester: II
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
PAKS-101 Pak. Studies 2+0
STAT-101 Statistics 3+0
IR-101 Introduction to International Relations 3+0
ENG-102 English-II 3+0
ECON-102 Introduction to Economics-II (Principles of Macro-
Economics)
3+0
MASS-151 Contemporary World Media 3+0
Total 17
Semester: III
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
ENG-201 English-III 3+0
MASS-201 Journalistic Language (Urdu & English) 3+0
MASS-202 National & International Affairs 3+0
MATH-102 Mathematics 3+0
PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology 3+0
POL-101 Introduction to Pol. Science 3+0
Total 18
Semester: lV
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
GSCI-101 General Science 3+0
SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology 3+0
MASS-251 Functional Urdu 3+0
MASS-252 Mass Media in Pakistan 3+0
MASS-253 Sports Journalism 3+0
Total 15
Semester: V
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
MASS-301 Fundamentals of News Reporting 3+0
MASS-302 Introduction to Broadcast Media 3+0
MASS-303 Online Journalism 3+0
MASS-304 Research Methods-I 3+0
MASS-305 Communication Theory-I 3+0
Total 15
Semester: VI
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
MASS-351 Sub Editing & Page Designing (Theories & Practice) 3+0
MASS-352 Feature, Column, Editorial writing (Theories & Practice) 3+0
MASS-353 Research Methods-II 3+0
MASS-354 Communication Theory-II 3+0
MASS-355 Introduction to Advertising & Public Relations 3+0
Total 15
Semester: VII
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
MASS-401 Media Seminar 3+0
MASS-402 Development Communication 3+0
MASS-403 Media Ethics & Laws 3+0
MASS-404 TV News Reporting & Production 3+0
MASS-405 Radio News Reporting & Production 3+0
MASS-406 Introduction to Social Media 3+0
Total 18
Semester: VIII
Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs.
MASS-451 Research Report/Project & Viva 3+0
MASS-452 International Communication 3+0
MASS-453 Mass Media in SAARC 3+0
MASS-454 TV Program Production 3+0
MASS-455 Radio Program Production 3+0
MASS-456 Internship 3+0
Total 18
Total Credit Hours 133
CURRICULUM OF BS MASS COMMUNICATION
SEMESTER I
ENG-101 ENGLISH-I (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
It will enable the student tolerant the basics of Functional English
Language which are essential in for spoken and written communication.
In order to enhance language skills and develop critical thinking,
grammar component will serve as a remedial necessity to help overcome
their common errors English Language.
Contents:
Grammar
Parts of speech and use of articles
Sentence structure: Active and Passive Voice
Practice in unified sentence
Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure
Transitive and intransitive verbs
Punctuation and spelling
Vocabulary building
Comprehension:
Answers to questions on a given text
Reading Skills
Skimming, scanning, predicting and guessing
Writing Skills
Making an outline, paragraph development, writing headlines,
reports & short articles, precise writing.
Speaking Skills
Spoken English techniques
Discussion
General topics and everyday conversation (topics for
discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher keeping in view
the level of students)
Listening
To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by
subject teachers)
Translation skills
Urdu to English
Paragraph writing
Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
21
Recommended Books:
1. Functional English
a) Grammar
1. English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. 1, 2 & 3.
3rd edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492
2. Practical English Usage by Michael Swan, Oxford Press,
Karachi.
b) Writing
1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brin and
and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth
Impression 1993. ISBN 0194354057 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.
c) Reading/Comprehension
1. Reading Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis.
Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992.
ISBN0194534022.
d) Speaking
1. Mind Your Language’ by British Broadcasting Corporation (Book
with CDs & Cassettes)
2. Choosing Your English’ by British Broadcasting Corporation
(Books with CDs & Cassettes)
3 ‘Follow Me’ by British Broadcasting Corporation (Book with CDs
& Cassettes)
ISL-101 ISLAMIC STUDIES (Cr. hrs 02)
Objectives:
This course is aimed at providing basic information about Islamic
Studies, to enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic
civilization and to improve their knowledge about the Issues related to
faith and religious life.
Course Contents:
Introduction to Quranic Studies
1) Basic Concepts of Quran
2) Articles of faith
Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran
1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith (Verse No-284-286)
22
2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (VerseNo-1-18)
3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of
faithful (VerseNo-1-11)
4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (VerseNo.63-
77)
5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam (VerseNo-152-154)
6) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adabal-Nabi (Verse No.6,
21, 40, 56, 57, 58.)
7) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18, 19, 20) Related to thinking, Day
of Judgment
8) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar, Tadabar (VerseNo-
1,14)
9) Verses of Surah Al Maida (verses 32)
Seerat of Holy Prophet (SAWW)-Sources of Islamic law
Quran, Sunnah, Ijma, ijtehad
Economic System
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System
2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics
3) Islamic Concept of Riba
4) Islamic Ways of Trade& Commerce
Political System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System
2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty
3) Basic Institutions of Govt.in Islam
Social System of Islam
1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam
2) Elements of Family
3) Ethical Values of Islam
4. Concept of Fundamental Rights in Islam.
Recommended Books:
1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam”, IRI,
Islamabad
23
2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”
3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam
4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,”
5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic
Law” leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan.
6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic
Research Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad
(1993)
7) Mir Wali ullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of
Crimes” Islamic Book Service (1982)
8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studiesin Islamic Law, Religion and Society”
Deep & Deep Publications New Delhi (1989)
9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq,
10) “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia”
11) Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)
ECON-101 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-I (PRINCIPLES OF MICRO
ECONOMICS) (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course is designed to introduce key microeconomics concepts and techniques applicable as
tools for rational economic decision-making within the micro framework. The course aims to
demonstrate the relevance and usefulness of economic analysis to real world business situations.
Emphasis is placed on optimal decisions making within the firm and the strategic relationship
with other business. The goal of the course is to provide an introduction to microeconomics.
Using microeconomics theory, the students will be able to understand the concepts of demand
and supply, the price determination in the market, firm behaviour and the structure of the
markets.
Contents:
Basic economic concepts
Economics: Basic Themes and Nature
Micro versus Macro Economics
Positive versus Normative economics
Economic problem of resource allocation
Economics relevance to business organizations
DEMAND AND SUPPLY ANALYSIS
The demand function.
Changes in demand.
The supply function.
Changes in supply.
Equilibrium of Supply & Demand
Elasticity of demand/supply and its measurement.
APPROACHES TO UTILITY ANALYSIS
Cardinal approach and consumer equilibrium.
Ordinal approach and consumer equilibrium.
Price, Income and Substitution effects on consumer equilibrium.
PRODUCTION ANALYSIS
Basic production concepts.
Total, Average and Marginal Product
Returns to scale.
Short-run and long-run production.
Least-cost factor combination.
Producer equilibrium.
Cost and revenue analysis
Various cost concepts.
The cost of production: Short-run cost, long-run cost.
Revenue and revenue curves: Total, average and marginal revenues.
Profit-Maximization
Market structures and pricing
Market and its forms.
Price and out-put under perfect competition.
Price and out-put under monopoly, duopoly, oligopoly and monopolistic competition.
Resource allocation
Role of the government in market efficiency.
The theory of Marginal Productivity.
Market demand for resources.
Existence of impact of externalities
Income distribution and fairness
Recommended Books:
1. David M. Winch, Micro Economics: Problems and Solutions, Oxford
University Press. (Latest Edition)
2. Mc Connell & Brue, Economic 15th Edition., McGraw Hill, INC
3. Muhammad Hussain Choudhry, (2002), Economic Theory Volume 1, Caravan Book House,
Lahore
4. Ruffin and Gregory, Principles of Economics, Illionois: Scott Foresman and Company, (Latest
Edition).
5. Samuelson and Nordhaus, Economics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, (Latest Edition).
6. Scott and Nigro: Principles of Economics, New York; Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., (Latest
Edition)
MASS-101 INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course is aimed at introducing the students with basic
concept of communication and mass communication. This course further
enables the students to understand the communication process and
distinguish among various mass media
Contents
Definitions, types and significance. Process of Communication:
source; message; channel; noise; destination; encoding; decoding; and
COMMUNICATION
feedback. Barriers in communication. Essentials of effective
communication.
Dimensions of mass communication: mass media, advertising,
public relations, blogging, new media etc. and Functions of mass
communication. (Information, Education, Opinion Formation, Entertainment
and Development.)
MEDIA OF MASS COMMUNICATION
Print Media: newspapers, magazines, periodicals, books, pamphlets, etc.
Broadcast media: Radio, TV, film. New Media: (Internet)–On-line
journalism. Traditional/Folk-Media. Comparative study of mass media, their
components, functions and effects.
Recommended Books:
1. Dominick, J.R.(2006).Dynamics of Mass Communication(8thed.)New
York. McGraw-Hill
2. Merrill, J.C., Lee, J., Friedlander, E.J., (1994). Modern Mass
(2
nd
ed). New York. Harper Collins College Publishers
3. Straubhaar, LaRose. (2002). Media Now: Communication Media
Information Age (3rded.). USA. Wadsworth
MASS-102 GENDER STUDIES (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course focuses on the socio-cultural construction of gender. The historical movements and
feminist perspectives about gender relations will be explored. The course will provide
understanding about globalization and its impact on changing gender role in various societies
around the world with special references to Pakistani society. Specific areas of gender
discrimination (both for men and women) will also be dealt with.
Content:
1. Introduction
i) Definition, concepts and importance
ii) Gender studies in local and global perspective
iii) Feminism
2. Major feminist perspectives
i) Three waves of feminism
ii) Liberal feminism
iii) Radical feminism
iv) Marxist feminism
v) Theological feminism
3. Gender and human rights
i) Definition and nature of human rights
ii) Collective rights
iii) Ethnic minority rights
iv) Fundamental rights
v) Property rights
4. Gender and politics
i) Gender and third world politics
ii) Women political leaders, past and present
iii) Women in the legislatures and executive of the law
iv) Power and patriarchy
v) Women in Pakistani political setup
vi) Women participation in local government system
5. Gender and education
i) Gender and education
ii) Gender, origin and development of education
iii) Gender education and religion
iv) Gender education and polity
v) Gender education and economy
vi) Gender education and social mobility
vii) Gender and forms of education
6. Gender and population
i) Population composition
ii) Sex composition
iii) Gender roles and family size
iv) Gender and reproductive role
v) Gender and youth problem
vi) Gender and population issues
vii) Changing perspective of gender roles in population
7. Gender and development
i) Gender roles
ii) Access to resources
iii) Gender disparity
iv) Problems of gender development
v) The role of development aid in gender development
vi) The role of non-government organizations in Gender
development
vii) Journey from WID to GAD
Recommended Books:
1. Beauvoir, Simone De (2007), The second Sex, Vintage.
2. Bornsterin, Kate (1995), Gender outlaw: on Men, Women and Rest of US, Vintage.
3. Butler, Judith (2004), Undoing Gender, Routledge.
4. Butler; Judith (2006), Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity, Routledge.
5. Faucault, Michcl (1990), the History of Sexuality: An introduction, Vintage.
6. Jane Pilcher, (2008) 50 Key Concepts in Gender Studies, Sage Publication New Delhi
7. Jasmin Mirza. 2002. between Chadar and the Market. Oxford University Press. Karachi.
8. Johan Z Spade, (2008) The Kaleidoscope of Gender, Sage Publication New Delhi;
9. Kapadia, K. (2002). The Violence of Development. London, Zed Books.
10. Kathy Davis, Mary S Evans and Judith Lorber, (2008) Handbook of Gender and Women’s
Studies Sage Publication New Delhi
11. Mary Holmes, (2008) What is Gender? (Sociological Approaches) Sage Publication New
Delhi;
12. Mead, Margaret (2001), Male and Female, Harper Perennial.
13. Radtke, H. Lorraine and Henderikus J. Stam (1994-95), Power and Gender. Sage Publication,
London.
14. Ronnie Vernooy (2008) Social and Gender Analysis in Natural Resource
Management, Sage Publication New Delhi;
37
15. Shaista, Ikramullah, 2000, From Purdah to Parliament. Oxford University
Press, Karachi.
16. Sharlene Nagy Hosse Biber (2008) Handbook of Feminist Research
Sage Publication New Delhi.
17. Sharmila Rege, (2008) Sociology of Sender (The Challenge of Feminist
Sociology knowledge) Sage Publication New Delhi;
18. Sharukh Rafiq. 2000. 50 years of Pakistan's Economy. Oxford University
Press.
19. Social Policy and Development Centre (2000). Social Development in
Pakistan. New York, Oxford University Press.
20. Sterling, Anne Fausto (2000), Sexing the Body: gender Politics and the
Construction of sexuality, Basic Books. New Edition.
21. Sudah, D.K. 2000, Gender Role. A. P. H Publication, India.
COPM-105 COMPUTER SKILLS FOR MASS COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course is aimed at introducing the students to computer
technology and techniques with the view to acquaint them with its use in
Print and electronic Media. It focuses on the use of various software a
journalist can use while practicing journalism (print/television/radio) in
daily routine. However this course will only provide the basic introduction
of the said soft-wares as in the advance courses students will learn the
various other aspects in detail.
Course Contents:
Introduction to Computer (Hardware/Software)
Internet basics (Internet Connectivity, IP Settings, Installation of
Programs, Window Installation, Internet Securities, File formats
(for Audio & Video).
In-Page Basics (Urdu Composing and Page Making)
Adobe Page Maker basics (Creating layouts for Newspaper and
Magazines)
Adobe Photoshop basics (Basic still image/Picture editing)
Coral Draw Basics (Page and image making and designing)
24
Adobe Audition Basics (Basic Audio Editing for Radio)
Adobe Premier Basics (Basic Video Editing for
Television/Documentary/Short Film etc…)
Macromedia Flash Basics (Basic creation of Flash Images, Flash
Picture Gallery and Flash Video for web and other formats)
Recommended Books:
1. Michael S. Toot.(2003).Master Visually Office.
2. Laurie Ulrich, Laurie Ulrich.(2003).How to do everything with
Microsoft Office 2003
3. Curtis Frye. Microsoft Office 2003 Step by Step. Online Training
Solutions Inc.,
4. Michelle Perkins Beginner’s Guide to Adobe Photoshop
5. Deke McClelland, Galen Fott. Photoshop Elements 3 for Dummies
6. Jan Kabili. .Adobe Photoshop Elements 2 Complete Course
7. Carla Rose. Sams Teach Yourself: Adobe Photoshop CS 2in24
Hours, First Edition.
8. Carla Rose. Sams Teach Yourself: Adobe (R) Photoshop (R) in 24
Hours.
9. Steve Bain. CorelDraw (R) 11:the Official Guide by Steve Bain.
10. Rosanna Yeung. Macro media Flash MX 2004 Hands-On Training
11. Phillip Kerman. Sams Teach Yourself: Macromedia Flash MX
2004 in 24 Hours.
12. Adobe Page Maker 7.0 Classroom in a Book. Adobe Creative
Team.
13. Adobe PageMaker7.Againstthe Clock.
14. Gordon Woolf. Publication Production using Page maker: A
guide to using Adobe Page Maker 7 for the production of
newspapers, newsletters, magazines and other formatted.
15. DonnaL. Baker. Adobe Premiere 6.5 Complete Course
16. Christopher Callahan. A Journalist’s Guide to the Internet: The
Net as a Reporting Tool. 2nd Edition
17. Frank Bass: The Associated Press Guide to Internet Research
and Reporting
18. Rogers Caden head, Mark E. Walker. How to Use the Internet.
SEMESTER II
PAKS-101 PAKISTAN STUDIES (Cr. hrs 02)
Objectives:
The basic aim of this subject is to develop vision of Historical Perspective, Government, Politics,
Contemporary Pakistan, Ideological Background of Pakistan and also to study the process of
governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to
Pakistan.
Contents:
1. Historical Perspective
a) Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad
Iqbal and Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah.
b) Factors leading to creation of Pakistan- social, political and economic factors
c) People and Land
i. Indus Civilization
ii. Muslim advent
iii. Location and Geo-Physical features.
2. Government and Politics in Pakistan Political and constitutional phases:
a. 1947-58
b. 1958-71
c. 1971-77- separation of East Pakistan
d. 1977-88
e. 1988-99
f. 1999 -2008
g. 2008 –onward
3. Contemporary Pakistan
a. Economic institutions and issues
b. Society and social structure
c. Cultural diversities
Recommended Books:
1. Burki, Shahid Javed. (1980), “State& Society in Pakistan”, The Macmillan PressLtd
2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. (2000), “Issue in Pakistan’s Economy” Karachi, Oxford University Press
3. S. M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring.(1993), “Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis”,
Karachi: Oxford University Press
4. Mehmood, Safdar.(1994), “Pakistan Political Roots & Development”. Lahore
5. Wilcox, Wayne. (1972), “The Emergence of Bangladesh”, Washington: American Enterprise,
Institute of PublicPolicyResearch
6. Mehmood, Safdar. (2002), “Pakistan Kayyun Toota”,, Lahore: Idara-e- Saqafat-e-Islamia,
Club Road
7. Amin, Tahir. (1996), “Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan”, Islamabad: Institute of Policy
Studies, Islamabad.
8. Ziring, Lawrence. (1980), “Enigma of Political Development”. Kent England: WmDawson &
sons Ltd.
9. Zahid, Ansar. (1980), “History & Culture of Sindh”. Karachi: Royal Book Company,
10. Afzal, M. Rafique. (1998), “Political Parties in Pakistan”, Vol. I, II &III. Islamabad: National
Institute of Historical and cultural Research,
11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston:
Houghton Mifflin, 1967
12. Aziz, K. K. (1976), “Party, Politics in Pakistan”, Islamabad: National Commission on
Historical and Cultural Research
13. Muhammad Waseem, (1987), “Pakistan Under Martial Law”, Lahore: Vanguard,
14. Haq, Noorul. (1993), “Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective”. Islamabad: National
Commission on Historical and Cultural Research
15. Qazi, Shahida (2002), “Pakistan Studies in Focus”, FEP Karachi.
STAT-101 STATISTICS (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course helps students to understand the basic concepts of statistics, its nature, scope and
importance with special focus on its use in social sciences.
Contents:
What is Statistics?
Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations,
Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of
a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data, Exercises.
Presentation of Data
Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency
distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their
Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve,
Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Histogram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of
frequency curves, Exercises.
Measures of Central Tendency
Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between
Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. Properties of Good
Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their
detection. Exercises.
Measures of Dispersion
Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean
Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the
standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation,
Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises.
Probability and Probability Distributions.
Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises
Sampling and Sampling Distributions
Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors,
sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling, Sampling
distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises.
Hypothesis Testing
Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level
of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of
hypothesis. Exercises.
Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and
proportion for small and large samples, Exercises
Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations
Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population
means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table.
Exercises
Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes
Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes.
Exercises.
Regression and Correlation
Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of
parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its
estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples
Recommended Books:
1. Walpole, R. E. (1982). “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc.
New York.
2. Muhammad, F. (2005). “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana
Bazar, Faisalabad
IR-101 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The objective of this course is to highlight the significance and introduce the fundamentals of
International Relations to the students.
Contents:
1. Meaning, Definition, Nature, and Scope of International Relations
2. Evolution and Development of International Relations
3. Significance of International Relations
4. Concept of Nation State
5. International System and Sub-Systems
6. Foreign Policy, National Interest, and Diplomacy
7. Power and Balance of Power
8. Regionalism and Globalization
9. State and Non-state Actors
10. Human Rights in International Relations
11. Religion, Ethics, Morality and Justice in International Relations
12. The Role of Economics in International Relations
13. The Concept of War and Peace in International Relations
Recommended Books:
1. Columbus, Theodore. (1992), Introduction to International Relations: Power and Justice. New
Delhi: Prentice Hall
2. Goldstine, Josha. (2003), International Relation. Washington DC: Pearson Education
3. Lawson, Stephanie. International Relations; Cambridge; Polity, 2003.
4. Amstutz, Mark R. (1995), International Conflict and Cooperation: An Introduction to World
Politics. (Chicago: Brown & Benchmark, 1995)
5. Griffiths, Martin, and Callaghan, Terry O’.(2003), International Relations: The Key Concepts.
London, Routledge
6. Henderson, Conway W. (1998), International Relations: Conflict & Cooperation at the Turn of
the 21st Century Boston: McGraw-Hill
ENG-102 ENGLISH-II (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course will meet specific needs of the students of Communication Studies to equip them
with the modern writing and presentation capabilities in order to meet the diverse market
demands.
Contents:
Essay writing
Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative
Academic writing
How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper
How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity,
consistency
Presentation Skills
Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation), techniques for
presenting written material through multi-media
Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building
Recommended books:
Technical Writing and Presentation Skills
a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing
Writing Advanced by Ron White Oxford. Third Impression 1992.
ISBN 0194354073 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive,
Argumentative and report writing).
College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher
Education 2004.
Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and
Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press. 30
Technical Report Writing
Progress Report Writing
b) Presentation Skills
c) Reading
The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by northern Illinois
University. General Editor’s: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen
Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (Areader which will give students exposure
to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of
engineering students).
ECON-102 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-II (PRINCIPLES OF MACRO
ECONOMICS) (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course aims at giving students knowledge about the working of a mixed economy at the
aggregate level under pinning of aggregate output and income determination, key macro-
economic problems and major policy debate. The basic themes are extended to find out how the
disciplines of national income, macro economics in closed and open economy, macroeconomic
stabilization policies, macro-economic components (consumption, saving, private investment,
interest etc.), public finance, money and banking link up with conventional macroeconomics.
Contents:
Key Concepts of Macroeconomics
Objectives and instruments of macroeconomics.
Tools of macroeconomics policy.
Aggregate demand and supply.
MEASURING ECONOMIC ACTIVITY.
Concepts of National Income.
Measurement of National Income. GDP, NDP, GNP & NNP, Personal Income & Disposable
Personal Income, GDP Deflator and a real GDP
National Income as a measure of economic welfare
CONSUMPTION AND INVESTMENT.
Consumption, Income and saving.
Consumption Function.
Saving Function.
The Marginal Propensity to Consume and Average Propensity to consume
The Marginal Propensity to Save and Average Propensity to save
Determinants of Consumption
Determinants of Investment (Rate of interest, MEC)
INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT DETERMINATION
Classical approach.
Modern approach (Keynesian)
Post Keynesian Approach
MULTIPLIER AND ACCELERATOR
Investment Multiplier.
Tax multiplier, foreign trade multiplier and super multiplier.
FISCAL AND MONETARY POLICIES
Fiscal Policy
Monetary Policy
INFLATION
Nature and kinds.
Inflationary and deflationary gaps.
Inflation and unemployment.
BUSINESS CYCLE
The concept of Business Cycle
Business Cycle Theories
Business Cycle & Business Decision Making
INTERNATIONAL TRADE
Classical theory of International trade (CIT)
Modern theory of International trade (H-O-Theorem)
Economic Integration and Regional Cooperation.
Protection and free trade.
WTO (Objectives and role)
BALANCE OF PAYMENTS
Balance of Payments Accounts.
Disequilibrium & Imbalance of Payments.
Causes and Remedies.
Recommended Books:
1. Dornbusch and Fischer Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, New York. (Latest Edition)
2. Mc Connell & Brue, Economic, Mc Graw Hill, INC (Latest Edition)
3. Muhammad Hussain Choudhry,(2002), Economic Theory Volume 2, Caravan Book House,
Lahore
4. Ruffin & Gregory, Principles of Economics, Scott, Foresman & Company.
5. Samuelson and Nordhaus, Economics, McGraw Hill, New York. (Latest Edition)
MASS-151 CONTEMPORARY WORLD MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course helps to provide students with a thorough understanding of how media differ around
the world and to develop an appreciation of cultural differences. Moreover it provides students
with knowledge of the major descriptive and explanatory theories of cultural globalization. It
also helps students to develop skills in primary research about global media and communication.
Contents:
History and development of global media
History and development of media in sub continent
Media systems of USA, UK, China, Japan, France and Germany
Media in Middle East and south Asian countries
Media in Russia & India
Profile of News Channels
• CNN
• BBC
• Fox News
• Bloomberg
• Al-Jazeera
• Star News
• VOA
Profile of World Elite Press
• The New York Times
• The Washington Post
• The Los Angeles Times
• The London Times
• The Guardian
• Times
• News Week
• Economist
News Agencies
• AP
• Reuter
• AFP
• DPA
• APP
Media Conglomerates
Big Media Giants:
• AOL
• Times Warner
• Walt Disney
• News Corporation
• General Electric
• Bloomberg
Recommended Books:
1. Morris, N., Waisbord, S., (2001), “Media and Globalization: Why the State Matters”,
Rowman & Littlefield. ISBN# 0-7425-1030-1. Paperback.
2. Ó Siochrú, Seán, Bruce Girard, and Amy Mahan. (2002), “Global Media Governance: A
Beginner’s Guide”. Rowman & Littlefield. ISBN# 0-7425-1566-4
3. Todd, Gitlin. (2007). 2Media Unlimited”. New York: Henry Holt.
4. Straubhaar, LaRose. (2002). “Media Now: Communication Media in the Information Age”,
(3rd ed.). USA; Wadsworth
SEMESTER III
ENG-201 ENGLISH-III (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course aims at providing the students with real life professional
communication skills for both verbal and non-verbal needs
Contents:
Paragraph writing
Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph
Essay writing
Introduction
CV and job application 37
Translation skills
Urdu to English
Study skills
Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed
reading, summary and précis writing and comprehension
Academic skills
Letter/memo writing and minutes of theme editing, use of library and
internet recourses
Presentation skills
Personality development (emphasis on content, style and
pronunciation)
Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review
Recommended books:
a) Grammar
1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A .V
Martinet .Exercises 2. 3RDedition Oxford University Press
1986. ISBN0 19431350 6.
b) Writing
1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne
Brin and and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary
Skills. Fourth Impression 1993 ISBN 0194354057 Pages
45-53 (note taking).
2. Writing Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford
Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1992. ISBN
0194354065 (particularly good for writing memos,
introduction to presentations, descriptive and
argumentative writing).
c) Reading
1. Reading Advanced Brian Tomlinson and RodEllis.
Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1991.
ISBN 0194534030.
2. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan
3. Study Skills by Richard Yorky.
MASS-201 JOURNALISTIC LANGUAGE (URDU & ENGLISH) (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
It will enable the students to learn the basics of Functional Urdu Language which are essential
for spoken and written communication. In order to enhance language skills and develop critical
thinking, a grammar component will serve as necessity to help overcome their common errors in
Urdu Language.
Contents:
Introduction to journalistic Urdu writing
Difference between journalistic, common and literary writing
Writing for newspapers, radio, TV and online media (Urdu)
Difference between writing for print and electronic media
Common technologies used in journalism
Translation of Urdu to English news stories
MASS-202 NATIONAL & INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course is designed to provide the students an insight of event sand
affairs taking place in and around Pakistan. Understanding national and
international affairs is indispensable for persons working for media. This
course is planned to enlighten and enable the students to analyze events
with proper perspective.
Course Contents:
National Affairs:
1. Basics of Pakistan’s Foreign Policy and Pakistan’s relations
with other countries – India, Afghanistan, Iran, China and US,
SAARC, ASEAN,
2. Contemporary issues political instability, Governance
Issues, Health, Education, Water, Population, Gender, Human
rights, Poverty etc.
3. Elements of national power: geography, ideology, natural
resources, education, economy etc.
International Affairs:
1. Shift in balance of power: end of bipolar system and it implications
2. The United Nations and its current role in conflict resolution.
3. Muslim World, issues and problem, Role of OIC
4. Issues and problems faced by contemporary World:
a. Geo Political Status of Pakistan;
b. Regional Arrangements three case studies European
Union, ASEAN, and SAARC.
c. Middle East issues
d. Kashmir Dispute 36
e. Nuclear issues
f. War against terrorism and its different dimensions
g. WTO and its implication and impact.
h. environmental and water issues
f. energy crisis
Recommended Books:
1. Safdar Mahmood (2006-2007). International Affairs. 2ndEdition.
Jahangir Printers, Lahore, Pakistan.
2. Ken Booth &Tim Dunne. (2002). Worlds in Collision Terror and
the Future of Global Order. Palgrave Macmillan.
3. Noam Chomsky (1997). World Orders Old and New. Pluto Press.
USA
4. Aeron Davis. (2007).The Mediation of Power. Routledge Taylor
and Francis Group
5. Saiyyad Muhammad, Saleem Moini. (1995). International Law.
Pakistan Writer’s Co-operative Society Karachi, Lahore.
6. Dr. Safdar Mehmood. (2000). International Affairs. Jang
Publishers. Lahore
7. Inyatullah, (1997). State and Democracy in Pakistan, Vanguard
Books Pvt. Ltd., Lahore
8. Rizvi, Hasan-Askari (2000), Military, State and Society in
Pakistan, Macmillan Press Ltd.
9. Saeed, Khawaja Amjad (2007),The Economy of Pakistan, Oxford
University Press.
10. Jain, Rashmi (2007), The United States and Pakistan 1947–
2006, Radiant Publishers.
MATH-201 MATHEMATICS (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of calculus to
apply the concept sand the techniques in their respective disciplines.
Course Outline:
1. Preliminaries: Real-number line, Function and their graphs,
Solution and equations involving absolute inequalities
2. Limits and Continuity: Limit of a function, Left hand and
Right hand function, Continuity, Continuous function.
3. Vectors: Scalar and Vector Products, normals to planes
equations of planes and lines
4. Complex Numbers addition, multiplication, division, Arg and
diagram, polar form, de Moivre's theorem
5. Partial Differentiation: functions of two variables, functions
of three variables of matrices, transposed, identity and zero
matrices. Solutions o. Finding values from functions of
different variables.
6. Matrices : linear equations written as Ax = b. Addition and
multiplication f 3 x 3 sets of linear equations, Adjoin Matrix,
inverse matrix, determinants, Gaussian Elimination Method,
Gauss-Jordan Method
Recommended Books:
1. Anton H, BevensI, Davis S, Calculus: A New Horizon (8th
edition), 2005, John Wiley, New York
2. Stewart J, Calculus(3rdedition), 1995, Brooks/Cole
(suggested text) 49
3. Swokowski EW, Calculus and Analytic Geometry,1983,PWSKentCompany, Boston
4. Thomas GB, Finney AR, Calculus(11th
edition),2005,Addison-Wesley, Reading, Ma, USA
PSY-101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
Describe psychology with major areas in the field, and identify the parameters of this discipline.
Distinguish between the major perspectives on human thought and behaviour. Appreciate the
variety of ways psychological data are gathered and evaluated. Gain insight into human
behaviour and into one's own personality or personal relationships. Explore the ways that
psychological theories are used to describe, understand, predict, and control or modify
behaviour.
Contents:
1. Introduction to Psychology
a. Nature and Application of Psychology with special reference to Pakistan.
b. Historical Background and Schools of Psychology (A Brief Survey)
2. Methods of Psychology
a. Observation
b. Case History Method Experimental Method
c. Survey Method
d. Interviewing Techniques
3. Biological Basis of Behaviour
a. Neuron: Structure and Functions
b. Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous System
c. Endocrine Glands
4. Sensation, Perception and Attention
a. Sensation
(I) Characteristics and Major Functions of Different Sensations
(II) Vision: Structure and functions of the Eye.
(III) Audition: Structure and functions of the Ear.
b. Perception
(I) Nature of Perception
(II) Factors of Perception: Subjective, Objective and Social
(III) Kinds of Perception:
(IV) Spatial Perception (Perception of Depth and Distance)
(V) Temporal Perception; Auditory Perception.
c. Attention
(I) Factors, Subjective and Objective
(II) Span of Attention
(III) Fluctuation of Attention
(IV) Distraction of Attention (Causes and Control)
5. Motives
a. Definition and Nature
b. Classification
Primary (Biogenic) Motives: Hunger, Thirst, Defection and Urination, Fatigue, Sleep, Pain,
Temperature, Regulation, Maternal Behaviour, Sex.
Secondary (Sociogenic) Motives: Play and Manipulation, Exploration and Curiosity, Affiliation,
Achievement and Power, Competition, Cooperation, Social Approval and Self Actualization.
6. Emotions
a. Definition and Nature
b. Physiological changes during Emotions (Neural, Cardial, Visceral, Glandular), Galvanic
Skin Response; Pupilliometrics
c. Theories of Emotion
d. James Lange Theory; Cannon-Bard Theory
e. Schachter –Singer Theory
7. Learning
a. Definition of Learning
b. Types of Learning: Classical and Operant Conditioning Methods of Learning: Trial and
Error; Learning by Insight; Observational Learning
8. Memory
a. Definition and Nature
b. Memory Processes: Retention, Recall and Recognition
c. Forgetting: Nature and Causes
9. Thinking
a. Definition and Nature
b. Tools of Thinking: Imagery; Language; Concepts
c. Kinds of Thinking
d. Problem Solving; Decision Making; Reasoning
10. Individual differences
a. Definition concepts of;
b. Intelligence, personality, aptitude, achievement
Recommended Books:
1. Atkinson R. C., & Smith E. E. (2000). Introduction to psychology (13th ed.). Harcourt Brace
College Publishers.
2. Fernald, L. D., & Fernald, P. S. (2005). Introduction to psychology. USA: WMC Brown
Publishers.
3. Glassman, W. E. (2000). Approaches to psychology. Open University Press. Hayes, N. (2000).
Foundation of psychology (3rd ed.). Thomson Learning. Lahey, B. B. (2004). Psychology: An
introduction (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
4. Leahey, T. H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. New
Jersey: Prentice-Hall International, Inc.
5. Myers, D. G. (1992). Psychology. (3rd ed.). New York: Wadsworth Publishers.
6. Ormord, J. E. (1995). Educational psychology: Developing learners. Prentice- Hall, Inc.
POL-101 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of
Political Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the forthcoming semesters. The very
basic concepts and terminology commonly used in the further courses of studies are taught to
make the students friendly with the subject.
Contents:
1. Definition, Nature, Scope and the sub-fields of the subject.
2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences, specifically International
Relations, Diplomacy, Strategic Studies etc.
3. Basic concepts of Political Science such as law and constitution, power and authority,
legitimacy, nation and nationalities etc.
4. State: its origin and evolution; Western and Islamic concepts of State; Forms of State: Unitary,
Federation, Confederation.
5. Organs of Government: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary.
6. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential and others.
Recommended Books:
Anderson, Rodee et.al. Introduction to Political Science. Islamabad: National Book Foundation,
Latest Edition.
Haq Mazher ul. (1996), Theory and Practice in Political Science. Lahore: Bookland,
Agarwal, R. C. (2006), Political Theory: Principles of Political Science. New Delhi: S. Chand &
Co.
Ahmad Shafi, Choudhry. (1996), Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu). Lahore: Standard Book Depot.
Bashir Ahmad, Sheikh.(1985), Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State). Jamshoro:
Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh
G. Roskin, Michael. (1997), Political Science: An Introduction. London: Prentice Hall
Sarwar, Mohammad.(1996), Introduction to Political Science. Lahore: Ilmi Kutub Khana
Jackson, Robert and Dorreen Jackson. (1997), A Comparative Introduction to Political Science.
New Jersey: Prentice – Hall
Mackenzi, Ian ed. (2005), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide. Edinburgh: University Press
Ahmed, Khurshid ed. Islamic Law and Constitution. Islamic Publications, 1960.
SEMESTER IV
GSCI-101 GENERAL SCIENCE (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The main objective of this course is to give understanding about the basics of all subjects being
included in science.
Contents:
1. Biochemistry and Biotechnology
i. Definition of metabolism. A brief description of metabolism and fate of
Carbohydrates, fats and proteins, in human body.
ii. What are enzymes? Their role in metabolism. Definition of enzymes and their role in our daily
life.
iii. Blood and its function
iv. DNA as hereditary material
v. Genetic engineering
vi. Improvement of crops and control of crop diseases
vii. Antibiotics and Vaccines
viii. Recycling of waste and scarce materials
2. Man and Health
i. Major components of food
ii. Food and energy. Energy requirements regarding age, sex, body size, climate and working
conditions.
iii. Balanced diet for babies, young, old, pregnant and feeding mothers.
iv. Definition of nervous system with reference to endospermic glands.
v. – Description of different stages of life.
– Transition from childhood.
vi. Importance of exercise for physical fitness, healthy living and as a measure against obesity.
vii. First aid and its administration.
3. Environment and Natural Resources
i. The atmosphere and its different layers. Description of Green house effect and its importance.
Different climatic pattern.
ii. Different kinds of pollution and their reduction. Effect of pollution on human life.
iii. Different kinds of Minerals and Fossil Fuels, their occurrence and uses.
Need for conservation of natural resources.
iv. Briefly discuss the crops and fruits of Pakistan. Production trends in principle crops;
mechanization of agriculture, new implementations.
v. Different dairy and poultry products and methods for their improvement.
vi. Importance of wildlife, national parks, conservation of wildlife and endangered species.
vii. Effects of rising population on environment, poverty and quality of life.
4. Current Electricity
i. Introduction and description of various concepts relating to current electricity.
ii. Components of circuits. Their working and use in electrical circuits.
iii. Direct and Alternate current. Introducing their advantages and disadvantages.
iv. Process of electric supply for domestic purposes along with it measurement.
v. Electric shocks, burns, fire, explosion, and safety precautions against them.
vi. Introducing ammeter, voltmeter, multi meter, analogue and digital meter and their uses.
5. Science and Technology
i. Description of the advancement of science and Technology for the development of the country.
ii. Functions and uses of:
– Lasers
– Optical fibre system
– Satellites and Radar, etc
iii. Simple introduction to radioactivity, properties, uses of radiations emitted by radio-active
substances and radio isotopes in various fields (health, agriculture, etc.)
iv. X-rays, Ultrasound, ECG, EEG, MRI, CT-Scan, Angiography.
v. Some important industries of Pakistan. Use of technology in some important industries of
Pakistan.
6. The Space and Pakistan Nuclear Program
i. Space exploration and its benefits to Science and Technology.
ii. Pakistan’s Space Programme (SUPARCO).
iii. Pakistan’s Nuclear Programme.
Recommended Books:
1. General Science
National Book Foundation, Islamabad.
2. General Science
Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore.
3. General Science
Sindh Textbook Board, Jamshoro
4. General Science
NWFP Textbook Board, Peshawar.
5. General Science
Baluchistan Textbook Board, Quetta.
SOC-101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the discipline.
The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and structures, socio-
economic changes and social processes. The course will provide foundation for further
understanding in the field of sociology.
Contents:
1. Introduction
i) Definition, subject matter and scope
ii) Sociology as a science
iii) Historical background of sociology
2. Basic Concepts
i) Group, Community, Society
ii) Associations
a) Non-voluntary
b) Voluntary
iii) Organization
a) Informal
b) Formal
iv) Social Interaction
Levels of social interaction
Process of social interaction
Cooperation
Competition
Conflict
Accommodation
Acculturation and Diffusion
Assimilation
Amalgamation
3. Social Groups
i) Definition and Functions
ii) Types of social groups
a) In and out groups
b) Primary and secondary group
c) Reference groups
d) Informal and formal groups
e) Pressure groups
4. Culture
i) Definition, Aspects and Characteristics of Culture
a) Material and non-material culture
b) Ideal and real culture
ii) Elements of culture
a) Beliefs
b) Values
c) Language
d) Norms and social sanctions
iii) Organizations of culture
a) Traits
b) Complexes
c) Patterns
d) Ethos
e) Theme
iv) Other related concepts
a) Cultural relativism
b) Sub cultures
c) Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism
d) Cultural lag
5. Socialization and Personality
i) Personality, factors in personality formation
ii) Socialization, agencies of socialization
iii) Role and status
6. Deviance and Social Control
i) Deviance and its types
ii) Social control and its importance
iii) Forms of social control
iv) Methods and agencies of social control
7. Collective Behaviour
i) Collective behavior and its types
ii) Crowd behavior
iii) Public opinion
iv) Propaganda
v) Social movements
Recommended Books:
1. Anderson, Margaret and Howard F. Taylor. (2001). Sociology the Essentials. Australia:
Wadsworth.
2. Brown, Ken (2004). Sociology. UK: Polity Press
3. Gidden, Anthony (2002). Introduction to Sociology. UK: Polity Press.
4. Macionis, John J. (2006). 10th Edition Sociology, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall
5. Tischler, Henry L. (2002). Introduction to Sociology 7th ed. New York: The Harcourt Press.
6. Frank N Magill. (2003). International Encyclopedia of Sociology. U.S.A: Fitzroy Dearborn
Publishers
7. Macionis, John J. (2005). Sociology 10th ed. South Asia: Pearson Education
8. Kerbo, Harold R. (1989). Sociology: Social Structure and Social Conflict. New York:
Macmillan Publishing Company.
9. Koening Samuel. (1957). Sociology: An Introduction to the Science of Society. New York:
Barnes and Nobel.
10. Lee, Alfred Mclung and Lee, Elizabeth Briant (1961). Marriage and The family. New York:
Barnes and Noble, Inc.
11. Leslie, Gerald et al. (1973). Order and Change: Introductory Sociology Toronto: Oxford
University Press.
12. Lenski, Gevbard and Lenski, Jeam. (1982). Human Societies. 4th edition New York:
McGraw-Hill Book Company. 13. James M. Henslin. (2004). Sociology: A Down to Earth
Approach. Toronto: Allen and Bacon.
MASS-251 FUNCTIONAL URDU (Cr. hrs 03)
MASS-252 MASS MEDIA IN PAKISTAN (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course is designed to study the role of Muslim Press in the Sub- continent with reference to
the work of eminent Muslim journalists, and its role during freedom movement and struggle for
Pakistan. It is further designed to help students to have a look on the evolution of print and
electronic media in Pakistan from the beginning till date, with reference to their problems and
prospects.
Contents:
1. Historical Background
(a) Growth of the Press in the sub-continent.
(b) Role of Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Moulana Hasrat Mohani,
Moulana Muhammad Ali Johar, Moulana Abul Kalam
Azad and Zafar Ali Khan.
(c) Press and the Pakistan Movement.
2. History and Development of Press
(a) Press since independence.
(b) Major Developments of Press in Pakistan
(c) Major problems and prospects of Press in Pakistan
(d) Progressive writer’s movement
3. Government and Press
(a) Government Press relations
4. Electronic Media in Pakistan
(a) Brief introduction to media in Pakistan
(b) Growth & expansion of Radio, Television and Film In Pakistan
(c) Growth of Cable television and its cultural and ethical dimensions.
(d) Rise and fall of film in Pakistan
(e) Electronic Media in Private Sector. FM radio And Satellite Television.
(f) Online Journalism: Development and future prospects
5. News Agencies
(a) Development of News Agencies.
(b) Expansion, Working, Organizational, Structure and Future perspective in Pakistan.
(c) Development of visual news agencies
6. Growth of regional press in Pakistan
7. Influence of foreign media in Pakistan
8. Emerging trends in journalism
Recommended Books:
1. Khurshid Abdus Salam, “Journalism in Pakistan”, United Publishers, Lahore.
2. Lent J.A., “Newspapers in Asia”.
3. Majeed Nizami, “Press in Pakistan, Department of Political Science”, University of the
Punjab, Lahore.
4. Hasan Mehdi, “Mass Media in Pakistan”.
5. French David and Richard Micheal (2000), “Television in Contemporary Asia”, SAGE
Publication International, UK.
6. Aziz Yousaf (2003), “Cable Television–A vision for Future”, Pakistan.
7. Aziz Yousaf (2003), “Prospect &Promotion of Electronic Media in Pakistan”.
8. Sh. Mughees uddin (1981), ABC of Radio Journalism.
9. Niazi, Zamir, Press in Chains
10. Hassan, Mehdi (2001),Mass Media in Pakistan. Aziz Publisher. Lahore
11. Hassan, Jawad & Hadi, Syed Ali (2004), Media and Mass Communication laws of Pakistan.
Haji Hanif Printers. Lahore.
12. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Journalism and Press. Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
13. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Journalism News Coverage. Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New
Delhi
14. Syed, M. H. (2006), Mass Media in new world order. Anmol Publication.
15. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Art of Modern Journalism. Anmol Publication Hijazi, Miskeen Ali
(2004), Mass Communication Theory and Practice. A-One Publishers. Lahore.
Books in Urdu:
1. Khurshid Abdus Salam(1966),Fun-e-Sahafat, Karwan Publications.
2. Khurshid Abdus Salam, Dastan-e-Sahafat.
3. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali (2005),Fun-e-Idarat,6th Edition, Adan Printers.
4. Khurshid Abdus Salam, Sahafat Pakistan-o-HindMein.
5. Hussain, Muhammad Shahid, Iblighiat (2004) Education Publication House Delhi
6. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali (1995),Punjab minUrdu Sahafat. Azhar Sons Printers. Lahore.
7. Shafiq Jhaulundhary (2008), Sahafat Aur Iblagh, 10thEdition. Ali Ejaz Printers.Lahore.
8. Naz, Ahsan Akhtar(2002), Pakistan main Taraki Pasand Sahafat. Zahid Bashir Printers.
Lahore.
MASS-253 SPORTS JOURNALISM (Cr. hrs 03)
Sports Reporting, elements of sports news, types etc.
General overview of history and development of sports in the world
Major sports played in Pakistan, Cricket, Hockey, Football, Squash, Tennis, Swimming,
Wrestling & Boxing etc.
Folk and Traditional games of Pakistan
Sports organizations of Pakistan
Terminology and specialized language related to sports
Problems and issues related to sports in Pakistan
Sports Broadcasting
Reporting sports events
Practical exercises
Interview Techniques in sports reporting
Sports reviews, Print and electronic media
Sports features
Specialized sports magazines a critical appraisal
Writing articles and opening pieces related to sports
Recent Trends in sports journalism
Recommended Books:
1. Read the Realm of sports
2. W.G.Wad reporting and writing sports
3. Sports journalism. Phill. Andrew
4. Scholistic Journalism, Weaver Gary.
SEMESTER V
MASS-301 FUNDAMENTALS OF NEWS REPORTING (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
Learn basics of writing for newspaper
Improve basic writing shields
Understand difference between writing for print and broad cast
media
Learn News gathering techniques
Course Contents:
1. News:
a) Definition
b) Elements
c) Values
d) Sources and channels of News
2. News Writing techniques:
a) Structure of News
b) Lead/introits components and types
c) Block Paragraphing
3. Basics of writing:
a) Attribution
b) Plagiarism
c) Opinion vs. facts
d) Language, Grammar
4. Beat reporting:
Crime & Accidents/Disasters
28
Sports
Commerce
Courts
Health
Education
Political
Parliament
Obituary
5. How Newspaper News are different form Radio and
Television news
6. Elements of online News reports
a) Multimedia Contents
b) Text visuals and photos
7. Do’s and Don’ts of a reporter
Recommended Books:
1. Anderson David “Investigative Reporting”, Englewood Cliffs,
Prentice, Hall, 1964
2. Charnely Mitchell’s “Reporting”, New York Hoet, Rinhart & Winston
1964
3. Hohenberg “The Professional Journalist”
4. MacDougall, CurtsD. “Interpretative Reporting”, New York,
Macmillian 1972
5. Porter and Luxon“ The Reporter and the News”
6. William L. Rivers “Finding Facts”, Engle wood Cliffs, N. J; Prentice
Hall, 1975.
7. AldenTodd,“Finding Facts Fast”,Barclay,Ten Speed Pren,1979
8. Ken Metzler, “Creative Interviewing” ,Engle wood Cliffs,
.J;Pren,1977
9. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali, “Fun-e-Idarat”
10. Khursheed, Abdul Salam Dr., “Fun-e-Sahafat”
11. Hashmi, Farkhanda, “Fun-e-Khabar Naweesi”
12. Writing and Reporting the News by Gerald Lanson, Mitchell
Stephens
13. Reporting & Writing: Basics for the 21st Century by Christopher
Scanlan
14. News in a New Century: Reporting in an Age of Converging
Media by Jerry Lanson, Barbara Croll Fought Pine Forge Press
A Sage Publication Company.
15. Sissons, Helen,2004 ‘Practical Journalism; How to Write News’
16. Clarence and Huch, 2001, Professional Journalist
MASS-302 INTRODUCTION TO BROADCAST MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
Learn Audio Video Coverage
Learn Audio Video editing and writing
Understanding basic concepts of Radio and TV News
Know the difficult approaches when reporting for radio and TV
To produce a radio and TV news
Course Contents:
Introduction to Radio as a medium and structure
Type of Radio Programs
a) News
b) Feature
c) Documentary
d) Voxpops
e) Interviews
f) Radio Production
g) Basics of recording
h) Using audio variety
i) Sound bites
Audio editing using adobe audition software
Basics of Radio News writing and types of Radio news
Socio-economic impact of FM Radio economics
Television:
Introduction to television as a medium and structure
Basics of writing style guide for television
a) Documentary
b) Interviews
c) Talk shows
Basics of TV news writing and its types:
a) Structure
b) Contents
c) Flow
d) Breathing techniques
e) Pastures of TV News delivery
Elements of a television news bulletin
a) Package
b) Beeper
c) Ticker
d) Voxpaps
Television Production
a) Team
b) Technical staff
c) Design team
d) Requisites for Pre-production and past Production
e) Digital and analog IV
f) Basics of TV anchoring
Basics of Video acquisition
a) Operating camera and Shooting
b) Recorders
c) Lighting
d) Set designing
e) Video composition and editing
f) Advanced Multiplatform Reporting
Recommended Books:
1. Andrew Hart, Rontledge, Understand the Media, New York .1991.
2. Conrad fink, Longman, Inside the Media, NewYork.1990.
3. John Fiske, Mcthuen, Television Culture, London.1987
4. John C. Merill, John Lee, Modern Mass Media, Edward Jay Fried lander,
Harper & Row, New York. 1990.
5. Conrad Lodziak, Frances Prilie, Power of TV, London. 1986.
6. Ray Eldon Hiebert, Donald F. Ungurait. Thomas W. Bohn,
Longman, Mass media: An introduction to Modern
Communication, NewYork.1982.
7. Stwart Price, Pitman Publishing, Media Studies, London. 1993
8. Shirley Biagi, Wadworth, Belmont, Media Impact, 2nd Edition 1992.
9. lynne Gross, Telecommunication an Introduction to Electronic media, 6th Ed
Benchmark, London 1997
10. Christopher H. Sterling, Electronic Media, Preager London. 1994
11. Mushtaq Gazdar, Pakistan Cinema, Oxford University Press, Karachi.
1997.ed.
MASS-303 ONLINE JOURNALISM (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course covers the comparative picture of traditional
Journalism with web journalism with the emphasis on web is the future of
Journalism and role and responsibilities of press and the journalists are
changing. It tells the students how writing for web is different from print
and broadcast. Students will learn news story structure for the web with
inverted pyramid and other elements of stories. Students will closely
examine the world of newspapers online before putting learned skill into
practice. Along with aesthetic elements required for web, the students will
know what technical requirements for the web are. They will learn how to
build up and operate their own website. 43
Learning outcomes
By the end of this course the students will be able to know the
difference between traditional and modern Journalism of internet. They
will be able to know the role and responsibilities of the web journalists.
They would have learnt how to operate his or her own fully operative and
functional website. Learning outcomes identify the critical performances,
and the knowledge, skills and attitudes that successful students will have
reliably demonstrated through the learning experiences and evaluation in
the course.
Course Contents Week
Significance of web
Introduction and overview
Traditional Journalism and the
Web:
Theoretical Perspective of Mass
Media
What is Web Journalism
Scope of online journalism
Multimedia Capabilities of Web
1st
week
Significance of web (continued)
Web Journalism and New Media
How the web is replacing other
media
Where web stands amongst New
Media
Web is the Future of Journalism
Characteristics of web journalism
Discussion:
How the web can "scoop" all other
media
2nd
week
Thinking of web
Psychology of Web User
Pre-requisites for a web journalist:
Cyber-kit of a web journalist
Know your audience
Critical thinking: Establishing and
maintaining focus
Discussion:
Convergence of Media
Mindset for the Web
3rd
week
44
Writing for web
Writing for print, broadcast and
web; Content, style
and structure
4th
week
Characteristics of online news
Esthetic elements for web
Discussion: Stories in print and on
the web
Writing for web (continued)
News story writing
Contents for News website: News
stories, features &
blogs
Headline/ lead & summary writing
for web
News story structure: Inverted
pyramid & 5Ws
Writing lively and tightly
Editing web text
Introduction to Blogs
Writing Blogs
Writing for twitter
Scanning, Surfing and Skimming
5th &
6th &
7th
week
Navigating the web
Recommended websites:
*Many of other websites may also be
reviewed will be
depend on the instructor.
www.Dawn.com
www.bbc.com
www.cnn.com
www.cbc.ca
www.ctv.ca
www.thenews.com
www.thestar.com
Navigational Scheme for Online
Newspaper or
Magazine
8th
week
45
*Many of other websites may also be reviewed will
be
depend on the instructor.
Midterm Review
Practice Session:
Students surf the net looking at various websites and
how
they compare
Mid-term Exam
9
t
h
w
e
e
k
Web Production team
Roles & responsibilities of web crew
Producer, Reporter, Writers & Editor
Introduction to Online Radio and Online Television
Basics for setup online Radio/Television
1
0
t
h
w
e
e
k
Creating the web
Developing Your Website
Creating the website storyboard
Features for News Websites
If you ‘build it’, will they surf?
Assignment: Features and layout for your intended
websites
1
1
t
h
w
e
e
k
Developing Your Website (continued)
Designing your website
Working with designer
Online Magazine
Online Newspaper
1
2
t
h
w
e
e
k
Developing Your Website (continued)
Tools for Website Building: HTML (Introduction)
Cyber Laws
Ethics for Web Journalism
1
3
t
h
w
e
e
k
46
Tools for building website (continued)
Dream weaver: Features & building News
website/Magazine Website
Working on Dream weaver: Building News
website/Magazine Website
14th
wee
k
Operating the web
Working on website (continued)
Writing exercise for class website
Online Media Types
15th
wee
k
Working on website (continued)
Writing exercise for class website
Digital Distribution Systems and Copy right
issues
16th
wee
k
Marketing for the web
Online advertisement types
Reciprocity, press releases and site promotion
How it works and how you can make money
Prospects and Challenges for Web Journalism
Final Exam Review
17th
wee
k
Final Exam & Project (* Student has to
develop their
own online News Paper or online
Magazine)
18th
wee
k
Recommended Books:
(Detailed References will be forwarded through mail)
1. Community journalism
2. Online Journalism : a basic text
3. Information technology in Journalism
4. Handbook of Online Journalism
5. Multimedia journalism: a practical guide
6. Dictionary of Digital journalism
7. Elements of Modern Journalism in the world
8. Journalism ethics by Saxena
9. Online Journalism : a basic text 47
Recommended Books:
1. Journalism in the Digital Age, John Herbert, Focal Press Oxford,
2000.
2. Introduction to Mass Communication, Agee, Ault, 12th ed.,
Longman, 1997.
3. Understanding Mass Communication, Defleur, Dennis,
Hought on Muffin, N.Y, 1998.
4. Media Impact, Shirley Biagi, Wadsworth, 1999.
5. Media of Mass Communication, John Vivian, 1999.
6. Dynamics of Mass Communication, Dominic 6th ed.
MASS-304 REAEARCH METHOD-I (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course will give the students an insight into the basic principles of scientific research.
Students will further be sensitized with the methods, techniques and other relevant concepts to
investigate the media related phenomena in contemporary society.
Course Contents:
The research process
What is research
The development of mass media research
Media research and scientific method
Two sectors of research
Academic and private
Differences between Quantitative and qualitative
research
Research design for quantitative research
Identifying the research problem
Formulating the problem statement
Reviewing the literature
Theoretical framework
Formulating research questions
Formulating hypothesis
Conceptualization and operationalization of variables
Identifying the methodology
Sampling techniques
Collection of data
Tabulation and interpretation of data
Quantitative measurement
Reliability and validity
Survey method development of a questionnaire
Scales
Index score
Ethics in research
Recommended Books:
1. Rabin Kemchand, “Journalism and Human Development”, first
Edition 2000, A. S. Saini for Dominant Publisher and Distinctions,
Orient Offset Delhi, 110053.
2. N. C. Pant,“Modern Journalism–Principles and Practices”, first
Edition 2002, Kanishka Publisher, 4697/5-21A, Ansari Road,
Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002.
3. Shearon A. Lowery, Melvinl. De Fleur, “Milestones in Mass
Communication Research”, 2nded 1988, LongmanInc 95, Chrch
Street, White Plains, NY 10601
MASS-305 COMMUNICATION THEORY–I (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
Objectives: This course aims to equip the students to identify different
phases of mass communication theories development in the historical
context. It will enhance their abilities to understand different intellectual
foundations in the field of mass communication.
Course Contents:
Paradigm, theory and model Types and functions of theories Four eras
of mass media theory
Direct effect paradigm Propaganda theories
Limited effect paradigm Two step flow of information Selective
process Klapper’s phenomistic theory Diffusion theory Functional
analysis
Normative theories Libertarian theory Social responsibility theory
Development media theory Democratic participant theory
Recommended Books:
1. Chaffee, Steven H. 2000 Mass Communication Uses and Effects,
3rd ed. MacGraw -Hill, New York.
2. Joseph R. Mominick. 2004. The Dynamics of Mass Communication, 5th ed. McGraw-Hill, Inc.
New York
3. Werner J. Severin & James W. Tankard, Jr. 2003. Communication
Theories: Origins, and Uses in the Mass Media, 3rded. Longman Group Ltd. London.
4. James Curran, Michael Gurevitch. 2000. Mass Media and Society, 3rded. St. Martin Press Inc.
New York
5. Mac Quill. 2003. Theories of Communication, 2nded. Longman Group Ltd. London.
6. Philip Rayner. 2003. Mass Media Studies: An Essential Introduction
7. Rutledge, New York.
8. Defleur MelvinL. 1999. Theories of Mass Communication, 3rded. David McKay Co. New
York.
9. Joseph, Dominic. 2004. Mass Media Research 4thed. Wadsworth Publishing Company,
Belmont, California.
10. Dennis Everett, Marshall John. 2003. Media Debates. 2nded. Longman Publisher, New York.
SEMESTER VI
MASS-351 SUB EDITING & PAGE DESIGNING (THORIES & PRATICE) (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
In the first phase this course is intended to introduce students to the practical aspects
of newspaper editing including use of copy editing, symbols and use of computer,
condensation, verification of spellings and facts, headline writing, story selection
and basics of page layout. This course further intends to help students to develop
and improve re-writing skills with an emphasis on how to analyze, recognize and
re-write the information provided in a filed story with a view to improve it.
Course Contents:
1. Sub Editor
a. Nature and scope of sub-editing
b. Qualities of a Sub-Editor
b. Responsibilities/Duties of a Sub-Editor
2. Mechanics of News Editing
a. Selecting creed material
b. Symbols and their uses
c. Translation
d. Structuring and re-writing of news story
3. Makeup
a. Make up techniques
b. Basic principles of page makeup
c. Different kinds of makeup
4. Headlines
a. Definition
b. Purpose of Headlines
c. Qualities of Headlines
d. Kinds of Headlines
e. Principles of Headlines making.
5. Use of Computer
a. Use of computers in the newsroom
b. Composing
c. Computerized Page making techniques
Practice: Adobe photo shop, practical exercises (at least 10) and picture scanning.
Recommended Books:
1. The Art of Editing by Brooks Et
2. News Editing by Matzler Ken, Englewood, Cliffs, Prentice Hall
1979
3. The Art of Editing News, Mc Giffert Renert
4. Design and Make of Newspaper, Sultan A.A
5. Journalism, TrowinIon’s, London,: David and Cherl, 1975
6. Editing in the Electronic Era, Gibson M. L. published by Gowa
State University Press, 1979
7. Fun-e Khabar Naveesi by A. R. Khalid
8. Fun-e-Idarat by Hijazi, Miskeen Ali
9. Sahafat by Hassan Mahdi
MASS-352 FEATURE, COLUMN, EDITORIAL WRITING (THEORIES & PRATICE)
(Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The course is designed to develop writing skills of the students for
advanced journalistic writing like, editorial, column, feature, book
reviews, Radio, TV programmes review. It would enable students to
differentiate among various types of newspaper writings apart from the
news. This course is also planned to train the students in such a way that
they should learn the basic technique sand principles for these writings.
Course Contents:
1. The Editorial
a. Definition of Editorial
b. Its purpose, importance and forms
c. Functions of Editorial
d. The Techniques of Editorial writing
e. The contents of editorial page
f.The editorial page in Pakistan and its standard.
g. Difference between editorial, column and feature
h. Analyzing the media policy through editorials
i. Writing practice
2. Feature Writing
a. Definition, Concept and Scope of Feature
b. Types of Feature
c. Sources for the material
d. Feature Writing Technique
e. The importance of Pictorial Display in features.
50
3. Column Writing
a. Definition and Concept
b. Functions of a Column
c. Types of Column
d. Role of Columnist in society.
e. Practical Column Writing
4. Review
a. What is review?
b. Difference between review and criticism.
c. The purpose of Review writing the techniques of
review writing
d. Practice of reviewing books, Film, Drama, Theatre,
Radio and Television Programmes etc.
e. Review exercise
Recommended Books:
1. Brenneck Clark. Magazine Article Writing, New York.
2. Drewry J. E. 1951. Book Reviewing. Boston Macmillan Co.
3. Hohenberg J. The Professional Journalist.
4. Reddick D. C. 1949. Modern Feature Writing. New York.
5. Waldrap. 1955. Editor and Editorial Writing A. G. Rinhart and Co.
6. Shafiq Jalandari. Feature Nigari.
7. Shafiq Jalandari. Kalam Naweesi
8. Miskeen Ali Hijazi. Idaria Naweesi.
9. Harry W. Stone cipher. 1979. Editorial & Persuasive Writing:
Opinion Functions of the News Media: Humanistic Studies in the
Communication Arts. Hastings House Publishing.
10. William L.Rivers.1988. Writing Opinion. Reviews. Iowa StatePr;1
11. Bruce Garrison. 2004. Professional Feature Writing: Lea’s
Communication series. Lawrence E
MASS-353 RESEARCH METHODS–II (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
A relatively advanced level course of research will further
enlighten the students about different steps involved in a typical research
model. The students will learn how to collect the data after implementing
appropriate method and the basic elements required for writing a good
research proposal/research report.
Course Contents:
Quantitative research methods
Content analysis
Experimental method
Longitudinal research
56
Qualitative research method
Focus group
Participant observation method
Intensive interviews
Case studies
Writing research report
Reference writing
Use of SPSS
MASS-354 COMMUNICATION THEORY- II (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The course aims to promote students critical and analytical
approaches towards understanding of mass communication
theories. It
also aims to prepare them for further inquiry into the field of Mass
communication.
Course Contents:
Emergence of critical and cultural theories of mass communication
Frankfurt school
Political economy
Media and audiences: theories about the role of media in everyday
life
Uses and gratification
Framing and frame analysis
Theories of media and culture and society
Agenda setting
Knowledge gap
Spiral of silence
Media dependency theory
Cultivation theory
Recommended Books:
1. Chaffee, Steven H. 2000. Mass Communication Uses and
Effects
3rded. MacGraw-Hill, New York.
2. Joseph R.Mominick.2004. The Dynamics of Mass Inc. New
York
3. Werner J. Severin & James W. Tankard, Jr. 2003.
Communication
Theories: Origins and uses in the Mass Media, 3rded. Longman
Group Ltd. London
4. James Curran, Michael Gurevitch.2000. Mass Media and
Society,
3rd ed. St. Martin Press Inc. New York.
5. Mac Quill. 2003.Theories of Communication, 2nded. Longman
Group Ltd. London.
6. Philip Rayner. 2003. Mass Media Studies: An Essential
Introduction Rutledge, New York.
7. Defiler MelvinL.1999.Theories of Mass Communication,3rded.
David McKay Co. New York.
8. Joseph, Dominic. 2004. Mass Media Research 4thed.
Wadsworth
52
Publishing Company, Belmont, California.
9. Dennis Everett, Marshall John.2003. Media Debates 2nded.
Longman Publisher New York.
MASS-355 INTRODUCTION TO ADVERTISING & PUBLIC RELATIONS
(Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
This course is designed to introduce students to the principles and
techniques of advertising and public relations as currently
practiced.
Emphasis will be on the public relations and advertising processes
and
such activities that bring out student’s problem-solving approach
and
creativity in message construction.
Course Content:
Advertising
Evolution and Development of Advertising
Advertising Definition, Function and Scope
Types of Advertising, Techniques of Advertising
Principle of Successful Advertising
Merits and Demerits of Advertising
Macro and Micro economic impact of Advertising
Socio-economic role of advertising
Advertising agency and its structure
Role of advertising association of Pakistan
Develop of Advertising Campaign
Practice Advertising Campaign
Public Relations
Definition, Nature, Scope and history
Pub lies of PR
Process of PR (Research, Planning PR Campaigns 42
execution and evaluation)
Tools and Products of PR (Spoken tactics, written, Visual
and new media)
Government and Private Organizations PR
PR in different sectors
Responsibilities and qualities of PRO
Comparative analysis of publicity, Propaganda, adv, PR
Community, Corporation on-Profit organization-POL org
Practical:
PR Campaign
Recommended Books:
1. Centre, H. Allen, Cutlip. M. Scott, “Effective Public Relations”.
New
Jersey” Prentice Hall Inc.1978
2. Chandan, S J. et al. “Essentials of Advertising”, New Delhi,
Bombay, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.Ltd.1990
3. Jefkins, Frank. Long Acre, “Public Relations for Marketing
Management”, London: Pitman Publishing1991.
4. Jefkins, Frank, Long Acre, “Public Relations”, London:
Publishing,
1991
5. Jefkins, Frank, “Advertising: Made Simple”, Calcutta; Rupa
Co.1982
6. Mandell, Maurice I., Englewood Cliffs, N. J, “Advertising”,
PrenticeHall, Inc. USA 1974
7. Nelson, Paul Roy, low: WCB, Wm. C, “The Design of
Advertising”,
Brown Publishers Dubugue, USA,1985
8. S.A.Siraj,“Taloqaat-e-Aama”, Allama Iqbal
OpenUniversity,1990
9. Wilcox, Dennis L., Ault, Phillip H. and Agee, Warren K.,
“Public
Relations: Strategies and Tactics”, New York, HarperCollins
Publishers,1989
10. Wright S., John et al., “Advertising”, USA, MacGraw-Hill
Series in
Marketing, 1982
SEMESTER VII
MASS-401 MEDIA SEMINAR (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The purpose of this seminar course is to provide students with
opportunity to interact with the experts regarding different
communication issues. In these minar, students will present their papers
prepared in consultation with their teachers. Presentation of paper is
mandatory. The papers will be followed by the discussions. Seminars
will be presided by an expert of the area or the teacher on cerned.
Teacher can also suggests our cematerial to the students and they can
also present a summary/abstract or critique on the book/article in these
minar. Nevertheless, focus will be on important communication issues.
Each Student will give at least two presentations in the seminars on two
different occasions.
MASS-402 DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03)
Note:
DC and DSC both are recommended for the BS programme.
However, the departments are requested to opt for one of the two
courses owing to their regional needs and expertise available for
the course(s).
Objectives:
This course provides an overview of the important phenomena of
Development Communication. In general, the course will interpret and
analyze the role of mass media in highlighting social development in the
society. After studying this course, students will be enabled to have a
better insight in Development Communication and will analyze the nature
and treatment of media contents on developmental issues.
Course Contents:
The need for development communication; Basic Concept: Promotion of
development:
Development as process & Goal. Sociology of development
Concept of Development
Extension Communication and Development Communication
Development Journalism and Development Communication
Development Communication and Development Support
Communication.
The concept of change, meaning and definition
Sources of change
Factors in influencing change
Obstacles to change
Reducing resistance to change
Diffusion of innovation
Social Change and community participation
57
Prospects and challenges of Development
Communication in Pakistan
Financial Problems
Lack of education and training
Control over media
Political Problem
Economic Problem
Administration Problem
Media Sociology
NGS’s and their working
Development Journalism
Introduction
Rural and Aruban Sociology
Introduction to rural sociology
Difference between rural and urban lifestyles
Regional factors
Society under change
Force of work
Technology
Trends in social system
Living style
Social shift and cultural trend
Development of village
Motivating factors
Cooperative way
Village economy
Agriculture
Living standards
Typical rural problem
Opportunity of education
Important factors
Financial restraints
Religious authority
Religious authority
Modern Influence
58
Caste System
Feudalism
Economic life
Religious factors
Rural Leadership and Politics
Effective channels for agriculture communication in developing world
Agriculture communication in Pakistan
Need for AGRI-Based TV and Radio Stations in Pakistan
Agriculture Communication through print Media
Recommended Books:
1. AIOU. 2002. Reader on Development Support Communication,
Department of Mass Communication AIOU, Islamabad.
2. Anjaneyulu, Shri K.et.al.1999. Local Radio, making an impact.
Agricultural Information Development Bulletin.
3. Ascroft, Joseph. 1991. The Profess of Development Support
Communication. A. Symposium paper, Ohio. The Ohio State
University
4. Chen, Peter. 2002. Visual Communication Materials for Rural
Audiences. Re-orienting artists and Copy writers Development
Communication Report.
5. Hedebro, Goran. 1999. New perspectives on Development: how
Communication contribute. Communication and Social Change in
Developing Nations: acritical view, Iowa: The Iowa State
University Press.
6. Jan Servaes, Jacobson, White. 2000. Participatory
Communication for Social change, Sage Publication, New Delhi.
7. Diffusion of Innovation, E. M. Rogers, Free Press,
New York 3rd Ed. 1983.
8. Perspectives and Development Communication, K. Saudana udan
Nair, Sage Publication, London, 1993
9. Communication and the Third World, Geoffrey Reeves, Routledge,
London, 1993
10. Global Communication in Transition, Hamid Mowlana, Sage
publication, London, 1996
11. Social Change, Michael Kunczick FES Germany.
MASS-403 MEDIA ETHICS & LAWS (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives
The course seeks to apprise the students about the codes of ethics, the
laws and regulations, which are governing and regulating the media in
Pakistan. The course develops the sense of norms, values and
responsibility in future professionalize, government media relationship
and press freedom in Pakistan.
Contents:
Ethics
Introduction, need and nature
Sources of ethics in Pakistan society.
Media ethics
Need and scope
Ethics and media profession
Social responsibility theory
Islamic code of ethics
Islamic concept of communication
Ethical problems
External and internal pressures on media
The violations of media ethics in Pakistan (deadline and ethics)
Privacy, corruption, personal interests, etc.)
Violation of professional values: problems and consequences
39
Codes of Ethics and Application
International codes of ethics (Print, electronic and web media)
Pakistani codes of ethics (ethical code of practice –
17pointsinpress council ordinance,2002), PFUJ, APNS, CPNE etc.
Other codes of ethics and application
Press Council of Pakistan
Evolution, need, establishment and code of ethics
Media Laws
Introduction, need and nature
Evolution of press laws in sub-continent and Pakistan.
Salient features of the current press ordinances:-
1. PEMRA ordinance –establishment and salient features
2. Press Council Ordinance
3. Press Laws: An overview
4. Defamation Ordinance
5. Copy Right Act
6. Constitutional provisions on fundamental rights of speech,
expression etc.
Social media ethics
Cyber laws and PTA
Social media as an emerging check on traditional
media and vice versa
Case Studies
Recommended Books:
1. Dr. Ahsan Akhtar Naz, Subaftic Zimadoryan Muqadra Qaum
Zabar (Natinal Language 1998, Islamabad.
2. Javed Jabbar, Qazi Faiz Isa, Mass Media Laws and Regulation
in Pakistan
3. Dr. Ahsan Akhtar Nar, Sohafti Qananee, A. H. Publishers,
Urdu Bazar, Lahore
4. Dr. Naz, Sahbafti Ikhlaqiat, Azeem Academi Urdu Bazar, Lahore.
5. Dr. Naz, Mukalmat, (Interviews of 35 leading editors journalism
and intellectual), Al Qamar Centre, Urdu Bazar, Lahore.
6. Dr. Muhammad Wasim Akbar, Zarae Iblagh aur Islam
Nomani Kutab khana, Urdu Bazaar Lahore.
MASS-404 TV NEWS REPORTING & PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The students will be taught the elements of selection, writing,
editing, compiling and presentation of news for television. They will be
taught the technical aspects of camera, lights and microphones and
shooting and editing of news films and their placement in the news
bulletin, besides the use of the live inserts and sound bites. They will be
expected to produce bullet in for television. This is a practical course.
Course Contents:
Complete knowledge and understanding with the Set-Up of TV
News Departments. Determining News Values, News Caster Criteria,
News Sources, Writing Broadcast News, How to Improve Your
Storytelling ability, Ad-Lib Situation within Broadcast News, Television
News Team and News Cast, Television News Anchoring, Teleprompter,
Types of television news, Formats of Television News, Television News
Reporter, Field Reporting and techniques of Shooting Television News,
Writing and Producing the Package, Live Stand-Up, Beepers and
Tickers, Telling the Visual Story, Television Script Formats, The visual
Grammar of Motion Picture Photography, The magic of Light and
Lighting, The Broadcast Interviews, Sound Recording, ENG, the Laws
and Ethics in News Reporting, Introduction to Video Editing.
Practical:
Students are required to produce and edit their own Final Project for the
successful completion of the semester (03-05) minute duration.
Recommended Books:
1. The television hand book, Patricia Holland, Routledge, London,
1997
2. Pre – Production Planning of Video Film and Multimedia, Steve
R. Cart wright, Focal Press, Oxford, 1996
3. Training With Video, Steve R. Cartwright, Knowledge Industry
Publications, New York, 1996
4. Basic Television Reporting, New York, Focal Press, London, 1990
5. Visual Editing, Howard I. Finberg and Bruce D. LItale, Wadsworth,
Belmont,1990
6. ENG Television News, Charles F. Cremer, 3rd Ed. McGraw Hil, Ne
work,1996
7. Television Journalism, Shahida Kazi, Translated by Aju-eKamal,Dynya-e-Adab,Karachi,1993
MASS-405 RADIO & NEWS REPORTING & PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The course will impart the elements of selection writing, editing,
compiling and presenting news for radio. It will be a practical course and
the students will be expected to produce and present an entire news
bulletin.
Course Contents:
Complete knowledge and understanding with the Set-Up of
Radio News Departments. Radio Newscast, Radio News Anchor, Radio
News Reporter, Field Reporting, Sound Track, Types of Radio News.
Determining News Values, News Caster Criteria, News Sources, Writing
Broadcast News, How to Improve Your Storytelling ability, Field
Reporting, Writing and producing Package for radio, Ad-Lib Situation
within Broadcast News, The Broadcast Interviews, Sound Recording,
ENG, the Laws and Ethics: Covering news events and stories,
Introduction to Audio Editing.
Practical:
Students are required to produce 05 news stories and 02
interviews of 10 minutes duration.
Recommended Books:
1. Tim Crook, Routledge, International Radio Journalism, London,
1988
2. Andrew Boyd, Broadcast Journalism, Focal Press, Oxford, 1997
3. Paul Chantler, Sam Harris, Local Radio Journalism, Focal Press,
Oxford, 1997
4. Pete Wilby, Routledge, The Radio Handbook, London, 1996
5. Carl Hausman, Crafting the News for Electronic Media, Woods
worth publishing California, 1995
6. Roger L. Waltern, Broadcast Writing, McGraw-Hill, New York,
1994
64
7. Idrees Siddique, Radio Journalism in Pakistan, Feroz sons,
Lahore, 1990
MASS-406 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03)
Objective
The overall aims of this course are to introduce students to skills
of social media tools in context to its emergence with media science. It
also aims to introduce key concepts and social platforms that have
changed the media scenario that it’s used to be. Using the
representation of the virtual community as a focus, students will be
introduced to ideas of the collective resourcing, user defined contents,
Web 2.0, media production and reporting in social media.
Out Comes
By the end of the course students will be able to apply a range of
social media tools and collaborative platforms of shared resources, and
will have an expertise to actively take part in creation of online media
platforms, creation of community centric social media platforms
supporting field of media production and reporting.
Emerging Media Trends
Media and Technology
How emerging technologies can change Journalism
Backpack Journalist
Citizen Journalist
Online Community
News as conversation
New Media: Emerging mediums of information (cell phone, web
mediums)
Cell phone evolution and Social Media (1-G to 4-G)
Social Media Evolution
Social Media Ethics (Rules are in the flux)
Introduction to social media website (Google +, Facebook etc…)
Social Media Skills for Journalists
Blogs for Marketing and Advertising
Trolls & 1-9-90 Rule
Vod-casting basics
Pod-casting basics
How one increases its social networking
Social Media Marketing
Introduction to Micro Blogging
Twitter for Journalist
Social Media Marketing Strategies
How one can use Facebook/Twitter/Blogs for effective Marketing
Future Trends and developments in Social Media 41
Social Media as an alternative public sphere
Recommended Books:
(Detailed References will be forwarded through e-mail)
Digital Media and Community
Social Media Connectivity
New Media and Journalism
SEMESTER VIII
MASS-451 RESEARCH REPORT/PROJECT & VIVA (Cr. hrs 03)
Objective:
Every student will be requiring conducting research on a carefully select
topic under the guidance of his/her teacher and submitting a research
report at the end of the semester. The written report will be reviewed and
evaluated by an external examiner.
MASS-452 INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03)
Course Outline:
As Societies throughout the world become increasingly
interdependent, an ability to understand and to make use of
communications has never been more important. This course will enable
the student to assess the role and function of communication in the
public sphere and to evaluate the management and practice of
communication within the political process as well as between
government and citizens, our discussion of international communication
is grounded in an exploration of propaganda, since the practices, critique
and theories of contemporary international communications. The course
covers a wide range of core subjects including, communications theory,
culture, media, information technologies and globalization etc.
70
Objectives:
The International Communications course will equip students
with:
A solid grounding in mapping and processes of international
communication
In-depth knowledge of the structures of communication within an
international context
An advanced understanding of debates at the forefront of
International communication
Evaluate international communication within the framework of
social, cultural, economic, religious and political division of the
early 21st century.
Course Content:
Defining international Communication
Historical perspective
Theorizing International Communication
International Communication in the Internet age
(Imbalance in) International Information flow
The New World Information and Communication Order (NWICO)
Towards an integrative view of balanced information flow
Contra flow of communication: case studies: Middle East, Iran,
China and India
International/Transitional Media Organizations
International Broadcast Networks
Globalization of media and corporate expansion
Global homogenization
Cultural hybridity
Revised cultural imperialism
Media of Diaspora
How governments manage their international communications
How governments position themselves and create a national
identity and image
Towards an alternative public sphere.
Readings:
1. Thussu, Kishan ( 2000). International Communication, New York:
Oxford University Press
2. Baran, S. J. (2001). Introduction to mass communication. Media
literacy and culture 2001 up date.
71
3. California, London, Toronto: Mayfield Publishing Company.
4. Baran, S. J. Davis, D. K. (2000). Mass communication theory:
Foundations, ferment, and future. Ontario: Wadsworth.
5. Barker, Chris.(1999). Television globalization and cultural
identities, Buckingham: Open University Press.
6. Cees. J. Hame link. (1983).Cultural autonomy in global
communication: Planning national information policy. New York:
Longman.
7. Chauhan, S. &Chandra, N.(1997).Modern journalism issues and
challenges. Swati. New
8. Esposito, J. L. (1992). The Islamic threat-myth or reality. New
York: Oxford University Press.
9. Gurevitch, M.etal. (1982). Culture, society and media.
Lincoln, New York; Mathuen.
10. Galtung, J. & Ruge, M. H. (1965).The structure of foreign news.
Journal of Peace Research. Oslo.35pp
11. Jaudt, F. E. (1995).Intercultural communication An introduction.
UK. New Delhi: Sage.
12. Michael Gurevitch, etal., (1982): Culture, Society and the Media,
Mathuen (Loncon and New York).
13. Said, E.W.(1981). Covering Islam New York: Pantheon.
14. Sehultz, D. E. &Kitchen, P. J. (2001).Communicating globally.
Chicago: NTC business books.
15. Thussu, D.k. (2000).International communication: Continuity and
change, NY, London :Arnold.
16. Thussu, D. K., & Freed man, D.(Eds.).(2003).
Warandthemedia:Reportingconflict 24/7.
17. New Delhi: VISTAAR Publication.
18. Thussu, D. k. (1998).(ed).Electronic empires global media and
local resistance, NY, London : Arnold.
MASS-453 MASS MEDIA IN SAARC (Cr. hrs 03)
Content:
1. Evolution of print media in SAARC countries and its developments
2. Introduction of Radio broadcasting in SAARC Countries and its contemporary
development
3. Television broadcasting came to South Asia and its present day growth
4. Film media of SAARC Countries and its role in socio-Cultural arena
5. Cultural in Imperialism in South Asian Media.
MASS-454 TV PROGRAM PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The course will impart the elements of selection, writing, editing,
compiling and presenting different programmes for TV. It will be a practical
course and the students will be expected to produce and present different
programmes.
1. Introduction to the Television Environment.
2. The Television Production Process.
3. Types of Television Programs (Documentaries, Current Affairs,
and Talk-Shows etc.).
4. Television Camera.
5. Camera Lenses.
6. Camera Operation and Picture Composition.
7. Lighting
8. Sound Control
9. Video-Recording and Storage Systems
10 Production People
11. Field Production
12. Directing and Casting Actors for Television Programs
13 Producing
76
14. Post Production Editing
Practical:
Students are required to produce and edit their own Final Project for the
successful completion of the semester (10-15) minute duration
Recommended Books:
1. Anthony, Fried man. (2001). Writing for Visual Media. Boston:
Focal Press.
2. Cartwright, Steve R. (1996). Pre-Production Planning of Video
Film and Multimedia. Oxford: Focal Press.
3. Cartwright, Steve R. (1996). Training with Video. New York:
Knowledge Industry Publications
4. Finberg, Howard I and Itale, Bruce D. (1990). Visual Editing
Belmont: Wadsworth Cremer, Charles
F.(1996).ENGTelevisionNews3rd Ed.New York: Mc GrawHill.
5. Holland, Patricia.(1997).The Television Hand book. London:
Routlege.
6. Kazi, Shahida. (1993). Television Journalism Translated by Auj-eKamal,
Karachi: Dunya-e-Adab.
7. Page, David and Crawley, William. (2001). Satellites over South
Asia: Broadcasting, Culture and Public Interest. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
8. Sinclair, John. (1996). New Patterns in Global Television New
York: Oxford University Press
9. Srivastava, H.O.(2000). Broadcast Technology: A Review. New
Delhi: Gyan Books Pvt. Ltd.
10. Thomson, Roy.(1994).Media Grammar of the Editing. Oxford:
Focal Press.
MASS-455 RADIO PROGRAM PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03)
Objectives:
The course will impart the elements of selection, writing, editing,
compiling and presenting different programmes for radio. It will be a
practical course and the students will be expected to produce and present
different programmes.
1. Introduction to the Radio Environment.
2. Introduction to the Radio Equipment.
3. Microphones and its Placement.
4. Types of Scripts and Treatment
5 Directing and Casting Actors for Radio Programs
6. Pre-Production for Radio.
7. Types of program Productions
8. Difference between Radio Feature, Radio Documentary, Radio
Drama and Montage.
9. Different between FM, AM, SW and MW.
10. Post Production for Radio
11. Trends of FM Radio in public & private sector in Pakistan.
Practical
Students are required to produce and edit their own Final Project for the
successful completion of the semester (15-20) minute duration.
Recommended Books:
1. B O’ Donnel, Lewis. (1992). Modern Radio Production. London:
Wadsworth Publishing.
2. Boyd, Andrew.(1997).Broad cast Journalism. Oxford. Focal Press.
3. Chantle, Paul. &Harris, Sam. (1997). Local Radio Journalism.
Oxford: Focal Press.
4. Crook,Tim.(1988).International Radio Journalism. London:
Routledge.
5. Hamelosky, Walter V. (1995).Principles of Media Development.
New York: knowledge Industry Publishing.
75
6. Hausman, Carl. (1995).Crafting the News for Electronic Media.
California: Wadsworth Publishing.
7. Haider, Sajjad. (1989). Radyai Sahafat. Islamabad: Muqtadira
Quomi Zaban.
8. Jank, Hakemulder. (1998). Radio & T.V. Journalism. New Delhi:
Arnolds Publishers.
9. Mc leash, Robert. (1999). Radio Production 4th ed. Oxford: Focal
Press.
10. Page, David and Crawley, William. (2001). Satellites Over South
Asia: Broadcasting, Culture and Public Interest. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
11. Qureshi, Haseen-uddin. (1990) Khabrain Sunye. Karachi: Wish
Publications.
12. Rumsey, Farancis. &McCormick, Tim. (1996). Sound
Recording Oxford Focal Press.
13. Siddique, Idress. (1990). Radio Journalism in Pakistan.
Lahore: Ferozsons.
14. Srivastava, H.O. (2000). Broadcast Technology: A Review. New
Delhi: Gyan Books Pvt. ltd.
15. Sterling, Christopher H.(1994).Electronic Media. New York:
Praeger.
16. Wilby, Pete.(1996).The Radio Hand book. London: Routledge.
MASS-456 INTERNSHIP (Cr. hrs 03)
Internship Objectives:
Every student shall be required to join any national media organization as
an intern for a period not less than two months. He/she will arrange
his/her placement in any media organization with the concurrence of
the department. On successful completion and positive report by
the media organization, the student will prepare a comprehensive
report on what he/she practiced, the introduction of the media
organization and any other relevant aspects which the department may
deem appropriate to be included in there port.
CURRICULUM OF EDUCATION
BS (4-Year)
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN
BS EDUCATION PROGRAM
SCHEME OF STUDIES
From 2017-Onwards
Duration: 4yr (8 Semesters) Total Credit Hours: 133
SEMESTER-I
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hours
ISL-101 Islamic studies 2+0
ENG-101 English –I 3+0
EDU-103 Foundations of Education 3+0
EDU-104 Development of Education in Pakistan 3+0
GSCI-101 Content Course-I
(G. science)
3+0
SOC-101 Content Course –I(introduction to Sociology) 3+0
Total 17
SEMESTER -ll
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour
ENG-102 English II 3+0
MATH-101 Mathematics 3+0
EDU-109 Critical thinking and reflecting practices 3+0
EDU-110 Human development and learning 3+0
ECON-101 Content Course –II Introduction to Economics 3+0
PSY-102 Content Course –II Introduction to psychology 3+0
Total 18
SEMESTER-lll
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour
PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 2+0
COMP-104 Computer literacy 3+0
ENG-201 English –III 3+0
HIST-102 Content Course –III Introduction to History 3+0
EDU-205 Content Course III How Children Learn 3+0
EDU-206 General Methods of teaching 3+0
Total 17
SEMESTER-lV
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour
ECON-425 Content Course –Iv Entrepreneurship 3+0
ENG-202 Content Course-Iv English 4 3+0
EDU-209 Guidance and Counseling 3+0
EDU-210 Classroom Assessment 3+0
EDU-211 Classroom Management 3+0
EDU-212 Supervised School Experience /
Observation/Visits
3+0
Total 18
SEMESTER-V
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour
EDU-301 Curriculum Development 3+0
EDU-302 School community and Teacher 3+0
EDU-303 Content Course -v Child Development 3+0
EDU-304 Content Course-v Educational Psychology 3+0
EDU-305 Pedagogy -I Research Orientation in Education 3+0
EDU-306 Pedagogy-II Philosophical perspectives of
Education
3+0
Total
18
Semester-Vl
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour
EDU-307 Research Methods in Education 3+0
EDU-308 Pedagogy -iii(Methods of Teaching related to
Specialization)-I
3+0
EDU-309 Pedagogy-iv (Methods of Teaching related to
specialization)-II
3+0
EDU-310 Test Development and Evaluation 3+0
EDU-311 Teaching Practice(Theory) 3+0
STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics 3+0
Total 18
SEMESTER-Vll
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour
EDU-401 Inclusive Education 3+0
EDU-402 Contemporary Issues and Trends in Education 3+0
EDU-403 Research Project 3+0
EDU-404 Comparative Education 3+0
COMP-101 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 3+0
Total 15
SEMESTER-Vlll
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour
EDU 405 Educational Management and Leadership 3+0
EDU 406 Teaching Practice (Long Term/practical) 3+3
EDU 407 Environmental Education 3+0
Total 12
Note: 4 years BS Education program will be completed by the submission of
projects and its Viva (non Credit Hours and marks)
Area of specialization (Each student will have to opt one area of specialization out of specialization out of the
following containing to courses.)
Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour
EDU-308 Teaching of Mathematics 3+0
EDU-309 Teaching of Physics 3+0
EDU-312 Teaching of Chemistry 3+0
EDU-313 Teaching of Biology 3+0
EDU-314 Teaching of English 3+0
EDU-315 Teaching of Urdu 3+0
EDU-316 Teaching of Pak Studies 3+0
EDU-317 Teaching of Islamic Studies 3+0
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st
Course Code: ENG-101 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: English-I Marks: 100
Objective
The students will be able to:
Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Basics of Grammar
Chapter 1: Parts of speech and their functions
1.1.1 Noun
1.1.2 Pronoun
1.1.3 Verb
1.1.4 Adverb
1.1.5 Adjective
1.1.6 Conjunctions
1.1.7 Inter junctions
Chapter 2: Uses of articles
Chapter 3: Sentence skills
3.1 Classification by purpose
3.1.1 Declarative
3.1.2 Interrogative
3.1.3 Imperative
3.1.4 Exclamative
3.2 Classification by structure
3.2.1 Complex
3.2.2 Compound
3.2.3 Compound complex
Chapter 4: Analysis of Phrase and Clause
Chapter 5: Preposition
Chapter 6: Transitive and Intransitive Verbs
Chapter 7: Active and Passive Voice
Chapter 8: Speaking Skills
8.1 Communication via Dialogue formation
8.2 Expressing your likes and dislikes
8.3 Group discussion
8.4 My dreams
8.5 Picture description
8.6 Games activities
Chapter 9: Reading skills
9.1 Aims of Reading
9.2 Kinds of Reading
9.3 Faulty Reading Habits
9.4 SQ3Rs
Chapter 10: Writing skills
10.1 Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing)
Chapter 11: Dictionary skills
11.1 Meanings
11.2 Usage
11.3 Pronunciation
11.4 Syllabications
11.5 Etymology
11.6 Stress
11.7 Parts of speech
11.8 Synonyms
11.9 Antonyms
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1.Third
edition.Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492
2. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2.Third
edition.Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506
b) Writing
Writing.Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.Oxford
Supplementary Skills.Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41.
c) Reading/Comprehension
Reading. Upper Intermediate.Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis.Oxford Supplementary Skills.Third
Impression 1992.ISBN 0 19 453402 2.d) Speaking
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st
Course Code: Edu-103 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Foundation of Education Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Explain the important features of foundation of education
Specify the role of educational thinkers in education
Discuss the modes of education
Discuss historical development of Pakistan
Evaluate the issues and problems of education.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Ideological foundation of Pakistan
1.1: Definition
1.2: Islamic concepts of Education
1.3: Islamic aims of Education
1.4: Ideology and Teachers
Chapter 2: Philosophical foundation of Pakistan
2.1: Main philosophical Thoughts
2.2: Idealism and its Characteristics
2.3: Realism and its Characteristics
2.4: Pragmatism and its Characteristics
2.5: Re-constructionism and its Characteristics
Chapter 3: Psychological foundation of Pakistan
3.1: Definition of learning and Maturation
3.2: Individual differences among students
3.3: Self Control
Chapter 4: Socio-Economic foundation of Pakistan
4.1: Basic Needs Of students
4.2: Concepts of Society and Culture
4.3: Economic conditions and Education
4.4: Social conditions and Education
Chapter 5: Problems and issues of Education in Pakistan
5.1: Literacy
5.2: Levels (Primary, Secondary, Higher)
(Meanings, Objectives, Problems and Suggestions)
5.3: Factors effecting students learning
Chapter 6: Aims of education in Pakistan
6.1: Qualities of a good Teacher
6.2: Role of a Teacher and Student in Classroom
6.3: The Holy Prophet (P.B.U.H) as a Teacher
6.4: Aims and objectives of education in Pakistan
RECOMMENDED BOOK
Canestrari, A. (2009). Foundations of Education. New York: Sage Publications.
Eugene, F.P. (2005). Critical issues in education: Anthology of reading. New York: Sage
Publications.
Goldblatt, P.F., & Smith, D. (2005).Cases for teacher development. New York: Sage
Publications.
Holt, L.C. (2005). Instructional patterns: Strategies for maximizing students learning.
Murphy, D. (2005). Foundations/Introduction to Teaching. USA: Allyn& Bacon, Inc.New York:
Sage Publications.
Semel, S. F. (2010). Foundations of education: The essential texts. USA: Routledge
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st
Course Code: Edu-104 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Development of Education in Pakistan
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Understand role of Islamic values and ideology of Pakistan in education.
Decipher the nature and purposes of education in the Mughal empire, the
British period and post-independence period.
Delineate the historic roots and subsequent
Development of the madrassah education.
Evaluate education in Pakistan in the light of different policies and plans.
Critically analyze educational development at different levels of education
i.e. Pre-primary education, Primary education, Elementary education,
secondary education and higher education.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Education its meaning, data and functions
1.1 Definitions and Derivations
1.2 Education as a Process
1.3 Aims of Education
Chapter 2: Ideological Basis of Education
2.1 Definitions and meanings of Ideology
2.2 Islamic concepts of Education
2.3 Role of Islamic Ideology in development of education
2.4 Education for Moral Development and Character building
Chapter 3: The Formal System of Education
3.1 The structure of Education
3.2 Elements of Education
3.3 Role of Teacher in formal Education
Chapter 4: History of Education in Pakistan
4.1 Main features and achievements in Education during Muslims in the Sub-
continent.
4.2 British education and its impact on the educational life of Muslims
4.3 Study of” Muslims education movements ‘’,Contribution of Deoband ,Ali
Gharh,JamiaMilia, Anjuman-e-Himayatul Islam , Sindh Madersat –ul-Islam.
Chapter 5: Education as an agent of Change
5. 1 Meaning and factors of social change
5.2 Education as a factor in Social change
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
Al-Naqib-al-Attas, Syed Muhammad (1979). Aims and Objectives of Education, Jeddah: King
Abdul Aziz University.
Iqbal Muhammad, (1999). The Reconstruction of Religious thought in Islam, Lahore: Shaikh
Muhammad Ashraf.
John, S. Brubacher (1987). Modern Philosophies of Education, New Delhi: TATA McGraw Hill
Publication Co.
Mansoor, A. Qureshi, (1983). Some Aspects of Muslim Education, Lahore: Universal Books.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st
Course Code: GSCI-101 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: General Science
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Teach General Science effectively at elementary level in an innovative and creative
manner.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Physical Science
1.1 Universe and Cosmos ,Big Bang and the expending universe ,Age of Universe ,Black
holes, Galaxy ,Milky way, Stars, Solar System
Chapter 2: Earth Science
2.1 Structure of earth, magnetic field, atmosphere and life, plate tectonics, drifting
continents, minerals, continental shelf, and earth quakes, volcanoes, hurricanes,
cyclones.
Chapter 3: Physics
3.1 The Nature of matter, Atomic no. Atomic mass, Symbol, and Isotopes, Quantum
theory, Nucleus of an atom, Quark, Radioactivity, Half-life, Radioactive dating,
Hooks law, elastically the kinetic theory of gases, Solutions, Mixtures, Compounds,
Freezing of water, Thermodynamics.
Chapter 4: Chemistry
4.1 The atomic theory of Matter ,Atomic ,Elements ,Molecules ,Compounds ,mixtures
,Chemical symbols ,Chemical bonding ,chemical reactions ,Coil ,Age metals ,Carbon
and carbon cycle ,Fertilizers ,Soaps ,and Detergents
Chapter 5: Biological science
5.1 Basis of life ,Classification of animals ,Classification of man ,Major animal groups
,Cell ,Genes ,Nucleic acids ,Proteins ,Enzymes ,Metabolism ,Biochemical energy
,Hormones ,and Endocrine glands ,Chemical nature of hormones ,Vaccines,
Antibiotics ,Photosynthesis ,Respirators.
Chapter 6: Human physiology and Anatomy
6.1 Bones and muscles, digestive system, Circulatory system and excretory system,
Nervous system.
Chapter 7: Environmental Science
7.1 Atmosphere, Ozone depletion, Pollution, Acid rain.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Lawson, Anton. E. (1995). “Science teaching and development of thinking”. California:
Wadsworth publishing company
RehmanMehmooda (1999).“Teaching of science and mathematics”. Peshawar: Ijaz printer,
Pakistan
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st
Course Code: SOC-101 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course II Introduction to Sociology
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Understand the concepts of society and social values in promoting education
Recognize the role of language in shaping the culture identity and role of language policy
in the creation of national identity
Evaluate the educational impact of social institutions family, media and neighborhood
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Definition ,Scope and Subject Matter
1.2 Sociology as a science
1.3 Historical Background of Sociology
Chapter 2: Basic Concepts
2.1 Group, Community, Society
2.2 Associations
2.2.1 Non Voluntary
2.2.2 Voluntary
2.3 Organization
2.3.1 Informal
2.3.2 Formal
2.4 Social Interactions
2.4.1 Levels of social interactions
2.5 Process of social interactions
2.5.1 Cooperation
2.5.2 Competition
2.5.3 Conflicts
2.5.4 Accommodation
2.5.5 Acculturation and Diffusions
2.5.6 Assimilation
2.5.7 Amalgamations
Chapter 3: Social Change
3.1 Definitions& Functions
3.2 Types of Social Groups
3.2.1 In and out groups
3.2.2 Primary and secondary groups
3.2.3 References Groups
3.2.4 Informal and Formal groups
3.2.5 Pressure Groups
Chapter 4: Culture
4.1 Definitions, aspects and characteristics of culture
4.1.1 Material and non material culture
4.1.2 Ideal and real culture
4.2 Elements of Culture
4.2.1 Beliefs
4.2.2 Values
4.3 Norms and Social Change
4.4 Organization of Culture
4.4.1 Traits
4.4.2 Complexes
4.4.3 Patterns
4.4.4 Ethos
4.4.5 Themes
4.5 Other related Concepts
4.5.1 Cultural Relativism
4.5.2 Sub Cultures
4.5.3 Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism
4.5.4 Cultural Lag
Chapter 5: Socialization & Personality
5.1 Personality, Factors in Personality Formation
5.2 Socialization, Agencies of Socialization
5.3 Role &Status
Chapter 6: Deviance and Social Control
6.1 Deviance and its types
6.2 Social control and its need
6.3 Forms of Social Control
6.4 Methods & Agencies of social Control
Chapter 7: Collective Behavior
7.1 Collective behavior ,its types
7.2 Crowd Behavior
7.3 Public opinion
7.4 Propaganda
7.5 Social movement
7.6 Leadership
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Macionis.Jhon.j. 2006. 10th Edition, Sociology, New Jersey Prentice Hall
James, M. Henslin. 2004. Sociology; A down to Earth Approach Torantoo; Allen and Bacon
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd
Course Code: ENG-102 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: English II Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Grammar
1.1 Phrases and Types
1.2 Clauses and Types
1.3 Sentences and Types
1.4 Verbs (Auxiliary & Modals)
1.5 Using Cohesive Devices (e.g. Connectives)
Chapter 2: Speaking Skills
2.1 Speaking through Pictures
2.2 Group Discussion
2.3 Taking part in Tutorial
2.4 Presentation Skills _Introduction to presentation skills
Chapter 3: Reading Skills
3.1 Skimming ----} (Skimming for the main Idea)
3.2 Scanning -----} (Scanning for specific information)
3.3 Identifying main idea / topic sentence
3.4 Distinguishing between facts & opinions
3.5 Inference & Predication
3.6 Differentiating between main idea and supporting details
3.7 Recognizing and Interpreting Cohesive devices
Chapter 4: Writing Skills
4.1 Outlining
4.2 Generating Ideas through different strategies
4.3 Note-taking and Note-making
4.4 Describing yourself
4.5 Introducing yourself
4.6 Brainstorming, Flow charts, Mind maps
4.7 Paragraph writing:
4.7.1 Descriptive
4.7.2 Narrative
4.7.3 Persuasive
4.8 Simple Application
4.9 Writing Emails
4.10 Letter Writing --------} [ Invitation Letters, Social Letters, Letter to the Editor]
Chapter 5: Vocabulary Building
5.1 Vocabulary from the context
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Cook V. (1991). Second Language Learning and Language Teaching, 2nd ed. London, Arnold
Mohammad. T. (1998). Modern Appraoches to the Teaching of English as Second Language,
Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.
Murcia, M.C. (1991), Teaching English as a Second Foreign Language, 2nd Ed. New Bury
House: A Division of Harper Collins Publishers.
Rob Nohand (1993). Conversation, London: Oxford University Press.
Sheikh. N. A. (1998). Teaching of English as a Second Language. Lahore: Carvan Book House.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd
Course Code: EDU-109 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Critical Thinking and Reflecting Practices
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Differentiate between 'Good' and 'Bad' bent of mind
Ask and analyze thought provoking Questions
Understand the relationship of critical thinking with reading and writing
Foster rational motivation among the students.
Apply critical thinking in different content areas
Develop the habit of contributive thinking
Understand the concept and role of reflection and reflective practice as a tool for raising
critical consciousness
Use reflection as a tool of inquiry into practice
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction:
1.1 Introduction To the Fundamentals of Critical Thinking
1.2 Why Critical Thinking Matters?
1.3 Critical Thinking And the Process of Analysis
1.3.1 Teaching Student to Think Theoretically
1.3.2 Teaching Students to Think Empirically
Chapter 2: Strategies and Techniques to develop critical
2.1 Brain Storming
2.2 Concept Mapping
2.3 Generalization and Testing the Limits
2.4 Venn Diagram
2.5 Logical Reasoning
Chapter 3: Critical Thinking an Art of Questioning
3.1 Critical Thinking and Socratic Questioning
3.2 Teaching Students to Ask Good Questions & Follow up the Implications of Thoughts
3.3 Teaching Students to narrate, analyze, and evaluate their own ‘Points’
3.4 View and of others
3.5 Open and close ended Questions
Chapter 4: Critical Thinking and Its Applications 4.1 Interrogating the Text
4.2 Primary and secondary Sources
4.3 Characteristics of Academic Text
4.4 Status of Evidence
4.5 Status of the Author
4.6 Comparing and Contrasting Different Sources
Chapter 5: Introduction to Reflection
5.1 Meaning of Reflection on practice/educational issues
5.2 Significance of Reflection for Teacher
Chapter 6: Major Proponents of Reflective Practice
6.1 Jhon Dewy
6.2 L.Stanhouse
6.3 D.Schon
Chapter 7: Process and Techniques of Reflection
7.1 Process of Reflection
7.2 Major techniques and strategies (critical incident, analysis, Keeping reflective
journals, peer coaching, action research)
7.3 Skills for Reflection
Chapter 8: Application of skills and approaches to reflection
8.1 Systematic reflection throughout the coursework
8.2 Identify key questions for their own role
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
Ayoukarm, Govald (1989), Modern Methods and Techniques of Teachings Philadephia. Open
University press 1
Baron, J. and Sternberg, R, (Eds.) (1987) Teaching thinking skills: theory and practice, New
York: Freeman.
Barrow, R. (1990) Understanding Skills: Thinking, Feeling and Caring. London, Ontario:
Althouse.
Beyer. B. K. (1987) Practical strategies for the teaching of thinking. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Chipman, S., Segat, J. and GIaser, R, (1985) Thinking and Learning Skills, Volume 2. Research
and Open Questions. HiNsdale, New Jersey: Eribaum.
Costa, A.L. and Lowery, L.F. (1990) Techniques for teaching thinking, Melbourne: Hawker
Brownlow.
Finn, B. (1991) Young People's Participation in Post-compulsory Education and Training.
Report of the Australian Education Council Review Committee. Canberra: Australian
Government Publishing Service.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd
Course Code: EDU-110 Cr.hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Human Development and Learning
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Basic concepts in human development, growth and learning;
Process of human development and its classroom application;
Various aspects and stages of human development
Different approaches to human learning
Individual differences and their effect on teaching learning
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Definitions of Human Development and Growth
1.2 Difference between Growth and Development
1.3 General Principles of Human Development
1.4 Factors influencing Human Development
1.5 A Frame work for studying Human Development
Chapter 2: Physical Development
2.1 Concept and definition of individuals
2.2 Physical Development from Infancy to Adolescence
2.3 Physical Characteristics of Learners of:
2.4 Preschool and Kindergarten
2.5 Primary level
2.6 Elementary level
2.7 Secondary level
2.8 Higher Secondary level
2.9 Role of Teacher in Physical Development
Chapter 3: Intellectual Development
3.1 Intellectual Development from Infancy to Adolescence
3.2 Intellectual Characteristics of Learners of:
3.3 Preschool and Kindergarten
3.4 Primary level
3.5 Elementary level
3.6 Secondary level
3.7 Higher Secondary level
3.8 Role of Teacher in Intellectual Development
Chapter 4: Social Development
4.1 Social Development from Infancy to Adolescence
4.2 Social Characteristics of Learners of:
4.3Preschool and Kindergarten
4.4Primary level
4.5 Elementary level
4.6 Secondary level
4.7 Higher Secondary level
4.8 Role of Teacher in social Development
Chapter 5: Emotional Development
5.1 Emotional Development from Infancy to Adolescence
5.2 Emotional Characteristics of Learners of:
5.3 Preschool and Kindergarten
5.4 Primary level
5.5 Elementary level
5.6 Secondary level
5.7 Higher Secondary level
5.8 Role of Teacher in Emotional Development
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Arif, H. A. (2003) Human Development and Learning. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.
Berk, L. E. (2006) Child Development. (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall: Pearson Education,
Inc.
Dembo, M.H. (1994) Applying Educational Psychology (5th Edition). New York: Longman.
Mehnaz Aziz (2007), Assessing children’s Development through observation, Children‟s Global
Network Pakistan.
Mehnaz Aziz (2007), Individualized teaching in ECE, Children’s Global Network Pakistan.
Ormrod, J.E. (1998) Educational Psychology Developing learners. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
Santrock, J.W. (2001) Educational Psychology. Boston: McGraw Hill.
Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) Human Development. (6th Edition). New York: The Mc Graw-Hill
Companies, Inc.
Woolfolk, A (2004) Educational Psychology (9th Ed.). Singapore: Pearson Education. Inc.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd
Course Code: PSY-102 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-II Introduction to Psychology-II
Objectives
The students will be able to:
describe in detail the multidisciplinary nature of educational psychology
familiarize students with basic theories derived from various discipline which are related
to education
develop critical thinking about and appreciation of education psychology as
multidisciplinary subject
familiarize with the concept of test development
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Historical Background of Psychology
1.1 Greek Period
1.2 Development of Psychology as a Science
1.3 Schools of Psychology
1.4 Perspectives in Psychology
Chapter 2: Research Methods in Psychology
2.1 Observation Method:
2.1.1 Introspection
2.1.2 External Observation
2.2 Survey Method
2.3 Interview Method
2.4 Experimental Method
2.5 Case Study Method
Chapter 3: Biological Basis of Behavior
3.1 Nervous System
3.2 Central Nervous System
3.3 Brain and Spinal Cord
3.4 Autonomic Nervous System
3.5 Sympathetic Nervous System
3.6 Para Sympathetic Nervous System
Chapter 4: Sensation
4.1 Five Senses
4.2 Structure and Function of Eyes
4.3 Structure and Function of Ear
4.4 Structure and Function of Nose
4.5 Structure and Function of Tongue
4.6 Structure and Function of Skin
Chapter 5: Perception
5.1 Definition
5.2 Depth Perception
5.3 Laws of Perceptual Organization
Chapter 6: Attention
6.1 Definition
6.2 Span of Attention
6.3 Fluctuation in Attention
6.4 Conditions of Attention
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Ormrod, Jeane, (2010) Educational Psychology: Developing Learners: Pearson
Santrock, John W., (2001) Educational Psychology, USA. Mc-Graw-Hill Anita Woolfolk;
Educational Psychology, USA.
Meggitt, C. (2006). “Child Development An illustrated Guide” (2nd edition). New York: The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Merman, A& Bronson, P. (2009). “Nature Shock: New thinking about children”. New York:
Hachette Book Group.
Santrock, J.W. (2001) “Educational Psychology”. Boston: McGraw Hill.
Santrock, J.W. (2003). “Child Development”, New York: McGraw Hill.
Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) “Child Development”. (6th Edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd
Course Code: ECON-101 Cr.hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-II Introduction to Economics-I
Objectives
The students will be able to;
Impart comprehensive and high standard knowledge of the subject.
Make use of the modern quantitative techniques for practical implications
Make them competent in the modern structure of job market
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Nature, Scope and importance of Economics, Microeconomics vs. Macroeconomics,
Scarcity and choice, Opportunity cost, Factors of Production, Production possibility
frontier.
Chapter 2. Demand, Supply and Equilibrium
2.1 Concepts of demand and supply, Determinants of demand and supply, Law of
demand and supply ,Market Equilibrium, Shifts in demand and supply curves, and
market Equilibrium ,Concept of elasticity, Price, Income and cross elasticity of
demand, Laws of supply, Price of Elasticity of supply, Different determinants of
Elasticity of demands and supply, Importance of elasticity of demand and supply.
Chapter 3: Theory of Consumer Behavior
3.1 Utility Function, Different types of utility, Law of diminishing marginal utility, Law
of Equi-marginal utility, Consumer Equilibrium.
Chapter 4: Theory of Production Cost and Revenue
4.1 Factors of production and their rewards, Production Function, Laws of Returns, Cost
of Production (Short run and Long run), Revenue Analysis under perfect and
imperfect competition, Concept of profit.
Chapter 5: Market Structures
5.1 Perfect competition and Imperfect competition, assumptions and price / output
determination under Perfect competition and Imperfect competition.
Chapter 6: National Income
6.1 Concepts of National Income, Measurement of National Income, Importance and
Difficulties in measurement of National Income.
Chapter 7: Macroeconomics Issues
7.1 Concepts of Inflation, unemployment, Balance of payment, Exchange rate and
business Cycles, Monetary and Fiscal policies and their role in the economy.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Frey, B. S., &Osterloh, M. (Eds.). (2001). Successful management by motivation: Balancing
intrinsic and extrinsic incentives. Springer Science & Business Media.
Senge, P. M., Scharmer, C. O., Jaworski, J., & Flowers, B. S. (2004). Presence: Human purpose
and the field of the future. Cambridge, Mass.: SoL.
Krutilla, J. V., & Fisher, A. C. (1975).The economics of natural environments. Resources for the
future, Washington, DC.
Jordan, P. W. (2002). Designing pleasurable products: An introduction to the new human
factors.CRC press.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd
Course Code: MATH-101 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Mathematics
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Describe the nature, history and development of mathematics at elementary level in Pakistan
Acquire the skills and competencies required for the
Teaching of mathematics at elementary level
Apply effectively the various methods of teaching mathematics
Know and use techniques and strategies of teaching mathematics at elementary level
Make and use teaching aids effectively
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Preliminaries
1.1 Real number System, complex numbers, Introduction to sets, set operations,
Functions, types of functions.
Chapter 2: Matrices
2.1 Introduction to matrices, types, matrix inverse, determinates, system of linear
equations, Cramer`s Rule.
Chapter 3: Quadratic Equations:
3.1 Solution of quadratic Equations, qualitative analysis of roots of a quadratic
equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations cube roots of utility, relation
between roots and coefficients of quadratic equations.
Chapter 4: Sequences and Series
4.1 Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic progression.
Chapter 5: Binomial Theorems
5.1 Introduction to the mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and
irrational indices, `Trigonometry`. Fundamentals of Trigonometry, trigonometric
identities.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Kaufmann. J. E., „College Algebra and Trigonometry‟, PWS-Kent Company, Boston, Latest
Edition.
Swokowski. E. W., „Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry‟, Latest Edition.
Walpole, R. E., „Introduction of Statistics‟, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition.
Wilcox, R. R., „Statistics for The Social Sciences’,
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd
Course Code: COMP-104 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Computer Literacy
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Define computer terminology
Identify the basic components of a computer and describe the function of each.
use the keyboard to interact with the computer
Describe different applications of computers in education.
Develop skills to use computer in educational settings.
Communicate through computer with friends, and teachers in and outside the
country.
Use computer for research, data analysis and presentations
COURSE OUTLINE:
1.1 Introduction to Computers, Concepts, Functions, Applications, Hardware.
1.2 Types of Computers.
1.3 Input/output Devices.
1.4 Software
1.5 System software
1.6 Application software
1.7 Customized Software
1.8 Word Processing.
1.9 Spreadsheet.
1.10 Tools of Statistical Analyses Using Computer.
1.11 Database Application.
1.12 Internet Browser.
1.13 E-mail: Personal Organizers.
1.14 Multimedia Applications.
1.15 Business Applications.
1.16 Accounts. Payroll.
1.17 Production.
1.18 Market Planning
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Faden, P.D., and Vogel, R.M. (2003). Methods of Teaching, Boston: Mc-Graw Hills.
Joyce, B., Weil M., and Calhoun, E. (2000). Models of Teaching, 6th ed. Boston: Allyn and
Bacon.
Norton, P. (2000). Introduction to Computers 5th ed; New York: Mc-Graw Hill Book Co.
Norton, P. (2003). Introduction to Computers, 5th ed., New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co.
Norton, P., & Spragu, D. (2001). Technology for Teaching, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Sharma, A. (1999). Modern Educational Technology, New Delhi: Prentice-Hall.
Sharma, S. R. (2000). Effective Classroom Teaching Modern Methods, Tools and Techniques.
Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publications.
Shelly, G. B. & Vermaat, M. E. (2008). Discovering Computer. Pakistan: Book Media
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd
Course Code: ENG-201 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: English-III Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs
Identify and prepare activities for developing four skills
Apply modern methods and approaches in teaching of English
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Grammar
1.1 Phrasal Verbs
1.2 Commonly confused words (e.g. Homonyms, Homographs, Homophones)
1.3 Effective word choice
1.3.1 Slang
1.3.2 Clichés
1.3.3 Pretentious words
1.3.4 Wordiness
Chapter 2: Writing Skills
2.1 Essay writing
2.1.1 Descriptive
2.1.2 Narrative
2.1.3 Analytical
2.1.4 Persuasive
2.2 Precise writing/Summarizing (Rules and Practice)
2.3 Technical Report writing
2.4 Academic vocabulary study (Reading passage and Exercises)
Chapter 3: Presentation Skills
3.2 Discussion and practice
3.2 Oral communication
3.3 Picture discussion
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Cook V. (1991). Second Language Learning and Language Teaching, 2nd ed. London, Arnold
Mohammad. T. (1998). Modern Appraoches to the Teaching of English as Second Language,
Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.
Murcia, M.C. (1991), Teaching English as a Second Foreign Language, 2nd Ed. New Bury
House: A Division of Harper Collins Publishers.
Rob Nohand (1993). Conversation, London: Oxford University Press.
Sheikh. N. A. (1998). Teaching of English as a Second Language. Lahore: Carvan Book House.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd
Course Code: HIST-102 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-III Introduction to History-I
Objectives
The students will be able to:
make students aware of the nature of historical knowledge and research
Introduce to the students about the basic concepts and controversies related to historical
understanding
Inculcate among the students a sense of historical evaluation of human knowledge,
development and progress.
Inculcate among the students a sense of critical thinking
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1:
1.1 What is History?
Chapter 2:
2.1 Nature and Scope of History
Chapter 3:
3.1 Benefits of History
3.2 History as a corrective force
3.3 History as a repetitive force
Chapter 4:
4.1 Branches of History
4.1.1 Political
4.1.2 Cultural
4.1.3 Social
4.1.4 Economical
Chapter 5:
5.1 Relationship of History with other social sciences
Chapter 6:
6.1 Causation
Chapter 7:
7.1 Objectivity and Subjectivity
Chapter 8:
8.1 Classification of History
8.2 Narrative History
8.3 Scientific History
8.3.1 Philosophy of History
8.3.2 Future History
8.3.3
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Carr, E.H, What is History? Harmondsworth, 1961
Govranski, History Meaning is Method, USA, 1969.
Ranjit Guha, The Small Voice of History, Delhi, 2010.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd
Course Code: Edu-205 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-III How Children Learn-II
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Demonstrate an understanding of individual differences of students
Practice appropriate teaching methods for students
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction to learning
1.1 Definition, characteristics
1.2 Concepts of learning in class 3
1.3 Role of teacher in learning process
1.4 Classroom atmosphere to learn
Chapter 2: The Learner
2.1 Who is Learner?
2.2 Conditions that effect learner (Abilities, Motivation, Interest, Aptitude)
2.3 Needs of learner
Chapter 3: Motivation cause to learn
3.1 Concepts of Motivation
3.2 How children learn with Motivation
3.3 Role of Reinforcement in children learning
3.4 Significance of motivation in children learning
Chapter 4: Teaching strategies and learner
4.1 Strategies which cause to learn
4.2 Use of different teaching methods
4.3 Teaching aids and learner
Chapter 5: Individual Differences in learning
5.1 Defecation of face
5.2 Ways in which individual differ
5.3 Steps to absorb the difference of the Learners
5.4 Utility of the knowledge of individual differences for a teacher
Chapter 6: Guidance and Counseling
6.1 Definitions, difference between guidance and counseling
6.2 Principles of guidance and counseling
6.3 Important Role in learning
6.4 Psychological problems of learner and Islamic guidance
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Arif, H. A. (2003) Human Development and Learning. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.
Berk, L. E. (2006) Child Development. (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall: Pearson Education,
Inc.
Dembo, M.H. (1994) Applying Educational Psychology (5th Edition). New York: Longman.
Mehnaz Aziz (2007), Assessing children’s Development through observation, Children‟s Global
Network Pakistan.
Santrock, J.W. (2001) “Educational Psychology”. Boston: McGraw Hill.
Santrock, J.W. (2003). “Child Development”, New York: McGraw Hill.
Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) “Child Development”. (6th Edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd
Course Code: Edu-206 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: General Methods of Teaching Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Explain the basic concepts of teaching.
Demonstrate the essential attributes of the effective teacher.
Describe the importance and types of teacher planning...
Practice different teaching methods in classroom.
Organize classroom discussion and demonstrate its appropriate use.
Apply various techniques to motivate students.
Select appropriate audio visual aids in classroom teaching.
Prepare lesson plans.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Concepts of Learning
1.1 Introduction and Importance of Teaching
1.2 Teaching Variables
1.3 Operations in Teaching
1.4 Principles of Teaching
1.5 Features of Teaching
1.6 Pedagogical Models of Teaching
Chapter 2: Effective Teaching
2.1 Qualities of Effective Teaching
2.2 Effective Teacher’s Behavior
2.3 Concept of Learning Process
2.4 Various Facts of Learning Process
2.5 Factors Affecting learning process-Classroom Implications
2.6 Role of Teachers in learning process
2.7 Helping Behaviors of Teacher related to Effective Teaching
2.8 Media and Teaching Methods
Chapter 3: Instructional Technology and Teaching
3.1 Concepts of Instructional Techniques
3.2 Purpose of Instructional Technology
3.3 Instructional Technology and Teaching Methods
Chapter 4: Bloom, Taxonomy of Instructional Objectives
4.2 Writing Instructional Objectives
4.3 Domains of Educational Objectives
4.3.1 Cognitive
4.3.2 Affective
4.3.3 Psychomotor Domains
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Allen, Mendler, (2009).”Motivating Students Who Don't Care”: Successful Techniques for
Educators. Amazon.com
Arends, R.I. (2007) “Learning to Teach” (7th Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition).
Boston: McGraw Hill.
Ellington, H et al. (2005) “Handbook of Educational Technology” (3rd Edition). London: Kogan
Page Limited.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th
Course Code: ECON-425 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-IV Entrepreneurship-I
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Know the nature of Entrepreneurship
Identify personal attributes that enable best use if Entrepreneurship opportunities
Explore Entrepreneurship leadership and management styles
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Entrepreneurship
1.1 What is Entrepreneurship, its definition, importance and its process?
1.2 Types of Entrepreneurship and their characteristics.
Chapter 2: Issues Affecting Entrepreneurship
2.1 Characteristics of today`s economy.
2.2 Changing world of work.
2.3 Social responsibility and ethics.
2.4 Entrepreneurial start-up issues.
Chapter 3: Researching the Entrepreneurial Feasibility
3.1 Generating & evaluating ideas.
3.2 Researching competitors.
3.3 Researching financing option and evaluating financing options.
Chapter 4: Planning the Entrepreneur
4.1 Developing organizational vision
4.2 Organizational culture issues.
4.3 Importance of understanding culture.
4.4 Developing and writing the entrepreneur.
Chapter 5: Managing Process
5.1 Making decisions
5.2 Measuring & evaluating organizational performance.
5.3 Stimulating and making changes - being a change agent.
5.4 Human resource management issues.
5.5 Motivating employees.
5.6 Managing conflict
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Senge, P. M., Scharmer, C. O., Jaworski, J., & Flowers, B. S. (2004). Presence: Human purpose
and the field of the future. Cambridge, Mass.: SoL.
Phan, P. H. C., Venkataraman, S., &Velamuri, S. R. (Eds.). (2008). Entrepreneurship in
emerging regions around the world: Theory, evidence and implications. Edward Elgar
Publishing.
Frey, B. S., &Osterloh, M. (Eds.). (2001). Successful management by motivation: Balancing
intrinsic and extrinsic incentives. Springer Science & Business Media.
Cuervo, Á.,Ribeiro, D., &Roig, S. (2007). Entrepreneurship: Concepts, Theory and Perspective.
Introduction.In Entrepreneurship (pp. 1-20).Springer Berlin Heidelberg.
El Ebrashi, R. (2013). Social entrepreneurship theory and sustainable social impact. Social
Responsibility Journal, 9(2), 188-209.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th
Course Code: ENG-202 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Content Course-IV English 4 Marks: 100
Objective
The students will be able to:
Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Letter Writing
1.1 Formal Letter:
1.2 Good News Letter
1.3 Bad News Letter
1.4 Special Letters:
1.5 Letters of Congratulations
1.6 Letters about reservation
1.7 Letters if Invitation
1.8 Letters of Condolence
Chapter 2: Technical Communication
2.1. Report Writing
2.2 Technical Report writing.
2.3 Investigation Report writing.
2.4 Short report writing.
2.5 Professional Skills
2.6 CV writing & Job Application
2.7 Job Application
2.8 Interview skills
Chapter 3: English Literature
3.1 Poetry
3.1.1 The man he killed (Thomas Hardy)
3.1.2 Across the Indus (Taufeeq Rafat)
3.1.3 Meeting at Night (Robert Browning)
3.1.4 Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening (Robert Frost)
3.1.5 We are Seven (William Wordsworth)
3.1.6 Echoing Green ( William Blake)
3.2 Prose & Essays:
3.2.1 Three days to see (Helen Keller).
3.2.2 Of Marriage & Single Life (Francis Bacon).
3.2.3 Of Parents and Children (Francis Bacon).
3.3 Short Story
3.3.1 The Necklace (Maupassant).
3.3.2 TA-NA-E-KA (Mary White bird)
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition.
Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492
Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition.
Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506
b) Writing
Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.
Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and
35-41.
c) Reading/Comprehension
Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills.
Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.
d) Speaking
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th
Course Code: EDU-209 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Guidance and Counseling Marks: 100
Objective
The students will be able to:
Demonstrate knowledge of the importance of guidance and counseling to support the
teacher’s role in the classroom
Explain the role of various members of a guidance and counseling system in supporting
learners in addressing their future choices and social challenges
Demonstrate the skills of student advisement in making responsible social choices and
decisions
Assist students in making informed choices to solve personal, educational and social
problems they confront
Refer students to resources that can assist them in solving social and personal problems
they encounter.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Guidance and Counseling
1.1 Define and differentiate Guidance and Counseling
1.2 Objectives of Guidance
1.3 Principles of Guidance
Chapter 2: The Role of Guidance and Counseling Personnel
2.1 Teacher in Guidance and Counseling
2.2 Psychologist in Student services.
2.3 Career counselor.
2.4 Librarian in guidance and Counseling.
Chapter 3: Techniques of Guidance
3.1 How the teacher can assist the learner to make informed choices to Guide their future
3.2 Assisting the learner in personal and social development
3.3 Developing Guidance skills: questioning techniques, active listening
Chapter 4: Basic skills of counseling
4.1 Identifying elementary social problems the classroom teacher can resolve
4.2Exercising basic counseling skills in a controlled situation
4.3 Evaluating basic counseling techniques among peers
Chapter 5: Services of Guidance
5.1Oriention services
5.2 Testing Services
5.3 Educational and Occupational services
5.4 Counseling services
5.5 Placement services
5.6 Follow up services
5.7 Research & evaluation services
Chapter 6: Evaluation of the guidance program
6.1 Types of evaluation in guidance and counseling
6.2 Program evaluation
Chapter 7: Cumulative Record Card
7.1 Nature and purpose of the cumulative Record Card (CRC)
7.2 Advantages of the CRC
7.3 Design of CRC
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Wooster, A. D., & Carson, A. (1982).Improving reading and self-concept through
communication and social skills training. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 10(1),
83-87.
Zaffrann, R. T., &Colangelo, N. (1977).Counseling with gifted and talented students. Gifted
Child Quarterly, 21(3), 305-321.
Hughes, P. (1985). Guidance and counselling in schools. British Journal of Guidance and
Counselling, 13(1), 11-21.
Roberts, A. R., & Roberts, B. S. (2005). Ending intimate abuse: Practical guidance and survival
strategies. Oxford University Press, USA.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th
Course Code: EDU-210 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Classroom Assessment Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Understand the concept and nature of assessment
Differentiate between standardized and classroom tests
Integrate objectives with learning assessment
Develop and analyze test items of different levels \ Interpret test scores and results of different assessment techniques
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Concept of Classroom Assessment
1.1 Distinction between assessment, evaluation and measurement.
1.2 Purpose of assessment.
1.3 Comparison between standardized and classroom assessment.
1.4 Individual and group assessment.
Chapter 2: Achievement Tests
2.1 Definition and Characteristics.
2.2 Characteristics of a Good achievement test.
2.3 General guidelines for test construction (rules, table of specification etc).
2.4 Types of Test items.
2.4.1 Essay type test items.
2.4.2 Objective type test.
Chapter 3: Test Construction
3.1 Defining the learning outcomes.
3.2 Preparation of a tests item/questions.
3.3 Assembly the tests
Chapter 4: Test Administration and Analysis
4.1 Administration/conducting the test.
4.2 Item analysis and Modification.
Chapter 5: Interpreting Test Scores
5.1 Percentage.
5.2 Ordering and Ranking.
5.3 Frequency distribution.
5.4 Pictorial form (graph, polygon, histogram)
Chapter 6: Grading and Reporting Results
6.1 Concept of Grading - need and importance
6.2 Types of Grading
6.3 Reporting results to different stakeholders
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Angelo, T.A. & Cross, P.K. (1993). Classroom Assessment Techniques (2nd ed.). San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Ebel, Robert (2004). Essentials of Educational Measurement. India: Prentice hall.
Freeman, Richard, (2004). Planning and Implementing Assessment. New York: Rout ledge
Flamer.
Kubiszyn, Tom, (2003). Educational testing and Measurement: Classroom Application and
Practice. United States: John Wiley & sons, Inc.
Kumari, Sarita (2005). Education Assessment, Evolution and Remedial. ISHA Books.
Mehnaz Aziz, (2007) Assessing children’s Development through Observation, Children‟s Global
net work Pakistan.
Smith, D, (2005). Theory of Educational Measurement. New Delhi: Commonwealth.
Smith, D. (2005). History of Measurement and Evaluation. New Delhi: Commonwealth.
Smith, D., (2005). Methods of Educational Measurement, New Delhi: Commonwealth.
Swain, Sanjaya, (2005). Educational Measurement, Statistics and Guidance. Kalyani
Publications.
Thomas A. and K. Patricia Cross, 1993, Classroom Assessment Techniques: A Handbook for
College Teachers, Second Edition, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th
Course Code: EDU-211 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Classroom Management Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Explain the meaning and concept of classroom management
Demonstrate the establishment of a constructive classroom learning environment
Apply various management techniques to assist learners to be responsible for their
classroom behavior
Demonstrate classroom organization to increase student motivation
Analyze classroom situations to minimize behavioral problems
Organize learning within a classroom environment to maximize available resources and
space according to a variety of ages and grade levels of learners and
Evaluate classroom organization in simulated and actual classroom situations.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Classroom Management
1.1 Elements of "classroom management" in the context of Elementary education.
1.2 Variety of roles of the teacher in managing the elementary classroom.
Chapter 2: Classroom organization to Encourage Learner Interest and Class
Participation
2.1 The elements of classroom organization
2.2 Impact/outcomes of various kinds of classroom Organization on student behavior.
2.3 Classroom activity for managing learning.
2.4 Organizing and managing field trips and class visits.
Chapter 3: Design of the Effective Learning Classroom
3.1 Identifying resources for learning.
3.2 Using displays and visuals for enhancing the learning environment in the classroom.
3.3 Seating arrangements for learning experiences.
3.4 Physical facilities to enhance the learning environment.
3.5 Evaluating the effective learning classroom.
3.6 Managing the overcrowded classroom.
Chapter 4: Maintaining Classroom Records
4.1 Record-keeping systems their establishment and maintenance.
Chapter 5: Incentives and Rewards in the classroom environment
5.1 How to maximize student success and minimize behavioral Problems in the classroom
5.2 Incentive systems in the classroom setting
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
http://712educators.about.com/od/discipline/tp/disciplinetips.htm
Top Ten Tips for Classroom Discipline and Management
http://www.adprima.com/managing.htm
Effective Praise Guidelines
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th
Course Code: EDU-212 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Supervised School Experience / Observations / Visits Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Provide understanding to the prospective teachers and opportunity in day to day affairs of
teaching and learning process and overall school environment
Provide guidelines for the supervisors of prospective teachers in scheduling managing,
recording and providing information on protocol and ethics for the purpose
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Briefing and Orientation about the School Visit
1.1 School Location
1.2 Components and principles of School organization
1.3 The purpose of activity.
1.4 Teaching strategies for Pakistani Schools
1.5 Co-curricular activities in School
1.6 Dress Code
Chapter 2: Scheduling
2.1 Time Table
2.2 Curriculum design
2.3 Duration of each activity
Chapter 3: The School Visit
3.1 Adab for Students
3.2 School society and relationship
3.3 School techniques for Students
3.4 Observation method
3.5 Problem Solving
Chapter 4: Data Analysis and Reporting
4.1 Reporting and Marking.
4.2 Supervision, feedback and evaluation.
4.3 Value clarification and steps of analysis
RECOMMENDED WEBSITES
http://www.ravolunteers.org/pdfs/SchoolObservationForm.pdf
sunzi.lib.hku.hk/hkjo/view/10/1000159.pdf
secc.rti.org/display.cfm?t=m&i=Chapter_53_3
www.meridianschool.edu/?page=observations
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th
Course Code: Edu-301 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Curriculum Development Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Understand the concept of curriculum
Aware about the process of curriculum development in Pakistan
Examine the components of curriculum development
Differentiate between different types of curriculum
Write curriculum objectives in behavioral terms
State the critical issues, problems and trends in curriculum
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Meaning and Scope of Curriculum.
1.2 Components of curriculum & their interrelationship.
1.3 Curriculum Models.
1.4 Culture and Curriculum.
Chapter 2: Foundations of Curriculum
2.1 Philosophical
2.2 Sociological.
2.3 Psychological
Chapter 3: Aims, Goals and Objectives
3.1 Definition and difference
3.2 Source.
3.3 Behavioral objectives.
3.4 Taxonomies of Educational objectives.
Chapter 4: Selection and Organization of Curriculum
4.1 Principles and procedures of content selection.
4.2 Principles and procedures of content Sequencing.
4.3 Curriculum designs.
4.3.1 Subject Centered
4.3.2 Learner Centered
4.3.3 Problem Centered
4.4 Problems of curriculum Designing.
4.5 Curriculum content and the Teaching methods
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
Beane I.A, Toefer C.F & Alessi S.J (1986). Curriculum Planning & Development. Boston and
Bacon. Farooq, R.A. (1993). Education system in Pakistan. Islamabad: Asia Society for the
Promotion of Innovation and Reforms in Education.
Kelley A.V (1999). The Curriculum: Theory and Practice. London. Paul Chapman.
McNeil J. D (1990). Curriculum: A Comprehensive Introduction, (4th.ed) Los Angeles: Harper
Collins
Murray P. (1993). Curriculum Development & Design, (5th ed),
Sharma R.C (2002). Modern Methods of Curriculum Organization. New Delhi:
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th
Course Code: Edu-302 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: School Community and Teacher
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Discuss relation between school and community.
Know the process of linkage among the school community and teacher for effective
education.
Identify the social factors affecting education and how it can support the development of
education.
Know the role of teachers and school in socialization of student and development of
society
Enable prospective teachers to contribute in community work, health promotion activities
and endorsement of healthy environment.
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Society
1.1 Definition of Society
1.2 Structure & Function of society.
1.3 Status & role.
1.4 Individual & Society.
1.5 Social Interaction.
Chapter 2: Society & Culture
2.1 Meaning of Culture
2.2 Characteristics of Culture.
2.3 Functions of culture in society.
2.4 Elements of Pakistani Culture.
2.5 Role of education in promoting culture.
Chapter 3: School as a social Institution
3.1 The traditional School vs. Present School.
3.2 School as a center of community service.
3.3 Parent-teacher association.
3.4 Complementary nature of home & school.
Chapter 4: Social Control
4.1 Meaning & definitions.
4.2 Agencies of Social control.
4.3 Social deviation & tolerance.
4.4 Role of school & teacher in developing social control.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Chaudhary, M. Iqbal, Sociology, Aziz Publishers, Lahore: Urdu Bazar.
Hafeez Sabiha, Pakistani Society Volti, R. (2002) Society and technological change (6th ed.)
Worth Publishers.
Mehnaz Aziz, School and Family Partnership, (2007), Children’s Global Network, Pakistan.
Sadker Marya Pollack and David Miller Sadker (2003). Teachers’ School and Society. (6th Ed)
McGraw Hill Book Company New York USA.
Tagga, Abdul Hamid, School, Maashra Owar Ustad. Sarwar, Ghulam Rana, School, Maadrsha
owar Ustad.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th
Course Code: Edu-303 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Content Course-V Child Development-I Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Describe the theoretical basis of child development and their application to educational
setting
Explain basic concepts in child growth and development
Differentiate between various aspects of child development
Demonstrate an understanding of individual differences of students and children with
special needs
Practice appropriate teaching methods for students
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Child Development
1.1 Overview of child development
1.2 Meaning and Nature of development.
1.3 Growth and development.
1.4 Inception of Educational provision for Young Children.
Chapter 2: Stages of Development & their Characteristics
2.1 Factors affecting child development
2.2 Diversity and the cognitive, physical, social/emotional development of children at each
stage
2.2.1 Parental development through birth and newborn
2.2.2 Infant and toddler
2.2.3 Preschoolers.
2.2.4 Early Primary.
2.2.5 Middle Childhood.
2.2.6 Adolescence.
Chapter 3: Individual Differences
3.1 Physical difference.
3.1.1 Six Differences.
3.1.2 Age Differences.
3.2 Socio economic differences.
3.3 Intellectual and academic differences.
Chapter 4: Child Discipline and Guidance
4.1 Merits and demerits of punishment
4.2 Guidance techniques, classroom management.
4.3 Planning the environment.
4.4 Partnership with families and communities
Chapter 5: Child Development: Teacher`s Profession
5.1 Ethics and advocacy in early care and education.
5.2 Confidentiality.
5.3 Developmentally appropriate practices (DAP)
5.4 Communication skills with children and adults
5.5 Issues of play and environment in early childhood settings.
5.6 Role of teacher in child development.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Arif, H. A. (2003). “Child Development and Learning”. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot.
Berk, L. E. (2006). “Child Development”. (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall: Pearson
Education, Inc.
Cook, J., & Cook. (2010). “The World of Children” 2nd edition. Boston, M A. Parson Education
Inc.
Meggitt, C. (2006). “Child Development An illustrated Guide” (2nd edition). New York: The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Merman, A& Bronson, P. (2009). “Nature Shock: New thinking about children”. New York:
Hachette Book Group.
Santrock, J.W. (2001) “Educational Psychology”. Boston: McGraw Hill.
Santrock, J.W. (2003). “Child Development”, New York: McGraw Hill.
Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) “Child Development”. (6th Edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th
Course Code: Edu-304 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Content Course-V Educational Psychology-II Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Describe in detail the multidisciplinary nature of educational psychology
Familiarize students with basic theories derived from various discipline which are related
to education
Develop critical thinking about and appreciation of education psychology as
multidisciplinary subject
Familiarize with the concept of test development
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Educational Psychology and Teaching
1.1 What is Educational Psychology?
1.2 Scope and Contribution of Educational Psychology
1.3 Aims and Objectives Of Educational Psychology
Chapter 2: The Pre- School Period
2.1 Principles of Human development
2.2 Infancy and Early childhood:
2.2.1 Physical Development
2.2.2 Mental Development
2.2.3 Emotional Development
2.2.4 Social Development
Chapter 3: Later Childhood
3.1 Physical development
3.2 Mental development
3.3 Emotional development
3.4 Social development
Chapter 4: Adolescence
4.1 Physical development
4.2 Mental development
4.3 Emotional development
4.4 Social development
4.5 A period of Storm and Stress
4.6 Generation Gap
Chapter 5: Personality
5.1 Definition of Personality and Character
5.2 Type Theories
5.3 Trait Thrones
5.4 Factors Influencing Personality Development
5.5 Obstacles to Personality Improvement
5.6 Personality Assessment
Chapter 6: Intellectual Ability
6.1 Definitions of Intelligence
6.2 Theories of Intelligence
6.3 Types of Intelligence
6.4 Intelligence Quotient
6.5 Distribution of Intelligence
6.6 Measuring of Intelligence
Chapter 7: Motivation
7.1 Definitions
7.2 Instinct Theory
7.3 Psychoanalytical Theory
7.4 Need Theories
7.5 Kinds of motivation
7.6 Techniques of motivation
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Ormrod, Jeane, (2010) Educational Psychology: Developing Learners: Pearson
Santrock, John W., (2001) Educational Psychology, USA. Mc-Graw-Hill Anita Woolfolk;
Educational Psychology, USA.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th
Course Code: Edu-305 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Pedagogy-I Research Orientation in Education Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Discuss the meaning, nature & scope of research in education
Situate themselves as researching professionals
Conduct research in different educational settings
Write research report and present it effectively
COURSE OUTLINE
Chapter 1: Research Perspectives
1.1 Concept, Definition and Characteristics of Research.
1.2 Science, Research and Scientific Method.
1.3 Nature of Society Inquiry.
1.4 Ethics in Educational Research.
Chapter 2: Research Problem and Hypothesis
2.1 Sources of Research Problems.
2.2 Criteria for Selection of Research Problems
2.3 Hypothesis and Research
2.4 Types of Hypothesis
Chapter 3: Process of Research
3.1 Meaning and Place Sampling in Research.
3.2 Characteristics of good Sample.
3.3 Types of Sampling (Probability and Non-Probability).
3.4 Developing the Research Proposal.
3.5 Evaluation of Research Proposal.
3.6 Developing Appropriate Research Design, (Description of some Key Designs).
Chapter 4: Methods of Research
4.1 Historical Research Methods
4.2 Action Research.
4.3 Cases-Study Method
4.4 Survey Research.
4.5 Experimental Research.
4.6 Computer in Research
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Best & James (2003) Research in Education
Crtswell, J. W (2009. Research Design”, London: Sage Publications.
Fraenkel, J. & Norman, E. (2005) How to Design and Evaluation Research (8th edition)
L.R. Gay. (2001) Educational Research.
Department of Education
B.S 4 Years Program Semester: 5th
Course Code: Edu-306 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Pedagogy-II Philosophical Perspectives of Education Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Understand the meaning of the term Philosophy
Understand the subdivision of philosophy; how they are defined and how do they reflect
their own beliefs and their teaching about truth and values
Understand the leading philosophies and theories of education
COURSE OUTLINE
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Concept of Education.
1.2 Concept of Philosophy.
1.3 Relationship of Education and Philosophy
Chapter 2: Educational Philosophy
2.1 Prennialism
2.2 Essentialism
2.3 Reconstructionism
2.4 Existentialism.
Chapter 3: Education in Islamic Perspective
3.1 Islamic Philosophy (Epistemology, Ontology and Axiology)
3.2 Moral values and Education
3.3 Sources of Knowledge
3.4 Aims and Objectives of Education
Chapter 4: Philosophers and Education
4.1 Imam Ghazali.
4.2 Ibn-e-Khaldoon.
4.3 Allama Iqbal.
4.4 Rousseau.
4.5 John Dewey.
4.6 Robert Hutchins.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Kim, Hesook, and Ingrid Kollak. Nursing theories: Conceptual and philosophical foundations.
Springer Publishing Company, 2006.
Michael Dummett. (1981). Frege: Philosophy of language. Harvard University Press.
Benton, T. (2014). Philosophical Foundations of the Three Sociologies (RLE Social
Theory).Routledge.
Warren, C. E., Allen, M., &Haefner, J. W. (1979).Conceptual frameworks and the philosophical
foundations of general living systems theory. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 24(5),
296-310.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th
Course Code: EDU-307 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Research Methods in Education
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Discuss the meaning, nature & scope of research in education
Situate themselves as researching professionals
Conduct research in different educational settings
Write research report and present it effectively
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: The Nature of Educational Research
1.1 Definitions of Educational Research
1.2 Scope and Importance
1.3 Scientific Method
1.4 Research problem and Topic
1.5 Characteristics of research problem
Chapter 2: The Researching Professional
2.1 Qualities of a Researcher
2.2 Teacher as a researcher
2.3 Research Ethics
Chapter 3: Types of Educational Research
3.1 Descriptive Research
3.2 Experimental Research
3.3 Historical Research
3.4 Action Research
Chapter 4: Techniques of Reviewing Literature
4.1 Primary Sources
4.2 Secondary Sources
Chapter 5: Methodology
5.1 Population
5.2 Sampling
5.3 Instrument
5.4 Data collection procedure
Chapter 6: Data Analysis
6.1 Descriptive
6.2 Inferential
Chapter 7: Report Writing
7.1 .Writing formats & Presentation
7.2 Referencing
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
Best & James (2003) Research in Education
Crtswell, J. W (2009. Research Design”, London: Sage Publications.
Fraenkel, J. & Norman, E. (2005) How to Design and Evaluation Research (8th edition)
L.R. Gay. (2001) Educational Research.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th
Course Code: EDU-317 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching of Islamic Studies
Objectives
The students will be able to:
To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies
To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization
To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships
To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and
religious life
COURSE OUTLINE:
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN
Department of Education
B.S 4 Years Program Semester: 6th
Course Code: EDU-316 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching of Pakistan Studies
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan,
ideological background of Pakistan.
Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age
and posing challenges to Pakistan.
COURSE OUTLINE
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th
Course Code: EDU-316 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Test Development and Evaluation
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Understand the concept of evaluation and testing
Determine the qualities of a good test.
Plan and construct appropriate classroom test to evaluate students’ performance
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Evaluation
1.1 Concept
1.2 Educational Evaluation
1.3 Goals
1.4 Level of Evaluation
1.5 Types of Evaluation
1.6 Procedures of Evaluation
1.6.1 Measurement
1.6.2 Assessment
Chapter 2: Standardized Achievement Tests
2.1 Definition of Standardized Tests
2.2 Difference between standardized and teacher made achievement tests
2.3 Classification of standardized Achievement Tests
2.4 Examples of standardized Achievement Tests
2.5 Using Achievement Tests Results
Chapter 3: Standardized Evaluation Procedures
3.1 Classification of Standardized Tests
3.2 Functions of Standardized Tests
3.3 Selecting Standardized Tests
3.4 Reviewing and Criticizing Standardized Tests
Chapter 4: Interest, Aptitude and Attitude Inventories
4.1 Measurement of Interest
4.2 Measurement Aptitude
4.3 Measurement of Attitude
Chapter 5: Quality Assurance in Higher Education
5.1 Concept
5.2 Objectives
5.3 Problems of Quality Assurance in Pakistan
5.4 Strategies for Improvement of Quality in Education
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
Ebel, Robert (2004). Essentials of Educational Measurement. India: Prentice hall.
Freeman, Richard, (2004). Planning and Implementing Assessment. New York: Rout ledge
Flamer.
Georg, David (2003). Trends in Measurement and Evaluation Techniques. New Delhi:
Commonwealth.
James William (2005). Evaluation and Development of School Educations. New Delhi: Anmol
Publications.
Kubiszyn, Tom, (2003). Educational testing and Measurement: Classroom Application and
Practice. United States: John Wiley & sons, Inc.
Smith, D, (2005). Theory of Educational Measurement. New Delhi: Commonwealth.
Smith, D. (2005). History of Measurement and Evaluation. New Delhi: Commonwealth.
Smith, D., (2005). Methods of Educational Measurement, New Delhi: Commonwealth.
Swain, Sanjaya, (2005). Educational Measurement, Statistics and Guidance. Kalyani
Publications
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th
Course Code: EDU-311 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching Practice (Theory)
Objectives
The students will be able to:
To provide maximum learning experiences and teaching skills based on psychological
principals, to equip the students with modern pedagogical techniques to cope with
emerging challenges in field of education.
To understand the key areas of lesson plan and its significance in teaching.
To apply teaching tactics in more comprehensive way for achieving the teaching goals.
To bring desired changes in students’ behavior through various instructional methods.
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 The Concept of Teaching Practice
1.2 Objectives of Teaching Practice
1.3 Approaches to Teaching Practice
1.3.1 The Master Teacher Approach
1.3.2 The Teaching Model Approach
1.3.3 Teaching Practice in Real Classroom Situation
1.3.4 Micro-Teaching
Chapter 2: Teaching at Secondary School Level
2.1 Principles of Good Teaching
2.2 Teacher`s Role in Classroom Situation
2.3 Effective and Ineffective
2.4 Some Prerequisites of Secondary School Student Teacher
2.5 Lesson Presentation Skill for Student-Teachers
Chapter 3: Objectives of Teaching
3.1 Kinds of Objectives
3.2 Significance of Teaching Objectives
3.3 Characteristics of Behavioral Objectives
3.4 The Student – Teacher and Behavioral Objectives
Chapter 4: Lesson Planning
4.1 Purpose of Lesson Planning
4.2 Planning a Scheme of work in different Area Subjects (Languages, Social Studies, Math,
Science)
Chapter 5: The Classroom Environment
5.1 The Physical environment
5.2 The Emotional environment
5.3 Teacher – Student Relationship
5.4 Student Teacher`s Attitude and Expectations
Chapter 6: Use of Teaching Aids
6.1 Basic Resources (Writing Board, Models, Pictures etc)
6.2 Educational Technology (Radio, Tv, Tape-Recorder, Over Head Projector Slides and
Filmstrips etc)
6.3 Significance of using Teaching Aids
Chapter 7: Assessing Students Achievement
7.1 The Purpose of Assessment
7.2 Types of Assessment
7.3 Methods of Gathering Assessment Data (Tests, Assessment, Records, Observation,
Questions, Presentations, Interview and conferencing)
7.4 Designing an Assessment Task
Chapter 8: Observation-Sheet for Student – Teachers
8.1 Walklin Model Sheet
8.2 Nedland Model Sheet
8.3 W.A.C.A.E Model Sheet
8.4 Development of an observation sheet for Bahauddin Zakariya University
Pupil – Teachers
RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Sweet, A. P., Guthrie, J. T., & Ng, M. M. (1998).Teacher perceptions and student reading
motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(2), 210.
Gay, G. (2010). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. Teachers
College Press.
Blair, T. R., Rupley, W. H., & Nichols, W. D. (2007). The effective teacher of reading:
Considering the “what” and “how” of instruction. The Reading Teacher, 60(5), 432-438.
Goldberg, G. L., & Roswell, B. S. (2000). From perception to practice: The impact of teachers’
scoring experience on performance-based instruction and classroom assessment. Educational
Assessment, 6(4), 257-290.
Howes, C., & Smith, E. W. (1995). Relations among child care quality, teacher behavior,
children’s play activities, emotional security, and cognitive activity in child care. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 10(4), 381-404.
THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th
Course Code: STAT-101 Cr.Hours: 03
Marks: 100 Course Title: Introduction to Statistics
Objectives
The students will be able to;
Organize data for appropriate statistical analysis
Understudying of basic concepts of statistics embodied in their courses
Distinguish between different types of data
Develop Proficiency in basic statistical skills
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Statistics
Descriptive and Inferential statistics; population and sample, parameter and statistics; the
four basic activities in statistics: Designing a plan for data collection, Exploring the data,
Estimating an unknown quantity, Hypothesis testing; Type of measurement scales;
Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and ratio. Types of Data: Univariate, Bivariate, Multivariate
data, Primary and Secondary data, Quantitative data and qualitative data, Time series,
Cross-Sectional and pooled data; Significant digits and rounding off numbers. Numerical
examples and questions relating to all contents given in topic
Chapter 2: Presentation of Data and Measures of Central Tendency
Introduction; Classification; Tabulating numerical data: The frequency distribution, the
cumulative frequency distribution, the relative frequency distribution, the percentage
frequency distribution: Graphics and Diagrammatic representations: Bar chart, Pi Chart
,Histograms, Frequency curves and Histograms: Histograms by Hand Stem-and-Leaf,
Measure of central tendency; Introduction; Types of Averages : Mean; Arithmetic mean,
Geometric Mean. Harmonic Mean, Trimmed and Winsor zed Means; Quintiles: Median,
Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles, The mode; Box plot and detailed box plot; Empirical
relation between Mean, Median and Mode; The cumulative distribution function.
Chapter 3: Measure of Dispersion, Skewness and Kurtosis
Absolute and Relative measures of dispersion; Different measures of dispersion: The
Range, Quartile deviation, Mean deviation, Variance and standard deviation, Definition
and interpretation of variance and standard deviation, Computation of Variance and
Standard deviation, step deviation method or coding method, Coefficient of variation,
Standardized variable, Properties of standard deviation and variance, Skewness: Karl
Pearson`s coefficient of Skewness, Bowley`s coefficient of Skewness; Kurtosis.
Chapter 4: Simple Linear Regression and Correlation Analysis
Scatter diagram; Standard methods for obtaining regression line: 1) Inspection, 2) Semi
average, 3) Least squares principle; Assumptions underlying linear regression and its
properties; Measures of variations: Standard error of the estimate,
Coefficient of determination; Prediction in Regression Analysis; Interpolation verses
extrapolation; Correlation analysis; Scatter diagram; The coefficient of correlation:
Properties characteristics of coefficient of correlation, correlation and causation: The
relationship among the correlation coefficient, the coefficient of determination and the
standard error of estimate; Inference about the correlation coefficient; t-test for correlation
coefficient; Rank correlation coefficient; Some Economic Application.
Chapter 5: Index Numbers
Index Numbers, Un-weighted index numbers; Simple aggregative index; Weighted
indexes; Laspeyre`s price index, Paascche`s price index; MarshalEdgeWorth price index;
Fishers ideal index; Consumer Price Index (CPI), Producer Price Index (PPI), CPI vs. GDP
Deflator.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Prem S. Manm, 2010. Introduction to Statistics
C. Sher Muhammad & Kamal.S (1999), Introduction to Statistical Theory 7th Ed.
Beg. Afal & D. Miraj. (2011) Introduction to Statistics.
H. Dennis, C. Duncan, Q.Faziza. (2012) Introduction to Statistics with SPSS FOR social Science
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th
Course Code: Edu-401 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Inclusive Education Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Explain the definition of inclusive education.
Recognize the nature of inclusion in education.
Understand the difference between inclusive and special education.
Develop individualized lessons along with learning aids to address special needs of
children Projects Examine the different models of inclusion used for enhancement of
learning
Apply variety of adaptations of curriculum teaching strategies in coping with learning
disabilities
Find out the role of community in establishing effective
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 The concept of Inclusion
1.2 Diversity among children
1.3 Inclusive Education in the Schools
1.4 Benefits of Inclusion
Chapter 2: The Disability Dimension
2.1 The Disabled Children and the Concept of Disability
2.2 Major Disabilities
2.2.1 MR and Physical
2.2.2 Hearing and Visual
Chapter 3: Variety of Inclusion
3.1 Learning Disabled
3.2 Gifted Children
3.3 Socially deprived
3.4 Gender deprivation
Chapter 4: Inclusion: Learning needs
4.1 Teaching Methodology
4.2 Assessment Techniques
4.3 Attitudes and Inclusion
Chapter 5: Inclusion and the Community
5.1 Collaborative working
5.2 Communication
5.3 Collaborative Work with other Professionals
5.4 Collaboration with Parents
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
Allen, K E and Schwartz, I S (1996). The Exception Child: Inclusion in Early Childhood
Education. Albany, New York: Delmar Pub. Co.
Friend, M and Bursuck, W (1996). Including Students with Special Needs: A Practical Guide for
Classroom Teachers. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
Mehnaz Aziz (2002), Creating Inclusive Classrooms, Islamabad: Children‟s Global Network
Pakistan.
Mehnaz Aziz (2007), School and Family Partnership, Islamabad: Children‟s Global Network
Pakistan.
Smith, T.E.C. et al. (1995). Teaching Students with Special Needs in Inclusive Settings. Boston:
Allyn and Bacon.
UNESCO (1993), Help in Classroom, Special Needs in the Classroom. Teachers Education
Resource Pack, Paris, UNESCO
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th
Course Code: Edu-402 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Contemporary Issues and Trends in Education Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Argue on the positive and negative impact of the information explosion.
Explore the gap between madrassah and mainstream education and identify appropriate
government responses.
Identify barriers to the achievement of universal literacy and how these may be removed
at the local level.
Discuss gradually reducing gender disparity in education in Pakistan and its likely
consequences.
Analyze the relationship between national curriculum structure and career opportunities
Consider how best environmental awareness can be enhanced through schools
Consider the consequences of the growing privatization od education
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Education as a Complex Enterprise
1.1 Diversity of aims and approaches in education
1.2 Variety of Philosophical approaches to education
1.3 Education different periods and societies
Chapter 2: Madrassah Education
2.1 Madrassah: origin, aims and objectives
2.2 Role of Madrassah in 21st Century
2.3 System of education in Madrassah
2.4 Madrassah reforms in Pakistan
Chapter 3: Universal Literacy
3.1 Literacy and individual rights
3.2 Factors affecting program for universal literacy: medium of instruction.
3.3 Formal and non-formal education: Advantages and disadvantages.
Chapter 4: Gender Disparity
4.1 Concept of gender equality
4.2 Factors affecting the status and role of women
4.3 Steps towards reducing gender disparity
Chapter 5: Population Education
5.1 Concept of Population Education
5.2 Factors affecting Population Education
5.3 Impact of Population Growth on National Development
5.4 Roles and responsibilities of family, school, mosque and community in population
education
5.5 Steps towards Population planning and welfare
Chapter 6: Environmental Awareness
6.1 Types of pollution
6.2 Causes of pollution
6.3 Environmental education
Chapter 7: Privatization of Education
7.1 Government resources and multiple demands
7.2 Need for private sector education
7.3 Challenges of quality education
Chapter 8: Information in Education
8.1 New concept of information explosion.
8.2 Expanding learning resources.
8.3 Information and communication technology (ICT).
8.4 Technology in education.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
AIOU (2006) Population Education Course MA EPM 584, Islamabad: AIOU.
Badran, M. (2005). The Gender of Islam, Al-Ahram: Cairo.
Haltak, J. (1990). Investing in the Future, Setting Educational Priorities in the Developing
World, Paris, UNESCO. McGraw-Hill Kogakusha.
Ministry of Education, Curriculum Wing (2010), 13 Modules on Various Core Themes of
Population Education, Islamabad.
Modhukar Indira (2003). Changing Demands of Technical and Vocational Education, Annual
Publication New Delhi.
Mohantry, Jagannath. Primary and Elementary Education, Deep & Deep Publication Private
Ltd.
Pakistan, Govt: (2003). Education for All, Ministry of Education Curriculum Wing Islamabad.
Rao, V. K. (2004). Population Education efficient Printer, New Delhi.
Sylvester, C. (1994). Feminist Theory and International Relation, in Post Modern Era,
Cambridge University Press.
UNESCO, Pakistan (2004). Quality of education in Pakistan, UNESCO Office, Islamabad.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th
Course Code: Edu-403 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Research Project Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to
Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking
Discuss the meaning, nature & scope of research in education
Situate them as researching professionals
Conduct research in different educational settings
Write research report and present it effectively
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Research and Educational Research
1.2 Importance of educational Research
1.3 Scientific Method
Chapter 2: Review of Basic Research Methods
2.1 Qualitative Research Method.
2.2 Quantitative Research Method.
Chapter 3: Preparation and Presentation of Proposal
3.1 Title Page
3.2 Defining the Problem
3.3 Research Objectives
3.4 Sampling
3.5 Data Collection
3.6 Data Analysis
3.7 Ethics of Educational Research
Chapter 4: Tools of Research
4.1 Questionnaire
4.2 Tests
4.3 Interview
4.4 Rating Scale
4.5 Socio-metric Techniques
Chapter 5: Report Writing
5.1 Preliminary Pages
5.2 Main Body of Report
5.3 Citation and References
5.4 Bibliography and its styles
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
Best & James (2003) Research in Education
Crtswell, J. W (2009. Research Design”, London: Sage Publications.
Fraenkel, J. & Norman, E. (2005) How to Design and Evaluation Research (8th edition)
L.R. Gay. (2001) Educational Research.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th
Course Code: Edu-404 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Comparative Education Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Describe the meaning and significance of comparative education
Compare the education systems of selected developed countries
Compare the education systems of selected developing countries
Analyze critically the education system of Pakistan
After studying this course, the students will be able to:
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction to Comparative Education
1.1 Concept of comparative education - meaning, need and scope
1.2 Purpose of Comparative Education
Chapter 2: Elements of Comparative Education (Both Qualitative and Quantitative
dimensions)
2.1 Objectives
2.2 Curricula
2.3 Teaching methodology
2.4 Assessment and evaluation (student achievement, Examination system).
2.5 Facilities
2.6 Educational structure
2.7 Administrative and financial set up
2.8 Teacher education
Chapter 3: Comparative view of system of Education in Pakistan
3.1 Private and public
3.2 Madrassah and formal education
3.3 Formal vs. Distance and non-formal education
Chapter 4: Comparative Education in Developed Countries
4.1 USA
4.2 UK
4.3 Japan
4.4 Singapore
Chapter 5: Comparative Education in Developed Countries
5.1 India
5.2 China
5.3 Malaysia
5.4 Pakistan
Chapter 6: Global Issues in Comparative Perspectives (focusing developing countries)
6.1 Quality education
6.2 Education for All
6.3 Recruitment of teachers at elementary and secondary levels
6.4 Admission procedure at higher education level
RECOMMENDED BOOKS:
Isani, and Virk, M.L. (2006) Higher Education in Pakistan. Islamabad: National Book
Foundation.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th
Course Code: COMP-101 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Information Communication Technology (ICT) Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Define computer terminology
Identify the basic components of a computer and describe the function of each.
Use the keyboard to interact with the computer
Describe different applications of computers in education.
Develop skills to use computer in educational settings.
Communicate through computer with friends, and teachers in and outside the country.
Use computer for research, data analysis and presentations
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Concepts of Educational Technology
1.2 Definitions of Educational Technology
1.3 System Approach
1.4 The Technology and its Components: Microelectronics, Computer
1.5 Telecommunication
Chapter 2: Aural Aids/Audio Media
2.1 The Hearing/Listening Process
2.2 Characteristics of Aural Aids/Audio Media
2.3 Audio-formats and Their Applications
2.4 Function and Uses of Radio, Tape-Recorder
Chapter 3: Non-Projected Aids
3.1 Board and Display formats
3.2 Models: Preparation and purposes of Models in Instructions
3.3 Still pictures and Realia
Chapter 4: Projected Aids
4.1 Projected Material and Projections (Epidiascope, Slide-Projectors, Filmstrip,
Overhead and Micro-Projectors)
4.2 Role of Television and VCR in Instruction
Chapter 5: Instructional Technology
5.1 Programmed Tutoring
5.2 Programmed Instruction
5.3 Audio-Tutorial System
Chapter 6: Games and Instructions
6.1 Basic Concepts of Instructional Games
6.2 Instructional Simulations
6.3 Instructional Simulations Games
Chapter 7: New Trends in Educational Technology
7.1 The Role of Computer in Educational and Training
7.2 Computer Assisted Instruction and CAL
7.3 Computer, Internet, Satellite System, Teleconference, etc.
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Ely, D. (1999). Toward a philosophy of instructional technology: thirty years on. British Journal
of Educational Technology v30 no4 (pp.305- 10).
Rowland, G.(1993). "Designing and Instructional Design".Educational technology research and
development (1042-1629), 41 (1), p. 79.Seels, B. B. & Richey, R. C. (1994). Instructional
technology: The definition and domains of the field. Bloomington, IN: Association for
Educational Communications and Technology.
Smith, P. L. & Ragan, T. J. (2005).Instructional Design.Third edition. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley
& Sons, Inc.
Solomon, D. L. (2000). Philosophical inquiry in instructional technology: the forgotten pathway
to learning. Paper presented at the Association for Educational Communications and Technology
(AECT) 2000 International Convention (22nd, Long Beach, CA, February 16- 20, 2
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 8th
Course Code: EDU-405 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Educational Management and Leadership Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Explain the concept of school organization, management and discipline and factors
affecting school discipline
Different sheet between the concept of leadership and management utilizing the major
indicator of effective leadership management.
Maintain school record and activities according to the school mandate.
Explain the functions of basic rules of
Organized school activities (curricular and co-curricular) affectively and manage
available resources (material, human and time) efficiently leave pay and allowances E &
D, codes of ethics
COURSE OUTLINE:
Chapter 1: Educational Management & Administration
1.1 Concept and basic component of management
1.2 Characteristics and levels of Management
1.4 Need and Importance of Management in Modern Age
1.4 Modern techniques of managements
1.4.1 Program evaluation and review technique (P.F.R.T)
1.4.2 Critical part method (C.P.M)
1.4.3 Planning, Programming Budgeting System (P.P.B.S)
1.4.4 Concept of Educational Administration
1.5 Difference between Administration and Management
Chapter 2: Educational Planning
2.1 Concept and Importance of Educational Planning
2.2 Characteristics of Educational Planning
2.3 Types and phases of Educational Planning
2.4 Role of Educational Manager in Educational Planning
2.5 Basic Elements of Management in Educational Planning
2.6 Educational Process Planning in Pakistan
2.7 Factors affecting the Planning
2.8 Majors principles and guidelines for Planning
Chapter 3: Communication
3.1 Concept and Objectives of Communication in Educational Administration
3.2 Elements and Process of Communication
3.3 Methods of Communication
3.4 Barriers of Communication in Educational Administration
Chapter 4: Leadership and Management
4.1 Concept of Leadership
4.2 Characteristics and Styles of Leadership
4.3 Role of Leadership in Management and Planning
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Afridi, A. (1998). School organization: Ijaz Publishers.
Bovee, C.L. et al. (1995). Management. International Edition. New York: McGraw Hill, Inc.
Burden, R.P. (1995). Classroom management and discipline: Methods to facilitate cooperation
instruction. New York: Longman.
Bush, T.B. et al. (1999). Educational management: Re-defining theory, policy and practice.
London: Longman.
Farooq, R.A. (1994). Education system in Pakistan. Islamabad: Asia Society for the Promotion
of Innovation and Reforms in Education.
Lumicbry, R.P. (1995). Classroom demonstration, administration, concepts and practice. Third
Edition. London: Wadsworth.
(2004). School and Family Partnership. Islamabad: Children‟s Resources International.
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 8th
Course Code: EDU-406 Cr.Hour: 03
Marks: 200 Course Title: Teaching Practice
(Long Term Internship)
Department of Education
BS 4 Years Program Semester: 8th
Course Code: EDU-407 Cr.Hour: 03
Course Title: Environmental Education Marks: 100
Objectives
The students will be able to:
Provide orientation on the evolution and scope of this emerging discipline
Learn the importance of environmental science in human life and its relationship with
various segments of society
COURSE OUTLINE:
1.1 Environment and environmental education
1.2 Definition, Scope, Need, Component
1.3 Factors affecting environment natural and manmade factor
Ecosystem
2.1 Introduction & Concept of Eco System
2.2 Ecology Function & Structure of Ecosystem
2.3 Procedure, Consumer & Decomposers of ecosystem Energy Flow in ecosystem, Food chain
Food web and ecology pyramid
Environmental Pollution
3.1 Concept of pollution and environmental pollution
3.2 Types of pollution
Human Ecology & Population
4.1 Concept of pollution & Education, Impact of pollution growth on Environment
4.2 Issues of pollution growth & environment
4.3 Fast Growth Literacy Financial Limitation & Health
Natural Resources & their Preservation
5.1 The concept of Natural Resource
5.2 Kinds of Natural Recourse
5.3 Approaches to the preservation of natural Resources
5.4 Environmental Protection, Efforts national & international level
Trend and Issue in environmental Education
6.1 Issue in environment
6.2 Access of Carbon dioxide, Green House Effect
6.3 Global Warning Theory, Ozone Layer, Migration, Od Species
RECOMMENDED BOOKS
Hungerford, H. R., & Volk, T. L. (1990).Changing learner behavior through environmental
education. The journal of environmental education, 21(3), 8-21.
Palmer, J. (2002). Environmental education in the 21st century: Theory, practice, progress and
promise. Routledge.
Jensen, B. B., &Schnack, K. (1997).The action competence approach in environmental
education. Environmental education research, 3(2), 163-178.
Stevenson, R. B. (2007). Schooling and environmental education: Contradictions in purpose and
practice. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 139-153.
Tanner, T. (1980). Significant life experiences: A new research area in environmental
education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 11(4), 20-24.
Iozzi, L. A. (1989). What research says to the educator: part two: environmental education and
the affective domain. The Journal of Environmental Education, 20(4), 6-13.